Operating Instructions

YOUR OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Vehicle document wallet in the vehicle

Here you can find information on operation, service work and the guarantee for your vehicle in printed form.

Digital – on the Internet

You can access the Operating Instructions on the Mercedes-Benz homepage.

Zetros
É9595841719HËÍ
9595841719

Part number 9595841719 ‒ Edition 07.2022

Internet
Further information about Mercedes-Benz vehicles and Daimler Truck AG can be found online at:
https://www.mercedes-benz-trucks.com

Documentation team
You are welcome to forward any queries or suggestions you may have regarding these Operating Instructions to the document-
ation team at the following address:
feedback_owner_manual@daimlertruck.com
© Daimler­Truck AG: Not to be reprinted, translated or duplicated, in full or in part, without the written permission of
Daimler­Truck AG.

Vehicle manufacturer
Daimler Truck AG
Fasanenweg 10
70771 Leinfelden-Echterdingen
Germany
Welcome to the world of Mercedes- Mercedes-Benz therefore reserves the
Benz right to introduce changes in the following
areas:
Before you first drive off, read these Oper-
ating Instructions carefully and familiarise ● Design
yourself with your vehicle. For your own ● Equipment
safety and a longer operating lifespan, fol- ● Technical features
low the instructions and warning notices Your vehicle may therefore differ, in in-
in these Operating Instructions. Disreg- dividual cases, from that shown in the
arding them may lead to damage to the descriptions and illustrations.
vehicle or injury to people.
The following documents are integral
The standard equipment and product parts of the vehicle:
description of your vehicle may vary and
● Operating Instructions
depends on the following factors:
● service booklet
● Model ● equipment-dependent supplements
● Order
● National version Always keep these documents in the
● availability vehicle. If you sell the vehicle, always pass
all documents on to the new owner.
The illustrations in these Operating In-
structions show a left-hand drive vehicle.
On right-hand-drive vehicles, the layout
of car parts and control elements differs
accordingly.
Mercedes-Benz is constantly developing
its vehicles further.
 Table of contents

Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
At a glance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Driver cockpit . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Cockpit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Notes on the seats . . . . . . . . . . 43
Centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Operating the seat . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Environmental protection . . . . . . . . 2
Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Berth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Mercedes-Benz GenuineParts . . . . . 2
Switch panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Adjusting the multifunction steering
Information about attachments, wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
add-on equipment, installations and Multifunction steering wheel . . . . . 26
conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Combination switch and Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Operating Instructions . . . . . . . . . 4 multifunction lever . . . . . . . . . . 28 Exterior lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Operating safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Switching the interior lighting
Occupant safety . . . . . . . . . . . 30 on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Declarations of conformity and
national information . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Replacing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Diagnostics connection . . . . . . . . . 9 Driving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Notes on changes to the engine Good visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Travelling safely with children in the
output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Qualified specialist workshop . . . . 11 Notes on pets in the vehicle . . . . . 37 Practical tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Vehicle registration . . . . . . . . . . 11 Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Correct use of the vehicle . . . . . . 11 Opening and closing . . . . . . . . 39
Information on the REACH Climate control . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
regulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Unlocking and locking the
vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Notes on climate control . . . . . . . 68
Notes for persons with electronic
medical aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Getting in and out . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Overview of climate control system
Side windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Liability for material defects . . . . . 13
Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Cooling with air dehumidifica-
Data storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Setting the temperature . . . . . . . 69

Zetros/07.2022 ENG I
Table of contents

Setting the air distribu-

tion/airflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Driving mode . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Breakdown assistance . . . . . . 230
Demisting/defrosting the windscreen Driver assistance/driving safety sys- Vehicle tool kits . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
and windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 tems and your responsibility . . . . . 133 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Auxiliary heating . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Flat tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Air vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Electrical fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Manual transmission . . . . . . . . . 147 Information on the compressed-air
On-board computer and
displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Automatic transmission . . . . . . . . 149 system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Jump-starting, tow-starting and
Driving systems . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 towing away . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
On-board computer . . . . . . . . . . 83
Display messages . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . 259
Overview of warning and indicator
lamps in the status area . . . . . . . 114 Trailers/semitrailers . . . . . . . . . 175 Operating and road safety . . . . . . 259
Winter operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Notes on sound changes or
Multimedia system . . . . . . . . 116 undesired handling characterist-
Notes on operating safety . . . . . . 116 ics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Working mode . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Notes on regularly inspecting
Overview of the operating unit and
functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Power take-off . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
System settings . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Equipment operation . . . . . . . . . 195 Determining tyre pressures . . . . . 263
Radio mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Tipper mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Tyre pressure table for single
tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Maintenance and care . . . . . . 199 Tyre pressure table for twin
Bluetooth® mode . . . . . . . . . . . 127 tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Cleaning and care . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Pin assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Information on tyre pressures for
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
use on differing road surfaces . . . . 267

II Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 Table of contents

Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . 268

Vehicle model designation . . . . . . 268
Vehicle identification plate/axle
loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Fluids and lubricants . . . . . . . . . 269
Operating data . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Compressed-air reservoir . . . . . . . 282

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

Zetros/07.2022 ENG III

Table of contents

IV Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 Symbols

In these Operating Instructions, you will 5 Corresponding submenus to be

find the following symbols: NOTE selected in the multimedia system
Damage to property due to failure to
Danger observe notes on material damage
Danger due to not observing the Notes on material damage inform you
warning notices of risks which may lead to your vehicle
being damaged.
Warning notes make you aware of risks
which may endanger your life or health ▶ Observe notes on material damage.
or the life or health of other people.
▶ Observe the warning notes. Note
These symbols indicate useful instruc-
ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE tions or further information that could be
helpful to you.
Environmental damage due to failure
to observe environmental notes
/ Further information on a topic
Environmental notes include information
Display Messages on the display of the
on environmentally responsible beha- instrument cluster
viour or environmentally responsible
# Instructions
disposal.
Expected system response after an
▶ Observe environmental notes. action
Unexpected system response after
an action
£ List in any order
4 Highest menu level to be selected in
the multimedia system

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 1
General notes
Environmental protection

Environmental protection ▶ Always have maintenance work Mercedes-Benz GenuineParts

carried out at a qualified specialist
ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE workshop. ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE
Environmental damage due to oper- Personal driving style: Environmental damage caused by
ating conditions and personal driving ▶ Do not depress the accelerator not using recycled reconditioned
style pedal when starting the engine. components
The pollutant emission of the vehicle is ▶ Do not warm up the vehicle while Daimler Truck AG offers recycled and
directly related to the way you operate stationary. reconditioned components and parts of
the vehicle. ▶ Drive carefully and maintain a suit- the same quality as new parts. The same
Operate your vehicle in an environment- able distance from the vehicle in entitlement from the implied warranty is
ally responsible manner to help protect front. valid as for new parts.
the environment. Please observe the fol- ▶ Avoid frequent, sudden acceleration ▶ Use recycled reconditioned
lowing recommendations on operating and braking. components and parts from
conditions and personal driving style. ▶ Change gear in good time and use Daimler Truck AG.
Operating conditions: each gear only up to Ô of its max-
If you use parts, tyres, wheels or safety-
imum engine speed.
▶ Avoid driving short distances. ▶ Switch the vehicle off during periods
critical accessories that have not been
▶ Make sure that the tyre pressure is approved by Mercedes-Benz, the oper-
spent in traffic-related delays. ating safety of the vehicle may be jeop-
correct. ▶ Drive in a fuel-efficient manner. For
▶ Do not carry any unnecessary ardised. Safety-relevant systems, e.g. the
a fuel-efficient driving style, drive in brake system, may malfunction. Only use
weight. the green rpm range. Mercedes-Benz GenuineParts or parts of
▶ Adhere to the service intervals.
equal quality. Only use tyres, wheels and
◁ A regularly serviced vehicle will accessories approved for your vehicle
contribute to environmental
model.
protection.

2 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 General notes
Information about attachments, add-on equipment, installations and conversions

Mercedes-Benz tests original parts and ● the exhaust gas or noise levels are ● Obtain approval from Mercedes-Benz
conversion parts and accessories that adversely affected. in the event of deviations from the
have been specifically approved for your approved body/equipment mounting
Always specify the vehicle identification
vehicle model for their reliability, safety directives.
number (VIN) when ordering Mercedes-
and suitability. Despite ongoing market
Benz GenuineParts ( → page 268). Acceptance tests performed by public test
research, Mercedes-Benz is unable to as-
bodies or official approvals do not rule out
sess other parts. Mercedes-Benz there-
safety risks.
fore accepts no responsibility for the use Information about attachments, add-
of such parts in Mercedes-Benz vehicles, on equipment, installations and con- Refer to the information about genuine
even if they have been independently or versions Mercedes-Benz parts ( → page 2).
officially approved by a technical testing You can find the Mercedes-Benz
centre. Information on body/equipment
installation guidelines online at
mounting directives
Certain parts are only officially approved https://bb-portal.mercedes-benz-
for installation or modification if they com- For safety reasons, have add-on trucks.com/en/GLOBAL
ply with legal requirements. All Mercedes- equipment produced and fitted in You can also find information on PIN as-
Benz GenuineParts meet the approval accordance with the valid Mercedes-Benz signment and changing fuses there.
requirements. The use of non-approved body/equipment mounting directives.
parts may invalidate the vehicle's general These body/equipment mounting
Note
operating permit. directives ensure that the chassis and
add-on equipment form one unit and that Further information can be obtained at a
This is the case in the following situations: the greatest possible level of operational qualified specialist workshop.
● the vehicle type is different from that and driving safety is achieved.
for which the vehicle's general oper- For safety reasons, Mercedes­Benz re-
ating permit was granted. commends the following:
● other road users could be
endangered. ● Do not make any other changes to
the vehicle.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 3
General notes
Operating Instructions

Danger Operating Instructions Operating safety

­ Risk of accident and injury due to These Operating Instructions describe
all models and all standard and special Danger
improper vehicle conversions of
equipment available for your vehicle at the Risk of accident due to malfunctions
modifications
time of these Operating Instructions going or system failures
Conversions or modifications to the to press. Country-specific differences are If you do not have the prescribed ser-
vehicle may cause systems or compon- possible. Note that your vehicle may not vice/maintenance work or any required
ents to no longer function as intended be fitted with all features described. This repairs carried out, this could result in
and/or jeopardise the operating safety is also the case for systems and functions malfunctions or system failures.
of the vehicle. relevant to safety. Therefore, the equip-
▶ Always have the prescribed service
▶ Always have conversions or modific- ment on your vehicle may differ from that
and maintenance work as well any
ations to the vehicle carried out at a in some descriptions and illustrations.
required repairs carried out at a
qualified specialist workshop. The original purchase agreement for your qualified specialist workshop.
vehicle contains a list of all of the systems
Information about the radiator
in your vehicle. Danger
Even seemingly minor changes to the
Contact a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre Risk of accident or injury due to im-
vehicle such as attaching a radiator grille
if you have any questions about equip- proper modifications to electronic
in winter operation are not permitted.
ment or operation. components
Do not cover up the radiator. Do not use
thermal mats, insect protection covers or The Operating Instructions and Service Modifications to electronic components,
anything similar. Booklet are important documents and their software or wiring can impair their
should be kept in the vehicle. functionality and/or the functionality of
Otherwise, the values of the diagnostic
system will be distorted. In some coun- other networked components or safety-
tries, the recording of engine diagnostic relevant systems.
data is legally prescribed, and must al- This can endanger the vehicle's operat-
ways be verifiable and accurate. ing safety.

4 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 General notes
Operating safety

▶ You must not tamper with wiring, hot parts of the exhaust system, they ● a heavy object strikes the under-
electronic components, or their may ignite. body or suspension components
software. ▶ When driving off-road or on unpaved In situations such as these, damage
▶ Always have work on electrical and surfaces, check the underside of the to the body, underbody, suspension
electronic devices carried out at a vehicle at regular intervals. components, wheels or tyres may not
qualified specialist workshop. ▶ In particular, remove any trapped be visible. Components damaged in this
Electromagnetic radiation from two-way parts of plants or other flammable way can unexpectedly fail or, in the case
radios can interfere with the onboard material. of an accident, may no longer absorb the
electronics if the two-way radios are ma- ▶ If damage should occur, immediately resulting force as intended.
nipulated or retrofitted incorrectly. This inform a qualified specialist work- If the underbody panelling is damaged,
could jeopardise the operating safety of shop. flammable materials such as leaves,
the vehicle. There is a risk of an accident. grass or twigs can collect between the
Always have work on electrical and elec- NOTE underbody and the underbody panel-
tronic devices carried out at a qualified Damage to the vehicle due to driving ling. These materials may ignite if they
specialist workshop. too fast and due to impacts to the come into contact with hot parts of the
If you make any changes to the onboard vehicle underbody or suspension exhaust system.
electronics, the general operating permit components ▶ Have the vehicle checked and re-
is rendered invalid. paired immediately at a qualified
In the following situations, in particular,
there is a risk of damage to the vehicle: specialist workshop.
Danger
● the vehicle becomes grounded, e.g. or
Risk of fire due to flammable material
coming into contact with hot parts of
on a high kerb or an unpaved road ▶ If driving safety is impaired while
● the vehicle is driven too fast over an continuing your journey, pull over
the exhaust system
obstacle, e.g. a kerb, speed bump or and stop the vehicle immediately,
If combustible materials, e. g. leaves, pothole while paying attention to road and
grass or twigs, come into contact with

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 5
General notes
Declarations of conformity and national information

traffic conditions, and contact a The wireless components of the vehicle https://www.mercedes-benz-
qualified specialist workshop. that receive and/or transmit radio waves trucks.com/conformity
are compliant with the basic requirements Importer:
and all other relevant regulations stip-
Declarations of conformity and na- ulated by Directive 2014/53/EU . You Mercedes-Benz Trucks UK Limited
tional information can obtain further information from a Delaware Drive, Tongwell
Electromagnetic compatibility Mercedes-Benz Service Centre. The full Milton Keynes, MK15 8BA
The electromagnetic compatibility of the texts of the declarations of conformity are
available at the following web address: England
vehicle components has been checked
and certified according to the currently https://www.mercedes-benz- Importer of Mercedes-Benz spare parts
valid version of Directive UN R10 . trucks.com/conformity
Mercedes-Benz Parts Logistics
United Kingdom only:
Delaware Drive, Tongwell
Wireless vehicle components
Milton Keynes, MK15 8BA
Only for EU and EFTA countries and
countries that recognise the EU man- England
ufacturer's declaration of conformity: The following note applies to all wireless
components of the vehicle and the in- For Brazil only:
formation systems and communications
equipment integrated in the vehicle:
The manufacturers of the wireless com-
The following note applies to all wireless ponents installed in the vehicle hereby
Note on two-way radio systems in the
components of the vehicle and the in- declare that all wireless components in-
vehicle:
formation systems and communications stalled in the vehicle conform to the Radio
equipment integrated in the vehicle: Regulations 2017 directive. The full texts These systems are not protected against
of the declarations of conformity are avail- harmful interference and must not cause
able at the following web address:

6 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 General notes
Declarations of conformity and national information

interference in properly approved sys- web address: https://www.mercedes-

tems. benz-trucks.com/conformity

Russia only:

The manufacturers of the wireless com-

ponents installed in the vehicle hereby
declare that all wireless components
installed in the vehicle comply with the
technical regulations for two-way radios.
You can obtain further information from a
Mercedes-Benz Service Centre.

Manufacturer's declaration:
Bosch Car Multimedia GmbH hereby de-
clares that the two-way radio system type
TCC conforms to Directive 2014/53/EU .
The full texts of the EU declarations of
conformity are available at the following

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 7
General notes
Declarations of conformity and national information

Wireless applications in the vehicle

Note
Not all two-way radio systems may be present in your vehicle. This depends on the equipment chosen or the national version.

Wireless applications in the vehicle

Component Service Transmission frequency band Transmission output
TCC Bluetooth® 2.4 GHz band 2.5 mW

8 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 General notes
Diagnostics connection

Jack ● if the products are not used correctly data by a specialist workshop. Diagnostic
and in accordance with the Owner's devices should therefore only be connec-
Copy and translation of the original de-
Manual ted by a qualified specialist workshop.
claration of conformity:
● if the required regular checks are not
EC declaration of conformity performed. Danger
2006/42/EC
Relevant EU Directives: EC Machinery Risk of accident due to connecting
We, WEBER-HYDRAULIK GMBH, Heilbron- Directive 2006/42/EC devices to the diagnostics connection
ner Str. 30, 74363 Güglingen, declare that
Applicable standards: ISO 11530 If you connect devices to the diagnostics
the product "Weber hydraulic bottle jack",
connection of the vehicle, the function
types: Quality assurance: DIN EN ISO 9001:2000
of vehicle systems and operating safety
A AD ADX AH AHX AL AT ATD ATDX ATG Güglingen, 1 July 2013 may be impaired.
ATN ATGX ATPX ATQ AX Signed by: ▶ For safety reasons, we recommend
Capacity: 2,000 to 100,000 kg Managing director, WEBER-HYDRAULIK that you only use and connect
Serial no.: from year of manufacture GmbH products approved by a
01/2010 Mercedes-Benz service centre.
Authorised representative of technical
complies with the relevant essential documentation, WEBER-HYDRAULIK
health and safety requirements of the EC GMBH Danger
Directive on Machinery. Risk of accident due to objects in the
Heilbronner Straße 30, 74363 Güglingen
driver's footwell
This EC declaration of conformity be-
comes invalid: Objects in the driver's footwell may im-
Diagnostics connection pede pedal travel or block a depressed
● in the event of modifications or re-
The diagnostics connection is a technical pedal.
pairs performed by an unqualified
interface in the vehicle. It is used, for ex- This jeopardises the operating and road
person
ample, in the context of repair and main- safety of the vehicle.
tenance work or for reading out vehicle

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 9
General notes
Notes on changes to the engine output

▶ Stow all objects in the vehicle se- Notes on changes to the engine out-
curely so that they cannot get into put
the driver's footwell.
Output increases can have the following
▶ Always fit the floor mats securely effects:
and as prescribed in order to ensure
that there is always sufficient room ● Change in emission values
for the pedals. ● Malfunctions
▶ Do not use loose floor mats and do ● Consequential damage
not place floor mats on top of one The operating safety of the vehicle is not
another. guaranteed in all situations.
The following must be observed after an
NOTE
output increase:
Battery discharging from using The connection and use of another device
devices connected to the diagnostics on the diagnostics connection can have ● Tyres, suspension, brake system and
connection the following effects: engine cooling system must be adap-
ted to the increase engine output.
Using devices at the diagnostics connec- ● Malfunctions in the vehicle systems
● Vehicle must be recertified.
tion drains the battery. ● Permanent damage to the vehicle
● Report changes in output to the acci-
▶ Check the charge level of the bat- components
dent insurance bodies.
tery. In addition, connecting equipment to the
This will otherwise lead to the invalidation
▶ If the charge level is low, charge the diagnostics connection can lead to emis-
of the vehicle’s general operating permit
battery, e.g. by driving a consider- sions monitoring information being reset,
and its insurance coverage.
able distance. for example. This may lead to the vehicle
failing to meet the requirements of the If you sell the vehicle, inform the buyer
next emissions inspection during the main of any alterations to the vehicle's engine
inspection. output. If you do not inform the buyer,

10 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 General notes
Qualified specialist workshop

this may constitute a punishable offence ● Service­ and maintenance work ● if your vehicle has not yet been ex-
under national legislation. ● Repair work amined at a Mercedes-Benz service
● Modifications, installations­ and con- centre.
versions It is advisable to register your vehicle with
Qualified specialist workshop
● Work on electronic component parts a Mercedes-Benz service centre. Inform
NOTE Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use Mercedes-Benz as soon as possible about
Damage to the engine electronics due a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre for this any change in address or vehicle owner-
to tampering purpose. ship. You can do this, for example, at a
Mercedes-Benz Service Centre.
Tampering with the engine electron-
ics may damage vehicle parts and the Vehicle registration
vehicle's general operating permit could Correct use of the vehicle
Mercedes-Benz may ask its service
be invalidated. If you remove warning stickers, you or
centres to carry out technical inspections
▶ Only have the engine electronics on certain vehicles. The quality or safety others may fail to recognise the dangers.
and the affected parts serviced at a of the vehicle is improved as a result of Leave warning stickers in position.
qualified specialist workshop. the inspection. Observe the following information when
A qualified specialist workshop has the Mercedes-Benz can only inform you about operating the vehicle:
necessary special skills, tools and quali- vehicle checks if it has your registration ● safety notes in these Operating In-
fications to correctly carry out any neces- data. structions
sary work on your vehicle. This particu- ● technical data for the vehicle
In the following cases your vehicle may
larly applies to safety-relevant works. ● traffic rules and regulations
not be registered to you yet:
Always have the following work on the ● if your vehicle was not purchased at ● laws pertaining to motor vehicles and
vehicle carried out at a qualified specialist an authorised specialist dealer. safety standards
workshop:
● Safety-relevant work

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 11
General notes
Information on the REACH regulation

Danger Information on the REACH regulation Notes for persons with electronic
For EU and EFTA countries only: medical aids
Risk of fire and accident when trans-
porting substances which are hazard- The REACH Regulation (Regulation (EC) Even after carefully developing them,
ous to health or react aggressively No. 1907/2006, Article 33) provides for Daimler Truck AG cannot complete rule
an information obligation for substances out that vehicle systems and electronic
Gases and fluids can even escape from medical aids, e. g. pacemakers, might
containers which are fully closed. of very high concern (SVHC).
interfere with each other.
This can adversely affect your concentra- Daimler Truck AG acts to the best of
its knowledge to avoid the use of these In addition, there are components in-
tion during the journey and your health. stalled in the vehicle that, regardless of
Electronic component parts may also ex- SVHCs and to enable the customer
to handle these substances safely. the operating status of the vehicle, can
perience malfunctions, short circuits or generate magnetic fields on a par with
system failures. According to supplier information and
Daimler Truck AG's internal product permanent magnets. These fields can be
▶ Do not stow or transport any sub- information, SVHCs are known that found, for example, in the area around
stances which are hazardous to account for more than 0.1 percent by the multimedia or sound system or also
health and/or aggressively react- weight of individual products in this in the area of the seats, depending on the
ive in the vehicle interior. vehicle. vehicle equipment.
Substances that constitute a health haz- Further information can be obtained from For this reason, the following can occur
ard or react aggressively include, for ex- the following addresses: in isolated cases, depending on the aids
ample: used:
● https://reach.daimlertruck.com/de
● solvents ● https://reach.daimlertruck.com/en ● medical aids malfunctioning
● fuel ● adverse health effects
● oil and grease Observe the notes and warnings of the
● cleaning agents manufacturer of the medical aids; if in
● acid doubt, contact the device manufacturer
and/or your doctor. In the event of con-

12 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 General notes
Liability for material defects

tinued uncertainty about a medical aid po- Liability for material defects vehicle, some assist you when driving,
tentially malfunctioning, Daimler Truck AG such as driver assistance systems, while
recommends using a small number of NOTE others enable convenience or infotain-
electrical vehicle systems and/or main- Damage to the vehicle arising from ment functions.
taining a suitable distance from the com- violation of these operating instruc- The following provides you with general
ponents. tions information regarding data processing
Only have repairs and maintenance work Damage to the vehicle can arise from in the vehicle. Additional information re-
in the area of the following components violation of these operating instructions. garding exactly which data in your vehicle
carried out by a qualified specialist work- are collected, saved and transmitted to
shop: Such damage is not covered by the im- third parties, and for what purpose, can
plied warranty. be found in the information directly re-
● vehicle components carrying live
voltage ▶ Follow the instructions in these lated to the functional characteristics in
operating instructions on proper question in their respective operating in-
● transmission aerials
operation of your vehicle as well as structions. This information is also avail-
● multimedia system and sound system on possible vehicle damage. able online and, depending on the vehicle
Please contact a qualified specialist work- equipment, digitally.
shop if you have any questions or sugges-
tions. Data storage Personal data
Data processing in the vehicle Every vehicle is identified by a unique
vehicle identification number. Depending
Electronic control units
on the country, this vehicle identification
Electronic control units are fitted in your number can be used by, for example,
vehicle. Control units process data that governmental authorities to determine
they receive from vehicle sensors, for ex- the identity of the owner. There are other
ample, generate themselves or exchange possibilities for using data collected from
with each other. Some control units are the vehicle to identify the owner or driver,
required for the safe operation of your such as the licence plate number.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 13
General notes
Data storage

Therefore, data generated or processed Operational data in the vehicle Depending on the technical equipment,
by control units may be attributable to a the following data are stored:
person or, under certain conditions, be- This is data regarding the operation of the
vehicle, which have been processed by ● operating status of system compon-
come attributable to a person. Depending ents, such as fill levels, tyre pressure
on which vehicle data is available, it may control units.
or battery status
be possible to make inferences about, for This includes the following data, for ex- ● malfunctions or faults in important
example, your driving behaviour, your loc- ample: system components, such as lights or
ation, your route or your use patterns.
● vehicle status information such as brakes
Legal requirements regarding the the speed, longitudinal acceleration, ● system reactions in special driving
disclosure of data lateral acceleration, number of wheel situations, such as airbag deployment
revolutions or the fastened seat belts or the intervention of stability control
If legally required to do so, manufactur- display systems
ers are, in individual cases, legally obliged ● ambient conditions, such as temper- ● information on events leading to
to provide governmental entities, upon ature, rain sensor or distance sensor vehicle damage
request and to the extent required, data
Generally, the use of these data is tem- ● charge level of the high-voltage bat-
stored by the manufacturer. For example,
porary; they will not be stored beyond tery, estimated range
this may be the case during the investiga-
tion of a criminal offence. the period of operation and will only be In certain cases, it may be required to
processed within the vehicle itself. Con- store data that would have otherwise
Governmental entities are themselves, in
trol units, vehicle keys for example, often been used only temporarily. This may
individual cases and within the applicable
contain data memories. Their use per- be the case if the vehicle has detected
legal framework, authorised to read out
mits the temporary or permanent docu- a malfunction, for example.
data from the vehicle. In the case of an
mentation of technical information about
accident, information that could help If you use services, such as repair ser-
the vehicle's operating state, compon-
with an investigation can, therefore, be vices and maintenance work, stored oper-
ent loads, maintenance requirements and
read out from the airbag control unit, for ational data as well as the vehicle identi-
technical events or faults.
example. fication number can be read out and used,
if necessary. They can be read out by ser-

14 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 General notes
Data storage

vice network employees, such as work- Fault memories in the vehicle can be reset ● Address book data for use in an integ-
shops and manufacturers or third parties, by a service outlet or at your request as rated hands-free system or an integ-
such as breakdown services. The same is part of repair or maintenance work. rated navigation system
true in the case of warranty claims and ● entered navigation destinations
quality assurance measures. Convenience and infotainment func-
● data about the use of Internet ser-
tions
In general, the readout is performed via vices
the legally prescribed port for the dia- You can store convenience settings and
This data for convenience and infotain-
gnostics connection in the vehicle. The individual settings in the vehicle and
ment functions may be saved locally
operational data that are read out docu- change or reset them at any time.
in the vehicle or they may be located
ment technical states of the vehicle or of Depending on the vehicle equipment, on a device that you have connected to
individual components and assist in the this includes the following settings, for the vehicle, such as a smartphone, USB
diagnosis of malfunctions, compliance example: flash drive or an MP3 player. If you have
with warranty obligations and quality im- entered these data yourself, you can de-
provement. To that end, these data, in ● Seat and steering wheel positions
● suspension and climate control set- lete them at any time.
particular information about component
loads, technical events, malfunctions and tings This data are transmitted from the vehicle
other faults may be transmitted along ● individual settings, such as interior to third parties only at your request. This
with the vehicle identification number to lighting applies, in particular, when you use online
the manufacturer. Furthermore, the man- services in accordance with the settings
Depending on the selected equipment, that you have selected.
ufacturer is subject to product liability. you can import data into vehicle infotain-
For this reason, the manufacturer also ment functions yourself. Smartphone integration (e. g. Android
uses operational data from the vehicle, Auto or Apple CarPlay®)
for example, for recalls. This data can also Depending on the vehicle equipment, this
be used to examine the customer's war- includes the following data, for example: If your vehicle is accordingly equipped,
ranty claims. ● Multimedia data, such as music, films you can connect your smartphone or an-
or photos for playback in an integ- other mobile end device to the vehicle.
rated multimedia system You can then control them by means of

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 15
General notes
Data storage

the control elements integrated in the Information on service providers designated IT systems. Any personal data
vehicle. Images and audio from the smart- which are collected, processed and used,
phone can be output via the multimedia Wireless network connection other than for the provision of services, is
system. Certain information is simultan- If your vehicle has a wireless network con- done so exclusively on the basis of legal
eously transferred to your smartphone. nection, it enables data to be exchanged permission. This is the case, for example,
Depending on the type of integration, between your vehicle and additional sys- for a legally prescribed emergency call
this includes position data, day/night tems. The wireless network connection system, a contractual agreement or when
mode and other general vehicle statuses. is made possible by the vehicle's own consent has been given.
For more information, please consult the transceiver or by a mobile end device that You can have services and functions,
vehicle/infotainment system Operating you have brought into the vehicle, for ex- some of which are subject to a fee, activ-
Instructions. ample, a smartphone. Online functions ated or deactivated. This excludes legally
This integration allows the use of selected can be used via the wireless network con- prescribed functions and services, such
smartphone apps, such as navigation or nection. This includes online services and as an emergency call system.
music player apps. There is no additional applications/apps provided to you by the
interaction between the smartphone and manufacturer or by other providers. Third party services
the vehicle, particularly active access to If you use online services from other pro-
vehicle data. The type of additional data Manufacturer's services
viders (third parties), these services are
processing is determined by the provider Regarding the manufacturer's online ser- the responsibility of the provider in ques-
of the app being used. Which settings vices, the individual functions are de- tion and subject to that provider's data
you can make, if any, depends on the scribed by the manufacturer in a suitable protection conditions and terms of use.
specific app and the operating system place, for example, in the Operating In- As a general rule, the manufacturer has
of your smartphone. structions or on the manufacturer's web- no influence on the content exchanged.
site, where the relevant data protection
For this reason, when services are
information is also given. Personal data
provided by third parties, please ask
may be used for the provision of online
the service provider in question for
services. Data is exchanged via a secure
information about the type, extent and
connection, such as the manufacturer's

16 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 General notes
Data storage

purpose of the collection and use of

personal data.

Data protection rights

Depending on your country or the
equipment and range of functions of
your vehicle as well as the services you
use and the services on offer, you are
entitled to different data protection rights.
Further information on data protection
and your data protection rights can either
be found on the manufacturer's website
or you will receive this information as
part of the various services and service
offers. There, you will also find the contact
information for the manufacturer and its
data protection officer.
At a workshop, for example, with the
support of a specialist and possibly for
a fee, you can have data read out which is
only stored locally in the vehicle.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 17
At a glance
Cockpit

Cockpit Pos. Description Page

1 Light switch 50
2 Multifunction steering
wheel
Horn
3 Instrument cluster 78
4 Air conditioning control 68
panel
5 Switch panels
6 Cup holder 66
7 Air vents 76
8 Switch panels
9 Main fuse carrier cover 241
A Ashtray
B Pen holder
Overview (example using a left-hand drive vehicle)
C Cigarette lighter 65
D electronic parking brake 143
E Gearshift lever 147
F Differential lock control 151
knob
G Continuous brake lever 145
H Ignition lock 136
I Adjusting the multifunction 48
steering wheel

18 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 At a glance
Cockpit

Pos. Description Page

J Switch panels
K Combination switch 53

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 19
At a glance
Centre console

Centre console

Centre console between the seats (example)

20 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 At a glance
Centre console

Pos. Description Page

1 Automatic transmission 149
operating unit
2 Switch panel
Adjusts the outside mirrors 49
R Opens the side 41
window
¿ Closes the side 41
window
Ë Locks the doors
Ì Unlocks the doors
g Switches the mirror 50
heater on
f Switches the mirror 50
heater off
3 Socket 64
4 Auxiliary heating timer 72

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 21
At a glance
Instrument cluster

Instrument cluster Pos. Description Page

1 Speedometer
Displays
2 On-board computer 84
3 Rev counter 78
4 AdBlue® level (vehicles 79
with BlueTec® exhaust gas
aftertreatment)
Supply pressure of brake
circuits (vehicles without
BlueTec® exhaust gas
aftertreatment)
5 Total distance and trip 80
distance
6 Clock and outside temper- 80
ature display
7 Fuel level 80
In vehicles without displays 86
5 or 6, scroll on the
Example: instrument cluster on-board computer to the
Truck info menu window
in the Trip data menu ß.
The menu window shows
the total distance, trip
distance, time and outside
temperature.

22 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 At a glance
Instrument cluster

Warning/indicator lamps Pos. Description Page

1 Warning and indicator
lamps on the speedometer
; Engine diagnostics 81
i Differential lock 151
W Instruction to brake 78
at high engine speeds
2 Turn signal indicators 53
3 Warning and indicator
lamps on the rev counter
! ABS (anti-lock 142
braking system)
J Brake malfunction 137
4 Warning and indicator
lamps below the on-board
computer
Example: instrument cluster K High beam 53
à Continuous brake 145
! Parking brake 143
T Standing lights 50
An overview of the warning 114
and indicator lamps in the
status area of the on-board
computer can be found
under "On-board computer
and displays".

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 23
At a glance
Switch panels

Switch panels Pos. Description Page

1 Switch units
Switch units in cockpit
F Constant-rpm control 194
I Power take-off 192
m Off-road gear transfer 154
case
i Differential locks 151
é Additional headlamps 196
£ Hazard warning light
system
q Deactivates ABS 143
Ò Air-conditioning 69
system
Ä Lamp check 134
: EMERGENCY OFF 63
switch
2 Switch units
ü Engine preheating 72
à Air horn/horn
6 Fuel display (double- 170
tank system)
è Windscreen heater 62
3 Operating unit for heating
and climate control
4 Switch units

24 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 At a glance
Switch panels

Pos. Description Page

i Work lamps
À Rotating beacon

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 25
At a glance
Multifunction steering wheel

Multifunction steering wheel Pos. Description Page

1 Display
2 Right-hand button group on
the multifunction steering
wheel
Operating the driving
systems:
é Selects cruise control 156
Ñ Activates and sets
the current speed/limit
speed, increases the set
speed/limit speed
q Activates and calls
up the stored speed/limit
speed, decreases the set
speed/limit speed
È Selects the limiter 155
o Deactivates the speed
limiter/cruise control
Ù Driving systems menu
window
Sets the speed tolerance
(cruise control)
Operates the telephone: 87
; Makes or accepts a
call/displays the Telephone
menu window

26 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 At a glance
Multifunction steering wheel

Pos. Description Page Pos. Description Page

= Ends or rejects a W Increases/X
call/activates voice control decreases the volume: 87
3 Left group of buttons on Audio/telephone
the multifunction steering
wheel
Operating the on-board
computer:
u Selects the next main
menu/next entry in the
input window; increases or
resets value
t Selects the previous
main menu/previous entry
in the input window or
decreases value
r Next menu win-
dow/next menu bar down
in the input window
s Previous menu
window/next menu bar up
in the input window
9 Opens and closes input
window/acknowledges
display messages
Ú Stores/displays favour-
ite menu window

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 27
At a glance
Combination switch and multifunction lever

Combination switch and multifunc-

tion lever

28 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 At a glance
Combination switch and multifunction lever

Pos. Description Page

d Combination switch
1 High beam off (when low 53
beam is switched on)
2 High beam on (when low 53
beam is switched on)
3 Headlamp flashing 53
4 Turn signal indicator, right 53
5 Turn signal indicator, left 53
6 Wiping with washer 62
fluid/single wipe
7 Windscreen wipers 61
e Multifunction lever
8 Continuous brake 145

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 29
Occupant safety
Restraint system

Restraint system However, no system available today can Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use
completely eliminate injuries and fatalities a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre for this
Protection provided by the restraint in every accident situation. In particular, purpose.
system the seat belt generally does not protect
In the event of an accident, the restraint against objects penetrating the vehicle
system can reduce the forces to which from the outside. Seat belts
the vehicle occupants are subjected. Protection provided by the seat belt
A seat belt can only provide the best level Limitations of the protection Always fasten your seat belt correctly
of protection if it is worn correctly. provided by the restraint system before starting a journey. A seat belt can
For the restraint system to provide its full only provide the best level of protection if
protection, each occupant must observe Danger it is worn correctly.
the following: ­ Risk of injury or death due to modi-
fications to the restraint system Danger
● Fasten seat belts correctly.
­ Risk of injury or death due to incor-
● Be in an almost upright position with Vehicle occupants may no longer be
protected as intended if alterations are rectly fastened seat belt
their back against the seat backrest.
● Sit with their feet resting on the floor, made to the restraint system. If the seat belt is not worn correctly, it
if possible. ▶ Never alter the parts of the restraint cannot perform its intended protective
● Always secure persons under 1.50 m system. function.
in height in an additional restraint ▶ Never tamper with the wiring or any In addition, an incorrectly fastened seat
system suitable for Mercedes-Benz electronic component parts or their belt can also cause injuries, for example,
vehicles. software. in the event of an accident or when brak-
ing or changing direction suddenly.
Always observe the notes on adjusting If it is necessary to adjust the vehicle to
the seats ( → page 43) and adjusting the accommodate a person with disabilities, ▶ Always ensure that all vehicle occu-
steering wheel ( → page 48). contact a qualified specialist workshop. pants have their seat belts fastened
correctly and are sitting properly.

30 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 Occupant safety
Seat belts

Always observe the notes on adjusting ● Never route the seat belt across Limitations of the protection
the seats ( → page 43) and adjusting the sharp, pointed, abrasive or fragile provided by the seat belt
steering wheel ( → page 48). objects.
In order for the correctly worn seat belt to ● Only one person may use each seat Danger
provide the intended level of protection, belt at any one time. ­ Risk of injury or death due to incor-
each vehicle occupant must observe the ● Never secure objects with a seat belt rect seat position
following information: if the seat belt is being used by one of
The seat belt does not offer the intended
the vehicle's occupants.
● The seat belt must not be twisted and level of protection if you have not moved
Also ensure that no objects, e.g. a
must fit tightly and snugly across the the seat backrest to an almost vertical
cushion, are ever placed between a
body. position.
person and the seat.
● The seat belt must be routed across In particular, you may slide underneath
● Feet should always be placed on
the centre of the shoulder and as low the seat belt and injure yourself.
the ground. Do not put your feet on
down across the hips as possible.
the cockpit, for example. Otherwise, ▶ Adjust the seat properly before com-
● The shoulder section of the seat belt when braking or in the event of an mencing your journey.
should not touch your neck nor be
routed under your arm or behind your
accident, you could slide underneath ▶ Always ensure that the seat back-
the seat belt. rest is in an almost vertical position
back.
If children are travelling in the vehicle, and that the shoulder belt is routed
● Avoid wearing bulky clothing, e.g. a across the centre of your shoulder.
winter coat. be sure to observe the instructions and
● Push the lap belt down as far as pos- safety notes on "Children in the vehicle"
( → page 34). Danger
sible across your hips and pull tight
with the shoulder section of the belt. To secure objects, luggage or loads, al- ­ Risk of injury or death when addi-
Never route the lap belt across your ways observe the instructions and safety tional restraint systems are not used
abdomen. notes on stowage spaces and stowage for persons with a smaller build
Pregnant women must also take par- compartments ( → page 65). Persons under 1.50 m in height may not
ticular care with this. be able to fasten their seat belt correctly

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 31
Occupant safety
Seat belts

without a suitable additional restraint ▶ Never modify the seat belt system, Fastening and adjusting the seat
system. for example the seat belt, seat belt belts
▶ Always secure persons under buckle, seat belt anchorage and seat
If the seat belt is pulled out quickly or
1.50 m in height in a suitable belt retractor.
sharply, the seat belt retractor locks.
additional restraint system. ▶ Make sure that the seat belts are The belt strap cannot be pulled out any
not damaged, are not worn and are further.
Danger clean.
­ Risk of injury or death due to dam-
▶ Always have the seat belts checked
Note
immediately after an accident at a
aged or modified seat belts A seat belt can only provide the best
qualified specialist workshop.
Seat belts cannot provide protection in level of protection if it is worn correctly.
Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use Observe the notes on fastening the seat
the following situations:
seat belts that have been specifically ap- belt ( → page 30).
● the seat belt is damaged, has proved for the relevant type of vehicle by
been modified, is extremely dirty, Mercedes-Benz. Otherwise, your vehicle's
bleached or dyed. general operating permit could be invalid-
● the seat belt buckle is damaged or ated.
extremely dirty.
● modifications have been made to NOTE
the seat belt anchorage or seat belt Damage caused by trapping the seat
retractor. belt
Seat belts may sustain non-visible dam- If an unused seat belt is not fully retrac-
age in an accident, e.g. due to glass ted, it may become trapped in the door
splinters. or in the seat mechanism.
Modified or damaged seat belts could ▶ Always ensure that an unused seat
tear or fail in the event of an accident, belt is fully retracted.
for example.

32 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 Occupant safety
Travelling safely with children in the vehicle

▶ Always engage the seat belt tongue Depending on the vehicle equipment, the be diligent and secure a child carefully be-
2 of the seat belt into the seat belt ü seat belt warning lamp goes out and fore each journey.
buckle 1 of the corresponding seat. the warning tone is switched off: Infants and children must never travel
▶ To adjust the seat belt height: with ● the driver's seat belt is fastened. sitting on the lap of a vehicle occupant.
the release knob depressed, adjust ● the driver and co-driver have fastened
the belt sash guide 3 to the position In order to better protect children of un-
their seat belts. der 12 years of age or under 1,50 m in
appropriate to your body size.
Overview of warning/indicator lamps height, Mercedes-Benz strongly recom-
▶ To adjust the belt sash guide: re-
lease the release knob and ensure ( → page 114). mends observing the following:
that the belt sash guide 3 engages. ● Always secure the child in a child
Information on operating the seat restraint system suitable for your
Travelling safely with children in the
( → page 45). vehicle
Mercedes-Benz vehicle.
● The child restraint system must be
Always observe when children are appropriate to the age, weight and
Releasing the seat belt travelling in the vehicle size of the child.
▶ Press the release button in the seat ● The vehicle seat must be suitable for
belt buckle and guide the seat belt Note the child restraint system to be fitted.
back with the seat belt tongue. Be sure to observe the safety notes
relevant to the situation. In doing so, The generic term child restraint sys-
you will be able to identify possible risks tem
Function of the seat belt warning for and avoid dangers when children are
the driver and co-driver The generic term child restraint system
travelling in the vehicle ( → page 34). is used in these Operating Instructions. A
The seat belt warning lamp ü in the
Be diligent child restraint system is, for example:
instrument cluster is a reminder that all
vehicle occupants must wear their seat ● a baby car seat
Bear in mind that negligence when secur-
belts correctly. ● a rearward-facing child seat
ing the child in the child restraint system
A warning tone may also sound. may have serious consequences. Always ● a forward-facing child seat

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 33
Occupant safety
Travelling safely with children in the vehicle

● a child booster seat with a backrest Advantages of a rearward-facing child the child restraint system and its
and seat belt guides restraint system correct use.
The child restraint system must be appro- ▶ Make sure that entire base of the
Babies or infants should preferably travel child restraint system always rests
priate to the age, weight and size of the in a suitable rearward-facing child re-
child. on the seat cushion of seat.
straint system. In this case, the child is
▶ Never place objects under or behind
seated in the opposite direction to the dir-
Observe laws and regulations the child restraint system, e.g. cush-
ection of travel and is facing backwards.
ions.
Always observe the legal requirements
when using a child restraint system in the
Babies and infants have comparatively ▶ Only use child restraint systems with
poorly developed neck muscles in relation its intended genuine cover.
vehicle.
to the size and weight of their head. A ▶ Always replace damaged covers
Ensure that the child restraint system is rearward-facing child restraint system can with genuine covers.
approved in accordance with the valid test reduce the risk of injury to the cervical
specifications and guidelines. Further in- spine in an accident. If possible, use child restraint systems
formation can be obtained at a qualified recommended for Mercedes-Benz.
specialist workshop. Mercedes-Benz re- Always secure child restraint sys-
commends that you use a Mercedes-Benz tems correctly Danger
Service Centre for this purpose. ­ Risk of injury or death due to unse-
Danger cured child restraint systems in the
­ Risk of injury or death due to an vehicle
Detecting risks, avoiding dangers
incorrectly installed child restraint If the child restraint system is incorrectly
Securing systems for child restraint system fitted or not secured, it can become
systems in the vehicle The child cannot then be protected or detached.
Only use the following securing system for restrained as intended. The child restraint system may
child restraint systems: ▶ Always comply with the manufac- be thrown around and hit vehicle
● the vehicle's seat belt system turer's installation instructions for occupants.

34 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 Occupant safety
Travelling safely with children in the vehicle

▶ In addition, always be sure to cor- Do not make modifications to child Only use child restraint systems
rectly install any unused child re- restraint systems which are not damaged
straint systems.
▶ Always comply with the manufac- Danger Danger
turer's installation instructions for
Risk of injury from modifications to ­ Risk of injury or death due to the
the child restraint system.
the child restraint system use damaged child restraint systems
● Be sure to observe the installation The child restraint system can no longer Damaged child restraint systems, those
and operating instructions provided function as intended. There will be an subjected to stress during an accident
by the manufacturer of the child re- increased risk of injury. or their securing systems may no longer
straint system being used as well as provide protection as intended.
the vehicle-specific notes at all times: ▶ Never alter a child restraint system.
■ Securing the child restraint sys- ▶ Only install accessories that the It may not be possible to restrain the
tem with the seat belt on the pas- manufacturer of the child restraint child.
senger seat ( → page 36). system has specifically approved for ▶ Replace damaged child restraint sys-
● Observe the warning labels in the that child restraint system. tems or those subjected to stress
vehicle interior and on the child re- Mercedes­Benz recommends during an accident immediately.
straint system. Mercedes-Benz care products for cleaning ▶ Have the securing systems of child
child restraint systems recommended by restraint systems checked at a qual-
Mercedes-Benz. ified specialist workshop immedi-
ately before a child restraint system
is installed again.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 35
Occupant safety
Travelling safely with children in the vehicle

Avoid direct sunlight Observe the following when stopping ▶ When leaving the vehicle, always
or parking take the key with you and lock the
Danger vehicle.
Danger ▶ Keep the key out of the reach of
Risk of burns when the child seat is
children.
exposed to direct sunlight – Risk of accident and injury due
If the child restraint system is exposed to children left unattended in the
vehicle Danger
to direct sunlight, its parts may heat up
­ Danger to life due to exposure to
considerably. If you leave children unattended in the extreme heat or cold in the vehicle
Children could suffer burns from these vehicle, they may, in particular,
If persons – particularly children – ­ are
parts, particularly from the child re- ● open doors, thereby endangering subjected to prolonged exposure to
straint system's metal parts. other persons or road users. intense heat or cold, there is a risk of
▶ Always ensure that the child re- ● get out and be struck by oncoming severe injury or even death.
straint system is not exposed to traffic.
● operate vehicle equipment and be-
▶ Never leave persons – particularly
direct sunlight.
children – unattended in the vehicle.
▶ Protect the child restraint system, come trapped, for example.
e.g. with a blanket. In addition, the children could also set
▶ If the child restraint system was the vehicle in motion, for example by: Securing the child restraint system
exposed to direct sunlight, let it cool with the seat belt on the passenger
● releasing the parking brake. seat
down before securing the child in it.
● changing the transmission position.
▶ Never leave children unattended in Child restraint systems in the "Universal"
the vehicle. ● starting the vehicle.
category are marked with an orange ap-
▶ Never leave children unattended in proval label.
the vehicle.

36 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 Occupant safety
Notes on pets in the vehicle

O The child restraint system must not on the seat cushion of the pas-
be put under strain between the senger seat.
roof and the seat cushion and/or
be fitted facing the wrong direction.
▶ Always make sure that the shoulder
Adjust the seat backrest angle as belt strap is correctly routed from
appropriate. the seat belt outlet of the vehicle to
O The child restraint system must not the shoulder belt guide on the child
be put under strain by the head restraint system.
restraint. Adjust the head restraints
as appropriate.
◁ The shoulder belt strap must be
routed forwards and downwards
O Never place objects under or behind
the child restraint system, e.g.
from the seat belt outlet.
cushions. ▶ If necessary, adjust the seat belt
outlet and the passenger seat as
Example of an approval label ▶ Move the passenger seat as far back appropriate.
as possible.
When fitting a belt-secured child
restraint system on the passenger
▶ Fully retract the seat cushion length
adjustment. Notes on pets in the vehicle
seat, always observe the following:
▶ Adjust the seat cushion angle in such
O When using a child restraint system
a way that the front of the seat cush- Danger
in the "Universal" category, ensure
that it is approved for the vehicle ion is in the topmost position and the Risk of accident­ and injury due to
seat. rear of the seat cushion in the lowest animals left unsecured or unattended
O Observe the manufacturer's install- position. in the vehicle
ation and operating instructions for ▶ Adjust the seat backrest to an almost If you leave animals unattended or un-
the child restraint system used.
vertical position. secured in the vehicle, they could press
The backrest of a forward-facing
O
child restraint system must, as far
▶ Fit the child restraint system. buttons or switches, for example.
as possible, rest flat against the ◁ The entire base of the child re-
backrest of the passenger seat. straint system must always rest

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 37
Occupant safety
Notes on pets in the vehicle

An animal may, for example:

● Activate vehicle equipment and
become trapped, for example.
● Switch systems on­ or off and en-
danger other road users.
Unsecured animals may also be thrown
about the vehicle in the event of an ac-
cident or sudden steering­ and braking
manoeuvres and injure vehicle occu-
pants in the process.
▶ Never leave animals in the vehicle
unattended.
▶ Always correctly secure animals
while driving, e. g. using a suitable
animal carrier.

38 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 Opening and closing
Unlocking and locking the vehicle

Unlocking and locking the vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with a special
key system. You can only start the vehicle
Danger with the keys that are coded to the
Risk of accident due to the key inad- vehicle.
vertently turning in the ignition lock
Note
If heavy or large objects are attached to
the key, the key can inadvertently turn in If a vehicle key is lost, obtaining a re-
the ignition lock. placement is a time-consuming process.
▶ Insert the key into the door lock in
▶ Do not attach large or heavy objects This can only be done through a position 2.
Mercedes-Benz Service Centre.
to the key. ▶ To unlock: turn the key to position
▶ Remove the key from a bulky bunch Mercedes-Benz therefore recommends 1. The corresponding door is un-
of keys before inserting it into the that you always keep an easily access- locked.
ignition lock. ible replacement key with you for emer- ▶ To lock: turn the key to position 3.
gencies. The respective door is locked.
External door lock
Internal door lock
NOTE
Damage to the vehicle due to the
doors being opened
If there is not sufficient clearance when
the doors are opened, the vehicle or
other vehicles may be damaged.
▶ Only open the doors when condi-
tions permit.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 39
Opening and closing
Getting in and out

Getting in and out ▶ Keep the key out of the reach of

children.
Danger
– Risk of accident and injury due Danger
to children left unattended in the Risk of injury due to excessive load
vehicle on the grab handles
If you leave children unattended in the If you apply your full body weight to
vehicle, they may, in particular, the grab handle or pull it abruptly, the
grab handle may be damaged or become
● open doors, thereby endangering
loose from its anchorage.
other persons or road users.
● get out and be struck by oncoming ▶ Use the grab handles only to stabil-
▶ Close the door. traffic. ise the seating position or to assist
in getting in and out of the seat. ­
▶ To unlock: slide the catch into posi- ● operate vehicle equipment and be-
tion 1. come trapped, for example.
Note
▶ To lock: slide the catch into position In addition, the children could also set
2. When travelling with children in the
the vehicle in motion, for example by:
▶ To open: push the release lever 1 vehicle, observe the additional notes
● releasing the parking brake. ( → page 33).
upwards.
● changing the transmission position.
To get in and out safely, you should al-
● starting the vehicle.
ways use the steps and grab handles.
▶ Never leave children unattended in They are the only elements designed to
the vehicle. bear such a load. Do not jump out of the
▶ When leaving the vehicle, always cab.
take the key with you and lock the
vehicle.

40 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 Opening and closing
Side windows

Keep the steps, entrances, grab handles Side windows ▶ During the closing process, make
and your footwear free of dirt. This will sure that no body parts are in the
make your footing safer. Opening and closing the side win- closing area.
dows ▶ If someone is trapped, release the
button immediately or press the
Danger
button in order to reopen the side
Risk of becoming trapped when open- window.
ing a side window
Requirements
When opening a side window, parts of
the body could be drawn in or become ● The power supply or the vehicle has
trapped between the side window and been switched on.
window frame.
▶ When opening, make sure that
nobody is touching the side window.
▶ If someone becomes trapped, re-
lease the button immediately or pull
it in order to close the side window
again.

▶ Use the easy entry and exit feature on Danger

the suspension seat ( → page 45). Risk of becoming trapped when clos-
▶ Use grab handles 1 and steps 2 ing the side window
when getting in and out.
Body parts may become trapped in the
The vehicle is equipped with hand cranks
closing area when closing a side win-
or power windows depending on the
dow.
equipment level.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 41
Opening and closing
Roof

▶ To open: press the button R or Unlocking and opening hatch with one hand so that it does
S until the corresponding side not swing back.
window has reached the desired posi- ◁ Roof hatch 4 will be pushed
tion. onto the bearing pads 5 on the
▶ To close: press the button ¿ or roof and secured in place.
T until the corresponding side
Closing and locking
window has reached the desired posi-
tion. ▶ Swivel lever 3 as far as it will go
towards roof hatch 4.
◁ Roof hatch 4 will be released
Roof and lift up.
Opening and closing the circular roof ▶ Slide roof hatch 4 as far as it will go
hatch to the right over the roof opening.
▶ Pull roof hatch 4 downwards using
Danger both handles 1 and 2.
Risk of injury due to unsecured roof ▶ Turn handle 1 to the right and
hatch handle 2 to the left.
The open roof hatch may close by itself ▶ Pull two handles 1 and 2 down-
in the following situations: wards.
● In the event of an accident
▶ Turn handle 1 to the left and handle
2 to the right.
● In the event of a braking procedure
◁ Roof hatch 4 will lift up.
● If there is a sudden change of direc-
tion ▶ Slide roof hatch 4 as far as it will go
to the left over bearing pads 5.
▶ Always secure the open roof hatch. ▶ Swivel lever 3 in the direction of the
arrow as far as it will go. Hold the roof

42 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 Driver cockpit
Notes on the seats

Notes on the seats ▶ Make sure that no parts of the body

are in the seat's movement area Danger
Danger when adjusting the seat. Risk of accident due to the driver's
seat not being engaged
Risk of injury if vehicle settings are
adjusted while the vehicle is in mo- Danger The driver's seat may move unexpec-
tion ­ Risk of injury or death due to incor- tedly while the vehicle is in motion.
rect seat position This could cause you to lose control of
You could lose control of the vehicle in
particular in the following situations: The seat belt does not offer the intended the vehicle.
● If you adjust the driver's seat, steer-
level of protection if you have not moved ▶ Always ensure that the driver's
the seat backrest to an almost vertical seat is engaged before starting the
ing wheel or mirror while the vehicle
position. vehicle.
is in motion.
● If you fasten your seat belt while the In particular, you may slide underneath
vehicle is in motion. the seat belt and injure yourself. Danger

▶ Before starting the vehicle: Adjust ▶ Adjust the seat properly before com- Risk of injury due to head restraints
mencing your journey. not being fitted or being adjusted
the driver's seat, steering wheel and
mirror and fasten the seat belt. ▶ Always ensure that the seat back- incorrectly
rest is in an almost vertical position If head restraints have not been installed
Danger and that the shoulder belt is routed or have not been adjusted correctly,
across the centre of your shoulder. there is an increased risk of injury in the
Risk of becoming trapped when ad-
head and neck area, e.g. in the event of
justing a seat
an accident or when braking.­
When you are adjusting a seat, you or a
vehicle occupant may become trapped
▶ Always drive with the head
restraints fitted.
on the seat's guide rail, for example.
▶ Before driving off, make sure for
every vehicle occupant that the

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 43
Driver cockpit
Notes on the seats

centre of the head restraint sup- bags, protective covers, child seats
ports the back of the head at about NOTE or booster seats.
eye level. Damage to the seats and the seat
heating due to fluids, pointed objects NOTE
Danger or insulating materials
Damage to the seats from objects in
Risk of becoming trapped due to in- To prevent damage to the seats and the cab
sufficient space for the suspension the seat heating, observe the following
Make sure that no objects block the
seat instructions:
seats in the cab.
If there is insufficient space available, ▶ Do not spill any fluids onto the Otherwise, the seats may be damaged.
the suspension seat may trap parts of seats. If something does get spilt
the body between the steering wheel onto the seats, dry the seats as ▶ Keep the area for adjusting the
and the suspension seat. quickly as possible. seats in clear.

▶ Make sure that there is sufficient ▶ Do not switch on the seat heating if Your seat must be adjusted such that you
space for the suspension seat to the seat covers are wet or damp. Do can fasten your seat belt correctly. When
move in. not use the seat heating to dry the doing so, observe the following:
seats.
▶ Fully lower the suspension seat ● Place the seat backrest in a near-
before getting out of the seat. ▶ Clean the seats as recommended; vertical position and sit almost up-
see the "Cleaning and care" section. right. Do not drive with your seat
Danger ▶ Do not transport heavy loads on backrest leaning back at a steep
the seats. Do not place any sharp angle.
Risk of becoming trapped when objects, such as knives, nails or
pressing the bellows inwards ● Your arms should be slightly bent
tools, on the seats. If possible, use when you are holding the steering
If you press the bellows of the suspen- the seats only for people. wheel.
sion seat inwards, your hand could be- ▶ When using the seat heating, do ● Avoid seat positions that prevent
come trapped. not cover the seats with insulating the seat belt from being routed cor-
▶ Do not press the bellows inwards. materials, such as blankets, coats, rectly. The shoulder section of the

44 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 Driver cockpit
Operating the seat

belt must run across the centre of You can find information on cleaning Standard suspension seat
your shoulder and fit snugly across seats under "Cleaning and care"
your chest. The lap belt must always ( → page 199).
fit snugly and as low as possible on Always have any work on seats carried
your pelvis, i.e. over the hip joints. out at a qualified specialist workshop.
● Sit at a suitable distance from the
pedals to ensure that you can depress
them properly. Operating the seat
● Make sure that you have the best
possible view of the vehicle's imme- Danger
diate surroundings through the wind- Risk of injury if vehicle settings are
screen and the side windows, as well adjusted while the vehicle is in mo-
as the mirrors. Adjust the seat height tion
accordingly, if necessary. You could lose control of the vehicle in Before adjusting the seats, read the
If your vehicle is fitted with a suspension particular in the following situations: "Notes on the seats" section.
seat, always use the easy entry and exit ● If you adjust the driver's seat, steer- ▶ To adjust the seat backrest:
feature to get out. ing wheel or mirror while the vehicle ● Lift your weight off the seat back-
To enable use of a suspension seat, your is in motion. rest.
vehicle's compressed-air system must ● If you fasten your seat belt while the ● Pull lever 5 up and hold it in
have a supply pressure of at least 700 kPa vehicle is in motion. place.
(7 bar, 100 psi).
▶ Before starting the vehicle: Adjust ● Move the seat backrest into the
A seat with an integrated seat belt is the driver's seat, steering wheel and desired position by applying pres-
a safety-critical component part and mirror and fasten the seat belt. sure to or lifting your weight off
restraint system. Be sure to also read it.
the safety notes on "Occupant safety" ● Release lever 5.
( → page 30).

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 45
Driver cockpit
Operating the seat

▶ To adjust the seat fore-and-aft ▶ To adjust the seat height: pull lever
position: 3 up or push it down by one incre-
● Pull lever 6 up and hold it in ment.
place. ◁ The seat will be raised or lowered
● Push the seat back/forwards by one increment.
until it is in the desired position. ▶ To adjust the vibration damper:
● Release lever 6. adjust the vibration damper using
● Push the seat back/forwards lever 1.
until it engages audibly. ▶ To use the easy entry and exit fea-
▶ To adjust the seat cushion length: ture: push lever 4 down.
● Pull lever 7 up and hold it in ◁ The seat will be lowered fully.
place. ▶ Pull lever 4 upwards.
● Push the seat cushion ◁ The seat will return to the last ▶ To adjust the head restraint: pull
back/forwards until it is in the height set. head restraint 1 up or push it down
desired position. until it is at the desired height.
Front passenger and centre seat ▶ To remove the head restraint:
● Release lever 7.
▶ To adjust the seat cushion angle: ● Press and hold release catch 2.
● Pull lever 2 up and hold it in ● Pull head restraint 1 up and out
place. with a jerk.
● Move the seat cushion or back- ▶ To adjust the seat backrest:
rest into the desired position by ● Lift your weight off the seat back-
applying pressure to or lifting rest.
your weight off it. ● Pull lever 3 up and hold it in
● Release lever 2. place.
● Move the seat backrest into the
desired position by applying pres-

46 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 Driver cockpit
Berth

sure to or lifting your weight off 5. The seat backrest can be

it. folded up. NOTE
Damage to the berth and seats
Make sure that the berth does not come
Berth
into contact with the seats when it is
Notes on the berth folded up and down.
If it does, both components could be
Danger
damaged.
Risk of suffocation due to insufficient
fresh air in the cab
▶ Fold the backrests of the driver's
and front passenger seats forwards
▶ To fold the seat backrest forward: When the doors, roof hatch and windows or move the seats further forwards.
● Pull locking bar 4 out of the are closed, no fresh air will flow into the
holder and fold it upwards. cab.
● Pull lever 3 up and hold it in Folding the berth up and down
▶ Ensure a supply of fresh air.
place. Folding the berth down
● Fold the seat backrest forwards Danger
fully and press on locking bar 4.
Risk of injury and death if the berth is
The joint end of locking bar 4
used while the vehicle is in motion
will engage in joint socket 5 of
the seat backrest and thereby A vehicle occupant on a berth cannot be
stabilise the surface. held back.
▶ To fold the seat backrest up: push ▶ Only use the berth if the vehicle has
lever 6 up as far as it will go. been switched off.
◁ The joint end of locking bar 4
will be released from joint socket

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 47
Driver cockpit
Adjusting the multifunction steering wheel

▶ Lift the berth 1 slightly and push it

backwards. Danger
▶ Thread the retaining strap 2 through Risk of accident due to unlocked
the tensioning buckle and secure the steering wheel
berth. If the steering wheel is unlocked while
the vehicle is in motion, it may adjust
unexpectedly.
Adjusting the multifunction steering
wheel ▶ Ensure that the steering wheel is
locked before every journey.
Danger ▶ Never unlock the steering wheel
Risk of injury if vehicle settings are while the vehicle is locked.
adjusted while the vehicle is in mo-
▶ Fold the seat backrests of the driver, Requirements
tion
centre and front passenger seats ● There is sufficient reservoir pressure.
forward ( → page 45). You could lose control of the vehicle in ● The vehicle is stationary.
▶ Release retaining strap 2. particular in the following situations: ● The parking brake is applied.
▶ Fold out berth 1 slowly towards the ● If you adjust the driver's seat, the
front. Observe the following when adjusting the
head restraints, the steering wheel
steering wheel:
▶ Place the berth 1 on the support or the mirror while the vehicle is in
brackets 3. motion. ● First adjust your seat to the correct
◁ The right and left retaining straps ● If you fasten your seat belt while the position ( → page 43).
2 must now tightly hold the vehicle is in motion. ● Set the steering wheel angle as low
berth 1. as possible.
▶ Before starting the vehicle: In partic- ● After adjusting the steering wheel,
To fold the berth upwards: ular, adjust the driver's seat, head
ensure that you can move freely and
restraint, steering wheel and mirror
steer correctly.
and fasten the seat belt.

48 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 Driver cockpit
Outside mirrors

Outside mirrors Danger

Adjusts the outside mirrors Risk of accident if the distance is
misjudged when using the outside
Danger mirror
Risk of injury if vehicle settings are The outside mirrors reduce the size of
adjusted while the vehicle is in mo- the image. The objects in view are in fact
tion closer than they appear.
You could lose control of the vehicle in ▶ You should therefore always ascer-
particular in the following situations: tain the actual distance of other
● If you adjust the driver's seat, the road users by looking over your
head restraints, the steering wheel shoulder.
▶ Press the lower section of the 2 or the mirror while the vehicle is in
button. motion.
◁ The steering column is unlocked. ● If you fasten your seat belt while the
▶ Adjust the multifunction steering vehicle is in motion.
wheel height and angle.
▶ Press the 1 button at the top.
▶ Before starting the vehicle: In partic-
ular, adjust the driver's seat, head
◁ The steering column is locked. restraint, steering wheel and mirror
and fasten the seat belt.
Note
The steering wheel locks approximately
ten seconds after being unlocked.

Adjust the wide-angle mirror manually.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 49
Driver cockpit
Exterior lighting

▶ If the body is extra-wide, first of all Activating/deactivating the mirror Exterior lighting
pull or push the left and right mirror heater
arms into the desired detent manu- Light switch overview
ally.
Danger
▶ Switch on the vehicle.
▶ Turn switch 3 to position 1 for the Risk of accident if the exterior light-
left outside mirror or position 2 for ing is covered by the side board
the right outside mirror. If you open the rear side board, the rear
▶ Push switch 3 forwards or back- exterior lighting is covered.
wards, to the right or left, until the This could delay other road users in
outside mirror is in the correct posi- recognising the vehicle as an obstacle.
tion.
▶ Secure the rear area of the vehicle
▶ Turn switch 3 to the rest position
according to the national require-
g.
ments, e.g. using a warning triangle.
▶ Switch on the vehicle.
▶ To activate: press the upper section
of the button.
▶ To deactivate: press the lower sec-
tion of the button.

Note
The kerb view mirror is not heated.

50 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 Driver cockpit
Exterior lighting

A warning tone will sound in the following Vehicles with manual headlamp range ad-
cases: justment: When the low beam is activated
● You open the driver's door with the for the first time, or after the vehicle has
low beam switched on and the igni- been switched on or started, the instru-
tion lock in the radio position. ment cluster will show the display mes-
● You open the driver's door with the sage Headlamp range adjuster.
standing lights or low beam switched If the illumination of the road is not suffi-
on and the ignition lock in the g cient or oncoming traffic is being dazzled,
position. the headlamp range must be adjusted.
▶ Change the setting shown using the
button u or t on the steering
Activating/deactivating low beam
Light switch (example) wheel.
▶ Turn the light switch to L. ◁ When you are driving a laden
1 c Automatic driving lights and
daytime running lights ◁ The low beam and the standing vehicle, the illumination of the
lights will be switched on. The road must be 40 m to 100 m and
2 $ Lights off or daytime running
indicator lamp T on the in- the low beam must not dazzle
lights
strument cluster will light up. oncoming traffic.
3 T – Standing and tail lights;
licence plate lighting; perimeter ▶ When the vehicle is unladen, select
Note level $.
and side marker lights–
4 L Low beam/high beam In countries in which traffic does not
drive on the same side of the road as
5 N Fog light Switching the daytime running lights
in the country where the vehicle is re-
6 R Rear fog light gistered, there is a risk of dazzling other on/off
You can operate the high beam and per- drivers. The headlamps must therefore ▶ Start the vehicle.
form headlamp flashing using the combin- be changed when you are driving in such
ation switch ( → page 53). countries ( → page 61).

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 51
Driver cockpit
Exterior lighting

▶ Turn the light switch to position $. ▶ In such cases, turn the light switch
Note
◁ The daytime running lamps will be to L.
switched on. If the vehicle is switched off manually
The automatic driving lights are only an or automatically ( → page 136), vehicle
or aid. The responsibility for vehicle lighting lighting switched on by the automatic
▶ Turn the light switch to c. rests with the driver. driving lights will also be switched off. If
◁ – If the low beam and standing Turn the light switch from c to L necessary, switch the vehicle lighting on
lights are automatically switched immediately in the event of darkness or manually.
off, the daytime running lights will fog. Otherwise, the driving light may be
go on. temporarily interrupted. Note
If the light switch is turned to L, the ▶ Switch on the vehicle. If the rain and light sensor is malfunc-
daytime running lights will automatically ▶ Turn the light switch to c. tioning, the low beam and standing lights
switch off. ◁ The low beam and standing lights will be switched on automatically and
will be switched on or off auto- stay on.–
matically depending on the light
Activating/deactivating the auto- conditions. If the low beam is
matic driving lights Switching the fog light and rear fog
switched on, the T indicator
light on/off
lamp on the instrument cluster
Danger
will switch on. ▶ Turn the light switch to T or L.
Risk of accident when the low beam Vehicles with daytime running ▶ To switch on the front fog light:
is switched off in poor visibility lights: if the low beam and Pull the light switch out to level 5.
When the light switch is set to c, the standing lights are automatically ◁ The front fog light and the front
low beam does not switch on automatic- switched off, the daytime running fog light indicator lamp N next
ally if there is fog, snow or other causes lights will go on. to the light switch will go on.
of poor visibility such as spray. ▶ To switch on the front and rear
fog lights: Pull the light switch out to
level 6.

52 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 Driver cockpit
Exterior lighting

◁ The front and rear fog lights and ▶ Switch on the vehicle. Using the turn signal indicators
the indicator lamps for the front
Switching on high beam
N and rear fog lights R
next to the light switch will go on. ▶ Switch on the low beam L.
▶ Press the combination switch in the
Note direction of arrow 1 and allow it to
engage there.
If the vehicle has a rear fog light only,
turn the light switch to L and pull it ◁ The indicator lamp K on the
out to level 6. instrument cluster will light up.
▶ Headlamp flashing: Pull the combin-
ation switch in the direction of arrow
Combination switch 2 briefly.
Using the high beam and headlamp ◁ The K indicator lamp on the
flashing instrument cluster and the high ▶ To indicate: Push the combination
beam will go on briefly. switch upwards to indicate right 1or
downwards to indicate left 2 until it
engages.
◁ The corresponding turn signal
lamps and the , or .
indicator lamp on the instrument
cluster will flash.
▶ To indicate briefly: When you are
overtaking or changing lanes, briefly
tap the combination switch in the
desired direction to indicate right 1
or indicate left 2.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 53
Driver cockpit
Switching the interior lighting on/off

◁ The corresponding turn signal ▶ To switch off: Press the button 1 Switching the front passenger reading
lamps and the , or . again. lamp on and off
indicator lamp on the instrument ◁ The indicator lamp 2 goes out.
cluster will flash five times.
▶ To cancel brief indication: Briefly Switching the interior lighting on/off
tap the combination switch in the
opposite direction.

Switching load compartment lamp on

or off ▶ To adjust: pull reading lamp 1 out
of the holder on the instrument panel
and set it to the desired position.
▶ To switch on: turn the control knob
on reading lamp 1 to I .
▶ To switch off: turn the control knob
on reading lamp 1 to O .
1 Reading lamp switched on
2 Interior lighting switched off Replacing bulbs
3 Automatic interior lighting
Notes on changing a bulb
4 Interior lighting continuous opera-
tion switched on Mercedes-Benz recommends that you
have the headlamp bulbs changed at a
▶ To switch on: press the button 1. ▶ Slide the switch into the desired posi- qualified specialist workshop.
◁ The indicator lamp 2 lights up. tion.

54 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 Driver cockpit
Replacing bulbs

can help you when you are inspecting the ● Ensure that seals are seated correctly
Danger bulbs ( → page 134). and replace damaged seals.
Risk of burns from hot component ● If the new bulb does not light up, con-
parts whilst replacing a bulb Note sult a qualified specialist workshop.
Bulbs, lamps and plugs can become very Mercedes-Benz recommends that you If necessary, have the illuminants for the
hot during operation. also change the corresponding bulb in additional headlamps and the LED stand-
When replacing a bulb, you could burn the other headlamp when a bulb for the ing lights replaced at a qualified specialist
yourself on these component parts. low beam or high beam fails. Mercedes- workshop.
Benz recommends that you use heavy
▶ Allow the component parts to cool duty bulbs for this.
down before replacing the bulbs. Bulbs
When you are changing a bulb, also note
A bulb could explode in the following Front bulbs
the following points:
cases:
● To prevent a short circuit, switch off Low beam, high
● You touch the bulb when it is hot. H7 70W 24 V
the lighting system and the vehicle beam
● You drop the bulb. before changing the bulb. Standing lights LED module
● You scratch the bulb. ● Wear safety glasses and clean gloves.
Daytime running
Do not use a bulb if it has been dropped ● Replace defective bulbs with newly lights
P21W 24 V
or if its glass tube has been scratched. certified bulbs with the correct
Fog light H3 70W 24 V
Protect bulbs from moisture during oper- wattage and voltage.– –
Turn signal light,
ation and do not allow bulbs to come into ● Touch new bulbs only with a clean, P21W 24 V
front
contact with liquids. lint-free cloth or similar. Do not per-
Turn signal light,
form this work with wet or oily fin-
Bulbs and lights are a major element in side; side marker P21/5W 24 V
gers.
vehicle safety. Therefore, ensure that all light
● Check the contacts for corrosion and
bulbs are always working. The lamp check Perimeter lamps R10W 24 V
clean them if necessary.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 55
Driver cockpit
Replacing bulbs

Rear bulbs Work lamp, bottom H3 70W 24 V

Brake light, reversing

P21W 24 V
light, rear fog light Replacing front bulbs
Turn signal light, rear PY21W 24 V Overview
Tail light, perimeter
and side marker R5W 24 V
lights
Number plate lamp R10W 24 V

Bulbs for additional headlamps on

the roof
▶ Open the bonnet ( → page 207).
Low beam H7 70 W 24 V
1 Daytime running lights, standing ▶ Turn the socket 1 in the direction of
High beam H3 70 W 24 V the arrow and pull it out.
lights
Turn signal light PY21W 24 V
2 Low beam, high beam ▶ Pull the bulb 2 out of the socket 1.
Standing lights T4W 24 V 3 Fog light If necessary, prise the bulb 2 out of
socket 1 at its base using a suitable
Additional bulbs ▶ Refer to the notes on changing a bulb implement.
( → page 54). ▶ Position the new bulb so that the
Ceiling lighting, recess at the base fits into the lug
P15W 24 V Low-beam and high-beam headlamps
interior lighting
of socket 1.
Ceiling lighting,
reading lamp
R10W 24 V ▶ Press the new bulb into the socket
1.
Side marker lights LED module
Rotating beacon H1 70W 24 V

56 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 Driver cockpit
Replacing bulbs

▶ Insert the socket 1 into the housing ▶ Gently turn the bulb 2 ▶ Remove the connector from bulb.
and turn it against the direction of the anti-clockwise and remove it. ▶ Unhook the safety spring and remove
arrow. ▶ Insert the new bulb into the socket the bulb.
Standing lights 1 and gently turn it clockwise. ▶ Insert the new bulb in the socket so
▶ Insert the socket 1 into the housing that the base fits in the recess.
The standing light is an LED module. Do
and turn it against the direction of the ▶ Attach the safety spring and press the
not replace the bulb of the standing light.
arrow. connector onto the bulb.
▶ If necessary, have the illuminant ▶ Secure the front fog light cover with
Fog light
changed at a qualified specialist the new cable tie.
workshop.
Bonnet turn signal and side marker
Daytime running lights lights

▶ Open the bonnet ( → page 207).

After changing the bulb, you will need a
suitable new cable tie.
▶ Open the bonnet ( → page 207). Turn signal light, front

▶ Turn the socket 1 in the direction of ▶ Cut cable tie 1 without damaging
the arrow and pull it out. the front fog lamp cover 2.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 57
Driver cockpit
Replacing bulbs

Replacing rear bulbs

Swinging the protective grille out of
the way

Side bonnet turn signal and side marker lights

▶ Unscrew screw 2.
▶ Open the bonnet ( → page 207). ▶ Remove the frame.
▶ Turn the bulb mount 1 in the direc- ▶ Turn the lens 1 anti-clockwise and
tion of the arrow and remove it. remove it.
▶ Gently turn the bulb anti-clockwise ▶ Gently turn the bulb anti-clockwise ▶ Swing protective grille 1 upwards.
and remove it. and remove it. Replacing bulbs
▶ Insert the new bulb and gently turn it ▶ Insert the new bulb and gently turn it
clockwise. clockwise.
▶ Insert the bulb mount 1 and turn it ▶ Insert the lens 1 and turn it clock-
against the direction of the arrow. wise.
Front perimeter lights ▶ Insert the frame.
▶ Insert and tighten the screw 2.

58 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 Driver cockpit
Replacing bulbs

2 Turn signal light

3 Brake light
4 Tail light
5 Rear fog light
6 Licence plate lamp/tail light
7 Reversing light
8 Clearance light / side marker light
▶ Refer to the notes on changing a bulb
( → page 54).
▶ Unscrew screws 1.
Left rear lamp unit ▶ Remove the lens.
▶ Gently turn the bulb anti-clockwise ▶ Press the retaining spring 2 in using
and remove it. the screwdriver.
▶ Insert the new bulb and gently turn it ▶ Pull the lens 1 down and out of the
clockwise. holder.
▶ Insert lens. ▶ Remove the bulb 3.
▶ Screw in screws 1. ▶ Insert a new bulb.
▶ Push the lens 1 into the holder.
Replacing interior lighting bulbs Co-driver's reading lamp
▶ Refer to the notes on changing a bulb
( → page 54).
Interior lighting
Right rear lamp unit

1 Screws

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 59
Driver cockpit
Replacing bulbs

▶ Turn the control knob on the reading

lamp 1 to q.
▶ Push the bulb backwards and replace
it.
Side marker lamps (example) Work lamp (example)

▶ Press and firmly hold the retainer on ▶ Loosen screws 1.

Changing additional bulbs cable connector 2 with a screw- ▶ Remove the reflector with frame.
▶ Refer to the notes on changing a bulb driver.
( → page 54). ▶ Pull out cable connector 2.
Side marker lamps ▶ Press retainers 1 on side marker
lamp 3 together and hold them
firmly.
▶ Replace side marker lamp 3.
Work lamp, bottom

▶ Pull out cable connector 2.

▶ Release the safety spring.
▶ Remove the bulb 3.

60 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 Driver cockpit
Driving abroad

▶ Insert the new bulb in the socket so

that the base fits in the recess. NOTE
Damage to the windscreen caused by
the windscreen wipers being activ-
Driving abroad ated when starting a new journey
It is not necessary to convert the head- If the windscreen wipers are not
lamps to symmetrical low beam in coun- switched off before parking the vehicle,
tries in which traffic does not drive on the this may cause the windscreen wipers
same side of the road as in the country to make unwanted wiping movements
where the vehicle is registered. The legal when starting a new journey. This
requirements are met without conversion. may damage the wiper rubbers
or windscreen, particularly if the
Wiper switch on the combination switch
Good visibility windscreen is dirty or covered with ice.
g Windscreen wipers off
Using the windscreen wipers
▶ Switch off the windscreen wipers Ä Slow intermittent wiping or wiping
before parking the vehicle. with the rain sensor
NOTE Worn or damaged windscreen wiper rub- Å Fast intermittent wiping or wiping
Damage to the windscreen on bers can cause smearing on the wind- with the rain sensor
vehicles with a rain and light sensor screen. This can cause malfunctions in ° Continuous wiping, slow
vehicles with rain and light sensors. ¯ Continuous wiping, fast
In dry weather, dirt or optical factors
may cause the windscreen wipers to ▶ To switch on: Switch on the vehicle.
make unwanted wiping movements. ▶ Turn the wiper switch to the desired
This may damage the wiper rubbers or position depending on the intensity of
scratch the windscreen. the rain.
▶ Switch off the windscreen wiper in Vehicles with rain and light sensor: in
dry weather. the positions Ä or Å, an appropri-

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 61
Driver cockpit
Good visibility

ate wipe frequency will be set according ▶ To wipe the windscreen using Switching the windscreen heater
to the precipitation. In the position Å, washer fluid: press and hold the but- on/off
the rain and light sensor is more sens- ton î.
itive than in the position Ä, causing Vehicles with the headlamp cleaning
the windscreen wipers to wipe more fre- system: if, once the vehicle has been
quently. If the rain and light sensor fails, switched on, the windscreen is wiped
the windscreen wiper will automatically with washer fluid for the first time with
switch to the wiping interval correspond- the low beam headlamps switched on,
ing to the position of the switch. the headlamps will also be cleaned. If you
wipe the windscreen with washer fluid ten
Using the windscreen washer system times with the low beam switched on, the
headlamps will also be cleaned once.

The windscreen heater is operational

when the vehicle is switched on and will
deactivate automatically after approxim-
ately 15 minutes.
▶ To switch on/off: press the upper
section of the è button.
◁ When the indicator lamp on the
button lights up, the windscreen
Combination switch (example)
heating is switched on.

▶ To initiate a single wipe: press the

button î briefly.

62 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 Driver cockpit
Power supply

Power supply turn cause a fire or an explosion. Depend-

ing on the ADR classification, vehicles for
Using the EMERGENCY OFF switch the transport of hazardous goods can be
equipped with various EMERGENCY OFF
Danger switches.
Risk of accident when interrupting
On vehicles with a retarder, wait
the power supply with the EMER-
approximately five seconds after
GENCY OFF switch
switching off the vehicle before
If you interrupt the power supply with interrupting the voltage supply using the
the EMERGENCY OFF switch, the engine battery disconnect switch.
will automatically be switched off.
▶ Only use the EMERGENCY OFF switch
This means that safety-related functions when the vehicle is stationary, for EMERGENCY OFF switch in the driver's cab
are limited or no longer available. The example, when loading the vehicle in
compressed-air supply will fail. In the a hazardous goods area.
event of pressure loss, the spring-loaded
Interrupting the voltage supply
brake cylinder of the parking brake may
activate and therefore brake the vehicle
in an uncontrolled manner. You could
lose control of the vehicle.
▶ Only press the EMERGENCY OFF
switch in cases of danger and only
do so when the vehicle is stationary.
In the event of an emergency, interrupt
the power supply with the EMERGENCY
EMERGENCY OFF switch on the right-hand side of the
OFF switch. This prevents short circuits, vehicle
which could create sparks that might in

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 63
Driver cockpit
Power supply

▶ Swing the cover 1 upwards. Overview of sockets Work lamp socket

▶ Pull out switch pin 2.
or
▶ Flip switch 3 upwards.
◁ All consumers other than the di-
gital tachograph are disconnec-
ted from the batteries.
Reconnecting the power supply
▶ Switch off the vehicle.
▶ Press the cover 1 down so that it
audibly engages.
▶ Switch on the vehicle. Example: 24-V-socket
1 Work lamp socket
◁ The voltage supply is restored to Depending on the vehicle equipment, 2 Dummy socket for removed pro-
all consumers. 12­V­ and 24­V­sockets can be fitted to tective cover
the instrument panel or centre console.
Do not exceed a load of 240 W (10 A) for
12­V­sockets the work lamp socket.
You can expose the 12­V­socket to a max-
imum load of 180 W.

24­V­sockets
You can expose the 24­V­socket to a max-
imum load of 360 W.

64 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 Driver cockpit
Practical tips

Practical tips Stowage spaces and stowage com-

partments
Using the cigarette lighter
Notes on stowage spaces and com-
Danger partments
Risk of fire­ and injury from the hot
cigarette lighter Danger
You can burn yourself if you touch the Risk of injury due to objects being
hot heating element or the socket of the stowed incorrectly
cigarette lighter. If objects in the vehicle interior are
stowed incorrectly, they may slide or
In addition, flammable materials can
be thrown around and hit vehicle oc-
ignite if:
▶ Switch on the vehicle. cupants. In addition, cup holders, open
● you drop the hot cigarette lighter.
▶ Push in the cigarette lighter 1. stowage spaces and mobile phone re-
● children hold the hot cigarette ceptacles will not always be able to re-
◁ The cigarette lighter will pop out
lighter against objects, for example. tain all objects that they contain in the
automatically when the heating
▶ Always hold the cigarette lighter by element is red-hot. event of an accident.
the knob. ▶ Use the handle to pull the cigarette There is a risk of injury, particularly in
▶ Always make sure that the cigarette lighter out of the socket. the event of braking manoeuvres or
lighter is out of reach of children. abrupt changes in direction.
You can also use the 24­V­socket with
▶ Never leave children unattended in cigarette lighter 1 as a power source for ▶ Always stow objects such that they
the vehicle. electrical devices up to max. 100 W. cannot be thrown around in such
situations.
▶ Always make sure that objects do
not protrude from stowage spaces,
luggage nets or stowage nets.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 65
Driver cockpit
Communications

▶ Close the lockable stowage spaces Notes on cup holders / bottle holders
before starting a journey.
▶ Stow and secure objects that are Danger
heavy, hard, pointed, sharp-edged, Risk of accident­ or injury when using
fragile or too large in the load com- the cup holder while driving
partment.
The cup­ and bottle holders cannot be
used to secure containers while the
Using the stowage spaces in the Cup holder
vehicle is in motion.
doors
If you use cup­ or bottle holders while
the vehicle is in motion, containers may Communications
be thrown around and liquid may be
Telephone
spilled. The vehicle occupants may come
into contact with the liquid and if it is Notes on the telephone
hot, they could be scalded. You could
be distracted from traffic conditions and Danger
you may lose control of the vehicle. Risk of distraction from information
▶ Only use the cup­ and bottle holder systems and communications equip-
You can use the stowage spaces in the
when the vehicle is stationary. ment
doors to store items such as a rolled-up
fluorescent jacket and a small umbrella. It ▶ Only put suitable containers into the If you operate information systems and
also offers space for bottles up to 1,0 l. cup­ or bottle holders. communications equipment integrated
▶ Observe the notes on stowage spaces ▶ Close the container, particularly if in the vehicle when driving, you could be
the liquid is hot. distracted from the traffic situation. You
and stowage compartments.
could also lose control of the vehicle.
▶ Only operate this equipment when
the traffic situation permits.

66 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 Driver cockpit
Communications

▶ If you cannot be sure of this, stop

the vehicle in accordance with the
traffic conditions and operate the
equipment while the vehicle is sta-
tionary.
Observe the legal requirements for the
country you are currently in while oper-
ating the telephone or other communica-
tions equipment.
The vehicle may be equipped with an
integrated Bluetooth® hands-free system.
To charge the Bluetooth® mobile phone
in the vehicle, you need a suitable mobile
phone cradle. These are available from
retailers of Mercedes-Benz accessories.
You can operate the mobile phone using
the 6 and ~ buttons on the multi-
function steering wheel.
The Mercedes-Benz installation
specifications must be observed if you
subsequently install one of the following
communication devices:
● Mobile phone
● Two-way radio
● Fax machine

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 67
Climate control
Notes on climate control

Notes on climate control Before fording water, switch on the air- Overview of climate control system
conditioning system and leave it switched functions
NOTE on for the duration of fording.
Damage to the air-conditioning sys- The air-conditioning system regulates the
tem due to rare use temperature and air humidity in the cab.
If the air-conditioning system is not used The filter installed largely filters dust
for an extended period of time, the refri- particles, pollen and unpleasant odours
gerant compressor may be damaged. from the outside air that is fed in or the
▶ Switch on the air-conditioning sys- recirculated air in air-recirculation mode.
tem for at least approx. ten minutes An added filter reduces the flow of air
into the cab. Depending on the operating 1 Sets the airflow ( → page 69)
once a month. Switching air-recirculation mode
conditions and environmental influences,
the interval for replacing the filter may be on/off ( → page 69)
ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE 2 Sets the air distribution
shorter than prescribed.
Using the air-conditioning system ( → page 69)
increases the fuel consumption Note 3 Sets the temperature ( → page 69)
Your fuel consumption will increase Ventilate the vehicle briefly in warm 4 Switching cooling with air dehu-
if the air-conditioning system or the weather. This will accelerate the cooling midification on/off ( → page 69)
automatic climate control is switched process and the desired temperature will Some functions have an additional indic-
on. be reached more quickly. ator lamp. The function is switched on if
▶ Only switch this function on if re- the indicator lamp is lit.
quired.
The heating and air-conditioning system
are operational only if the vehicle has
been started.

68 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 Climate control
Cooling with air dehumidification

Cooling with air dehumidification Setting the air distribution/airflow outside temperatures. Only switch
air-recirculation mode on briefly.
Switching cooling with air dehumid- Air distribution
If dust or unpleasant odours are causing
ification (air conditioning system) ▶ Set the air distribution control 2 to
annoyance, for example, switch the flow
on/off the relevant symbol.
of fresh air off temporarily and switch air-
If you switch off the "Cooling with air de- The symbols for air distribution have recirculation mode on.
humidification" function, the vehicle's the following meanings:
interior air will not be cooled (in warm ▶ Turn the key to the radio position in
z Directs additional air towards the the ignition lock.
weather) or dehumidified. The windows M windscreen and the side windows
could mist up more quickly. Switch the ▶ Fresh air mode: set the airflow con-
Q Directs additional air towards the
"Cooling with air dehumidification" func- windscreen and throughout the cab
trol 1 to the required level on the
tion off only temporarily. right-hand scale.
O Directs additional air into the
Condensation may leak from the under- footwell ▶ Air-recirculation mode: close the
Direct air supply windows, roof hatch and pop-up roof
side of the vehicle in cooling mode. P
or sliding sunroof.
▶ Press button 4. Airflow ▶ Set the airflow control 1 to the re-
◁ When the indicator lamp on but- quired level on the left-hand scale.
ton 4 lights up, cooling with air
dehumidification is switched on.
Demisting/defrosting the windscreen
and windows
Setting the temperature Select the following setting only for as
▶ Turn the temperature control 3 to long as it takes for the windscreen to be
the right to increase the temperature clear again.
or to the left to reduce it.
When you switch air-recirculation ▶ Vehicles with windscreen heater:
mode on, the windows may mist switch on the windscreen heater
up more quickly, particularly at low ( → page 62).

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 69
Climate control
Auxiliary heating

▶ Set air distribution control 2 to If there are highly flammable substances

z. Danger or combustible materials in close prox-
▶ Turn the temperature control 3 all Risk of fire due to hot auxiliary heat- imity, there is a risk of fire and explo-
the way to the right. ing components and exhaust gas sion.­
▶ Set the airflow control 1to 4 . Flammable materials such as leaves, ▶ If the vehicle is parked under these
▶ Open the side air vents completely grass or twigs may ignite. or similar conditions, always deactiv-
and turn them outwards to the side When the auxiliary heating is switched ate the preselected switch-on times.
windows. on, make sure that:
Danger
● hot vehicle parts do not come into
Auxiliary heating contact with flammable materials. Risk of fatal injury due to poisonous
● the exhaust gas can flow out of exhaust gases
Notes on auxiliary heating
the auxiliary heating exhaust pipe If the tailpipe is blocked or sufficient
Danger unhindered. ventilation is not possible, poisonous
● the exhaust gas does not come into exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide
­ Risk of fire or explosion from fuel may enter the vehicle. This is the case
contact with flammable materials.
Fuels are highly flammable. in enclosed spaces or if the vehicle gets
▶ Fire, naked flames, smoking and Danger stuck in snow, for example.
creating sparks must be avoided. Risk of fatal injury when parking the ▶ Always switch the stationary heater
▶ Before refuelling, switch off the vehicle in unsuitable locations with off in enclosed spaces without an air
vehicle and, if fitted, the stationary a preselected switch-on time for the extraction system, e.g. in garages.
heater and keep switched off during stationary heater ▶ Keep the tailpipe and the area
filling. around the vehicle free from snow
If you do not ensure that there is suf-
when the vehicle or the stationary
ficient ventilation, poisonous exhaust
heater is running.
gases may accumulate.
▶ Open a window on the side of the
vehicle facing away from the wind to

70 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 Climate control
Auxiliary heating

ensure an adequate supply of fresh ▶ Have the auxiliary heating checked Ensure that there is a sufficiently high
air. at a qualified specialist workshop level of fuel when the auxiliary heating is
immediately. in operation. If the indicator lamp 6
Danger is switched on, do not use the auxiliary
When the auxiliary heating is in operation,
Risk of burns on the exhaust pipe heating.
a small amount of smoke may be pro-
when working on the auxiliary heat- duced due to operating conditions. Operate the auxiliary heating only with
ing commercially available diesel fuel. Oper-
If the auxiliary heating was switched NOTE ation with 100 % fatty acid methyl ester
on, you may suffer burns from the hot Damage to the auxiliary heating (FAME) or diesel fuel with more than 10 %
exhaust pipe. of fatty acid methyl ester (FAME) fuel as
If the auxiliary heating is not used for an additive will cause malfunctions and
▶ Let the exhaust pipe cool down be- an extended period of time, it may be is therefore not permitted. If the vehicle
fore working on the auxiliary heat- damaged. is operated with one of these fuel types,
ing.
▶ Switch on the auxiliary heating for you will need an additional fuel tank for
at least approx. ten minutes once a commercially available diesel fuel for the
Danger month. auxiliary heating.
Risk of fire and injury from mechan-
If you do not use the auxiliary heating for When transporting hazardous goods, com-
ical fault in auxiliary heating
an extended period, deposits may form ply with the relevant safety regulations.
If there is a small amount of smoke, in the fuel system of the auxiliary heating Place objects at a sufficient distance from
monitor how it develops. due to exposure to heat and condensa- the outlet opening of the auxiliary heating.
If there is a more considerable amount tion. These deposits can cause malfunc-
of smoke, the smell of fuels or unusual tions in the auxiliary heating. Have the
noises, follow the instructions below: auxiliary heating checked and repaired at
a qualified specialist workshop before you
▶ Switch off the auxiliary heating.
use it again.
▶ Remove the fuse from the auxiliary
heating.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 71
Climate control
Auxiliary heating

Forced switch-off cooling-off period and then switch off ◁ The indicator lamp in the 2
automatically. switch goes out.
NOTE
Damage to the auxiliary heating due Activating/deactivating engine pre- Overview of the switch clock
to a power supply interruption heating The following settings can be made with
If the power supply is interrupted in the switch clock:
heating mode, the cooling-off period
● Switching heating mode on/off
cannot be activated and the auxiliary
heating could be damaged as a result. ● Setting a total of up to 21
programmed times / timers
▶ Interrupt the power supply using ● Setting the operating duration within
the battery disconnect switch only a range of 10 to 120 minutes or to
in cases of danger in heating mode continuous operation
and in the auxiliary heating cooling
off period.
Observe the following for vehicles used to
transport hazardous materials with ADR
classification:
You can use engine preheating only when
● You must switch off the auxiliary the vehicle is switched off.
heating before entering a danger zone
(e.g. a refinery). ▶ To activate: Press the upper section
● If you switch off the vehicle or switch of the 1 switch.
on a power take-off, heating mode ◁ The indicator lamp in the 2
will switch off automatically. After switch lights up.
that, the combustion-air blower will ▶ To deactivate: Press the lower sec-
continue to run for a short time in the tion of the 1 switch.

72 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 Climate control
Auxiliary heating

The indicator LED signals the following: ▶ Turn the controller anti-clockwise
● Lights up white: heating mode is until "Back" appears on the display.
switched off and the operating unit is ▶ Press the controller.
activated. ◁ The settings will be saved and the
● Lights up green: heating mode is next menu level up will be shown
switched on. on the display.
● Flashes green: the programmed time Setting the day
for heating operation is activated.
▶ Select the "Settings" menu and con-
● Lights up red: there is a malfunction firm.
( → page 76).
▶ Select the menu item "Day" and con-
When the heater is switched off, the firm.
1 Activated programmed time, ADR switch clock will switch to standby mode ▶ Set the day and confirm.
indicator (equipment-dependent) 60 seconds after the last operation. The
Setting the time
2 Time display and the status display will be
3 Controller switched off automatically. ▶ Select the "Settings" menu and con-
firm.
4 Immediate start button with status
display
▶ Select the menu item "Time" and
Operating the switch clock confirm.
5 Symbol/designation menu item ▶ Turn the controller to execute a func- ▶ Select the time format (12 or 24-
Status indication tion or make an adjustment. hour clock) and confirm.
▶ Press the controller to confirm the ◁ The hour on the display will flash.
The switch clock has an indicator LED on selection/setting.
the instant start button, which indicates
▶ Set the hours and confirm.
the current status of the auxiliary heating. Back function ◁ The minutes on the display will
flash.
Executing the back function takes you out
of a selected menu or menu item. ▶ Set the minutes and confirm.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 73
Climate control
Auxiliary heating

Setting the operating duration for im- Switching immediate start on/off The display will show the "Heat-
mediate start ▶ To switch on: press the immediate ing" function and the set remain-
The immediate start button is used to start button. ing time, while the indicator LED
start heating mode without making any ◁ The display will show the "Heat- in the immediate start button will
further settings. ing" function and the set remain- light up in green.
ing time, while the indicator LED ▶ To switch off: press the immediate
The immediate start can be adjusted in
in the immediate start button will start button.
the "Settings" menu.
light up in green. ◁ Heating mode will be switched off
▶ Select the "Settings" menu and con- and the indicator LED will light up
firm.
▶ To switch off: press the immediate
start button again. in white.
▶ Select the menu item "Immediate
start" and confirm.
◁ Heating mode will be switched off
and the indicator LED will light up Note
◁ The set operating mode will be in white. If a longer remaining time is desired,
displayed. a longer operating duration must be
▶ Select the "Heating" function and Switching heating mode on/off on the
set afresh. From a running time of ten
confirm. menu
minutes, no further changes can be
◁ The operating duration will flash ▶ To switch on: select the "Heating" made. An increase is possible only after
on the display. menu and confirm. switching off and on again.
▶ Set the hours and confirm. ◁ The operating duration will flash
Setting the preselected heating
◁ The minutes on the display will on the display.
mode/timer
flash. ▶ Set the hours and confirm.
▶ Set the minutes and confirm. ◁ The minutes on the display will With the switch clock, you can set up to
◁ The chosen settings have been flash. three programmed times / timers per day
(maximum of seven days).
saved for the immediate start ▶ Set the minutes and confirm.
button. ◁ Heating mode will be started.

74 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 Climate control
Auxiliary heating

If the programmed time has been activ- ▶ Set the desired "switch-on time" ▶ Select the desired option, e.g. "Edit",
ated, the auxiliary heating will switch on (minute) and confirm. and confirm.
automatically at the set time. ▶ Set the desired "switch-off time"
(hour) and confirm. Note
Note ▶ Set the desired "switch-off time" If you have selected the option "Delete
Only one programmed time can be activ- (minute) and confirm. all", "OK" will be shown on the display.
ated at once. ▶ Select the "Heating" function and Confirm once more to delete all saved
confirm. timers.
Note ◁ The set timer will be saved and Airflow, air distribution and temperat-
Vehicles used for transporting hazardous shown on the display.
ure
materials with ADR classification: the ▶ Confirm to activate the timer.
If the immediate or preselected heating
preselected heating mode / timer is not ◁ "Activate" will be shown on the
mode is active, the fan will switch to level
possible with these vehicles. display.
1 at least. The specified temperature of
It is possible to set programmed times
▶ Confirm once more.
the vehicle interior corresponds to the
only when heating mode is switched off. ◁ The "T" symbol will be shown on temperature most recently set on the
the main menu and the indicator climate control operating unit.
▶ Observe the notes on auxiliary heat- LED in the immediate start but-
ing. ton will flash in green ("Heating" ▶ Turn the temperature control clock-
timer active). wise until the maximum temperature
Setting the programmed time
is set ( → page 69).
▶ Select the "Timer" menu and confirm. Activating, deactivating, editing or ▶ Set the airflow and air distribution ac-
▶ Select the menu item "Add timer" and deleting a timer cording to your needs ( → page 69).
confirm. ▶ Select the "Timer" menu and confirm.
▶ Select the day and confirm. ◁ The saved timers will be shown
▶ Set the desired "switch-on time" on the display.
(hour) and confirm. ▶ Select the desired timer and confirm.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 75
Climate control
Air vents

Resolving problems with auxiliary Air vents Adjusting the air vents
heating
Notes on air vents
The display shows an error code not
listed here. Danger
▶ Notify a qualified specialist workshop. ­ Risk of burns or frostbite due to
The display shows the error code T84. being too close to the air vents
Very hot or very cold air can flow from
Possible cause:
the air vents.
● The battery state of charge is too low.
▶ Make sure that all vehicle occupants
▶ Charge the battery ( → page 226). always maintain a sufficient distance
▶ If the fault persists, have the auxiliary from the air vents.
heating checked at a qualified spe- ▶ If necessary, direct the airflow to
Side air vent (example on left-hand side)
cialist workshop. another area of the vehicle interior.
The display shows the error code Teb. Always keep all air vents and ventilation
▶ To open: Turn the side air vent to-
wards the vehicle interior.
grilles in the cab free so that the air can
Possible cause:
flow into the cab unhindered. ▶ To close: Turn the side air vent back
● In the event of a voltage supply in- towards the side window as far as it
terruption lasting more than eight will go.
minutes, the date and time will be ▶ To adjust: Adjust the airflow by turn-
erased. ing the side air vent.
▶ Set the date and time on the timer.
▶ If the fault persists, have the auxiliary
heating checked at a qualified spe-
cialist workshop.

76 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 Climate control
Air vents

Centre air vents (example)

▶ To open: turn adjustment wheel 2

up.
▶ To close: turn adjustment wheel 2
down.
▶ To adjust: use handle 1 to slide the
air vent in the required direction.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 77
On-board computer and displays
Instrument cluster

Instrument cluster Danger

Notes on the instrument cluster Risk of accident if the instrument
cluster fails
Danger
If the instrument cluster fails or malfunc-
Risk of distraction from information tions, you will not detect any limitations
systems and communications equip- to the functioning of safety-relevant sys-
ment tems. This may impair operating safety. Example: instrument cluster
If you operate information systems and ▶ Park the vehicle safely as soon as 1 Economical operating range
communications equipment integrated possible and notify a qualified spe- (green)
in the vehicle when driving, you could be cialist workshop. 2 Engine brake operating range (yel-
distracted from the traffic situation. You
Observe the legal requirements for the low)
could also lose control of the vehicle.
country you are currently in while operat- 3 Danger zone, danger of overrev
▶ Only operate this equipment when ing the instrument cluster. (red)
the traffic situation permits.
▶ If you cannot be sure of this, stop If the indicator lamp W on the instru-
the vehicle in accordance with the ment cluster lights up, the engine speed is
Notes on the rev counter
traffic conditions and operate the high, e.g. when you shift down to a lower
equipment while the vehicle is sta- NOTE gear.
tionary. Engine damage due to the maximum Pay attention to further notes in display
engine speed being exceeded messages.
If the maximum permissible engine Reduce the vehicle speed with the service
speed is exceeded, a warning tone will brake or shift to a higher gear.
sound. The indicator lamp W on the instru-
▶ Avoid driving in the red speed range ment cluster goes out.
(danger zone).

78 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 On-board computer and displays
Instrument cluster

General driving instructions for the rev ● When the vehicle is stationary, the en- You can have the range of your vehicle
counter: gine is running and the transmission based on the current tank content dis-
● Keep an eye on the rev counter while is in neutral, the engine will acceler- played in the Range menu window of the
driving and stay within economical ate only slowly. Trip data menu ß, ( → page 86).
operating range 1. If the AdBlue® level has dropped to ap-
In some situations, it may make sense Notes on the AdBlue® gauge proximately 10 % of the tank capacity, a
to operate the engine outside the corresponding display message with the
economical operating range, e.g. Ø symbol will appear on the instru-
on uphill gradients or when you are ment cluster. Top up the AdBlue® tank in
overtaking. good time ( → page 175).
● If you drive the vehicle within eco- BlueTec® 4 vehicles and BlueTec® 5
nomical operating range 1, you will vehicles: if you drive until the AdBlue®
achieve low fuel consumption and re- tank is empty, engine output may be re-
duced wear. duced.
● In engine braking mode, use yellow Example: instrument cluster
If the AdBlue® tank has run dry, the event
engine speed range 2. The max- The AdBlue® gauge is only available in is recorded and signalled by the ; in-
imum engine braking effect will be vehicles with BlueTec® exhaust gas after- dicator lamp as an emissions-related fault
achieved just before red danger zone treatment. when starting the vehicle ( → page 81).
3. The AdBlue® reducing agent is required There is also a risk that the engine output
● When driving downhill, make sure that for reducing engine emission values. may be reduced.
the engine speed does not enter red
The MOT approval will be invalidated if
danger zone 3.
the vehicle is operated without AdBlue®.
● Idle speed will be set automatically
The legal consequence of this is that the
depending on the coolant temperat-
vehicle may no longer be operated on
ure.
public roads.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 79
On-board computer and displays
Instrument cluster

Notes on the fuel display Overview of time and outside temper- Odometer overview
ature

Example: instrument cluster Instrument cluster (example: display on rev counter)

Instrument cluster (example: display on speedometer)
If the fuel level 6 has dropped to ap- Switch on the vehicle. The display on the
proximately 14 % of the tank capacity, the You should pay special attention to road rev counter will show total distance 1
needle will enter the red reserve area. The conditions when temperatures are around and trip distance 2.
instrument cluster shows a corresponding freezing point. The Truck Info menu window in the Trip
display message with the symbol 6. Changes in the outside temperature will data menu ß also shows the total dis-
You can have the range of your vehicle be displayed after a short delay. tance and trip distance ( → page 86). You
based on the current tank content dis- Switch on the vehicle. The display on the can change the unit of measurement in
played in the Range menu window of the speedometer will show the time 1 and the Menu menu window of the Settings
Trip data menu ß, ( → page 86). outside temperature 2. ä menu ( → page 93). You can reset
the trip distance 2 in the Truck Info
The Truck info menu window in the Trip menu window of the Trip data ß menu
data ß menu also displays the time ( → page 86).
and outside temperature ( → page 86).
You can change the time mode and
the unit for temperature in the Menu
menu window of the Settings ä menu
( → page 93).

80 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 On-board computer and displays
Instrument cluster

Indicator lamp for engine diagnostics: vehicles without BlueTEC® exhaust gas aftertreatment
Warning/indicator lamp Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions

; If there are no malfunctions, the indicator lamp will light up briefly during the instrument cluster's display check and
then go out after the vehicle starts.
Engine diagnosis warning lamp

Engine diagnostics indicator lamp for BlueTec® 5 vehicles

Warning/indicator lamp Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions

; If there are no malfunctions, the indicator lamp will light up briefly during the instrument cluster's display check and
then go out after the vehicle starts.
Engine diagnosis warning lamp

Warning/indicator lamp Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions

The indicator lamp is flashing. The instrument cluster will display a red display message.
AdBlue® has been used up or an emissions-related malfunction has been detected.

;
Engine output may be reduced.
▶ Follow the instructions in the display message.
▶ Drive carefully to the nearest filling station and top up with AdBlue® ( → page 279).
Engine diagnostics warning lamp
or
▶ Drive carefully to the nearest qualified specialist workshop and have the malfunction rectified immediately.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 81
On-board computer and displays
Instrument cluster

Warning/indicator lamp Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions

The indicator lamp lights up.

; The BlueTEC® exhaust gas aftertreatment is malfunctioning or has an emissions-related fault.

The malfunction or fault could damage the BlueTEC® exhaust gas aftertreatment system.
▶ If the instrument cluster shows a display message, observe the note.
Engine diagnosis warning lamp
▶ Have the BlueTEC® exhaust gas aftertreatment system checked immediately at a qualified specialist workshop.

82 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 On-board computer and displays
On-board computer

System check after a malfunction ▶ If you cannot be sure of this, stop u Selects the next main
the vehicle in accordance with the menu/next entry in the input
BlueTec® 5 vehicles traffic conditions and operate the window; increases or resets value
Once the AdBlue® tank has been refilled equipment while the vehicle is sta- t Selects the previous main
or the fault rectified, full engine output will tionary. menu/previous entry in the input
be restored. If the system check does not You must observe the legal requirements window or decreases value
detect any other faults, the ; indicator for the country in which you are currently r Next menu window/next
lamp will go out. It may take several jour- driving when operating the on-board com- menu bar down in the input win-
neys to complete the system check. puter. dow
s Previous menu window/next
menu bar up in the input window
On-board computer
9 Opens and closes input win-
Notes on/overview of the on-board dow/acknowledges display mes-
computer sages
Ú Stores/displays favourite menu
Danger window
Risk of distraction from information
You can operate the on-board computer
systems and communications equip-
via the left-hand button group on the mul-
ment
tifunction steering wheel.
If you operate information systems and
The on-board computer will provide you
communications equipment integrated
with the following information when you
in the vehicle when driving, you could be On-board computer (example)

1 Display are driving:

distracted from the traffic situation. You
could also lose control of the vehicle. 2 Buttons ● Fuel consumption
▶ Only operate this equipment when ● Trip time
the traffic situation permits. ● Operating statuses

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 83
On-board computer and displays
On-board computer

● Maintenance due dates ▶ Acknowledge the display message by ◁ A tone will sound and the menu
● Malfunctions pressing the 9 button. window will be saved.
● Causes of malfunctions ▶ To scroll through the main menus: ▶ To display the favourite menu win-
● Actions to be taken press the u or t button. dow: briefly press the Ú button.
▶ To display further menu windows
in the main menu: press the r or
Operating the on-board computer Overview of areas on the display
s button.
▶ Switch on the vehicle. ▶ To open and close the input win-
◁ The on-board computer will show dow: when a menu window displays
the last active menu window. the 9 symbol, press 9.
If a malfunction is detected, the ▶ To select menu bars in the input
on-board computer will display window: press the r or s
the event in a display message button.
first. In addition to the display ▶ To change the value or select an
message, an indicator lamp may entry in the input window: press
light up in the status area . If the u or t button.
there are several events, the on-
board computer will show the
Note
display messages one by one
according to significance. If a menu window is called up regularly, Areas on the display (example: Truck Info menu window)

e.g. to check the engine oil level, save it

If further information on the fault Register and title bar
using the Ú button.
is available, the display message
Register 1 shows the main menus. The
shows the Ûsymbol. The in- ▶ To save a favourite menu window: active main menu is represented in white.
formation can be displayed with call up the desired menu window Register 4 shows you the number of
the u button. and press and hold the Ú button menu windows (submenus) and which
for approximately two seconds. window is currently selected. Title bar

84 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 On-board computer and displays
On-board computer

5 shows the name of the active menu ● Limiter: The È symbol and the Overview of menus on the on-board
window. set speed limit, e.g. 50 km/h computer
( → page 155)
Display area Note
The status of the driving system, e.g. on
The on-board computer will display a or off, is represented using colours.– The number and order of the menus
menu window or display message in dis- depends on your vehicle's equipment
If the automatic transmission is in neutral,
play area 2. A display message is auto- and the type of vehicle.
status area 3 will show the symbol Ü
matically displayed and contains a mes-
( → page 149). Trip data ß ( → page 86)
sage, e.g. Power take-off active or inform-
ation about the fault, e.g. Turn signal in- In addition, status area 3 contains an ● Truck info
dicator faulty. In addition to the display indicator lamp panel. If there is a fault, a ● Tachograph
message, an indicator lamp may light up warning or operating information, an in- ● From start
in the status area 3. If you can acknow- dicator lamp will light up automatically.
● Range
ledge the display message with the 9 The indicator lamp will light up in different
● From reset 1
button, the display message will disap- colours depending on the priority of the
malfunction, warning or operating inform- ● From reset 2
pear. An indicator lamp that lights up in
status area 3 will not go out after you ation. The indicator lamp may also light up Driving mode à ( → page 87)
acknowledge the display message. in addition to a display message.
● Speed
You can find an overview of the indicator
Status area Audio and communications á
lamps under "Overview of indicator lamps
Depending on the driving system selec- in the status area" ( → page 114). ( → page 87)
ted, the following information will be dis- ● Alarm clock
played in status area 3: ● Telephone
● Cruise control: the ¯ symbol ● Audio
and the set speed, e.g. 85 km/h
Operation and maintenance â
( → page 156)
( → page 90)

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 85
On-board computer and displays
On-board computer

● Trailer Tachograph menu window

● Maintenance The Tachograph menu window is available
Monitoring information ã for vehicles with a digital tachograph.
( → page 91) ▶ Use the button u or t to scroll
● Supply pressure to the trip data ß.
● Coolant ▶ To show driving and rest times:
● Engine Use the button r or s to scroll
Truck info menu window
to the Tachograph menu window.
● Events 1 Total distance
● Diagnostics Further information on the digital tacho-
2 Trip distance
graph can be found in the separate oper-
Settings ä ( → page 93) 3 Time ating instructions.
● Menu 4 Outside temperature
From start/from reset 1/from reset 2
● Lighting ▶ To display total distance, trip dis- menu window
● Language tance, time or outside temperat-
The From start trip data contain values
● Fluids and lubricants ure: use the button u or t to
for driving and stationary periods from
scroll to the trip data menu ß.
the start of the journey. If you leave the
▶ To reset the trip meter: press the vehicle parked for more than four hours,
Trip data menu button 9. the values will be reset automatically.
Truck info menu window ◁ The input window will show Reset
The From reset 1 or From reset 2 trip data
the trip metre? No/Yes.
contain values for driving and stationary
▶ Use the button r to select the Yes
periods from the last time the menu win-
menu line and confirm this with the
dow was reset.
button u or 9.
▶ Use the button u or t to scroll
to the trip data ß.

86 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 On-board computer and displays
On-board computer

▶ To show trip data: Use the button Range menu window Driving mode menu
r or s to scroll to the From ▶ Use the button u or t to scroll Speed menu window
start, From reset 1 or From Reset 2 to the trip data ß.
menu window. ▶ Use the button u or t to scroll
▶ To show the ranges: Use the button to driving mode à.
The menu window will show the following r or s to scroll to the Range
▶ To display the vehicle speed: Use
information, for example: menu window.
the button r or s to scroll to
● distance covered ◁ The menu window displays the the Speed menu window.
● journey time approximate ranges of the fuel
● average vehicle speed level 6 and the AdBlue® level
Ø. In addition, the menu win- Audio and communications menu
● average fuel consumption
dow shows the current fuel con- Alarm clock menu window
▶ To display values for driving and sumption level as a bar display
stationary periods: press the button underneath the ranges. When If the vehicle is equipped with Mercedes-
9. the vehicle is stationary, the bar Benz audio equipment, the radio can be
set as an alarm in alarm clock mode. If
▶ Use the button r or s to scroll display will change and show the
stationary fuel consumption level the alarm clock mode has been set to
to the Consumption, Times or Speeds
(l/h) . The marker above the bar Radio and the audio device is activated for
menu window.
the set wake-up time, no further signals
▶ To reset the trip data: Press the display corresponds to the aver-
will be issued.
button u in the Consumption, age consumption From start –
Times or Speeds menu window. Total. ▶ To display the wake-up time: use
◁ For example, the input window The menu window will show the button u or t to scroll
shows Reset values for: From ranges up to 50 km. For lower through to audio and communications
start No/Yes. values, the on-board computer á.
▶ Use the button r to select the Yes will show <50 km. ◁ The Alarm clock menu window
menu line and confirm this with the will show the following:
button u or 9.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 87
On-board computer and displays
On-board computer

● The day of the week and the ▶ Bluetooth® mobile phone: connect
date Note the mobile phone with the audio
● The wake-up time for the The wake-up alarm will switch off auto- equipment.
alarm clock æ matically after two minutes. ▶ Use the button u or t to scroll
● The wake-up time for the Telephone menu window to audio and communications á.
alarm clock ç ▶ Use the button r or s to scroll
▶ To set the alarm clock: press the Danger to the telephone menu window.
button 9. Risk of distraction from operating ◁ The menu window will show the
▶ Select the desired menu bar with the information systems and communica- provider name and the name of
button r or s. tion equipment the connected Bluetooth® mobile
▶ Change the value with the button phone.
If you operate mobile information sys-
u or t. tems and communication equipment
Note
while driving, you may be distracted
Note from traffic conditions. You could also If the button ; is pressed briefly, the
If you press and hold the button u lose control of the vehicle. Telephone menu window can be called
or t, the hours/minutes will scroll up directly.
▶ Only operate this equipment when
quickly. the vehicle is stationary. ▶ To display the phone book/missed
▶ To stop the wake-up alarm: press calls list: press the button 9.
the button 9. Note ◁ The input window will show the
following:
You can obtain information about suit-
able mobile phones and connecting mo- ● Phone book
bile phones via Bluetooth®: ● Missed calls
● Incoming calls
● At a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre
● Numbers dialled
● Online at https://www.mercedes-
● Load phone book
benz-mobile.com

88 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 On-board computer and displays
On-board computer

▶ Select the desired menu bar with the ▶ To reject or end a call: press the
button r or s. button =.
▶ Use the button u to display the Audio menu window
entries.
▶ Select a name or number with the Audio source, track/station, MP3
button r or s. browser
The Audio menu window is available for
Note vehicles with Mercedes-Benz audio equip-
ment.
By pressing and holding the button r
or s, you can quickly scroll through ▶ Switch on the audio device
the phone book or the missed calls list. ( → page 118).
Example ▶ Use the button u or t to scroll
Note ; Makes or accepts a call/displays to audio and communications á.
To call the number in the phone book Telephone menu window ▶ To show the audio source and
or a missed calls list, press the button = Ends/rejects a call track/station: Use the button r
;. The menu window will initially W Increases volume or s to scroll to the Audio menu
display details about the call. Pressing window.
X Decreases volume
the button ; again will dial the phone ▶ To change the audio source or
number. ▶ To accept a call: press the button track/station: press the button 9.
;. ▶ Select the desired menu bar with the
◁ The on-board computer shows button r or s.
the caller's number or Unknown ▶ Change the selection by pressing the
number. button u or t.
▶ To adjust the call volume: increase
When using MP3 files stored on a USB
or reduce the volume during the call
device, you can navigate through folders
with the button Wor X.
to select MP3 files for playback.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 89
On-board computer and displays
On-board computer

Operating the MP3 browser Operation and maintenance menu ● Brake information shows the
▶ Open the Audio menu window. temperature and wear of the
Trailer/semitrailer menu window
▶ Press button 9. trailer/semitrailer brake.
Observe the notes on equipment and its ● Supply pressure shows
▶ Press the button r or s to operation in the manufacturer's operating the supply pressure in
select the MP3 browser menu bar. instructions for the trailer/semitrailer. the trailer/semitrailer
▶ To open the MP3 browser: press
compressed-air tanks.
the button u or t. If the axle loads are to be displayed in
the trailer menu window, comply with the
▶ To change the MP3 files/folder:
following points:
Maintenance menu window
press the button r or s.
▶ To select an MP3 file or to open a ● Park the vehicle on a level surface. NOTE
folder: press the button u. ● Apply the parking brake. Confirming maintenance work
▶ To close the current folder: press ▶ Use the button u or t to scroll If maintenance work is confirmed, the
the button t briefly. to Operation and maintenance â. maintenance system will schedule a new
▶ To close the MP3 browser: press ▶ Use the button r or s to scroll maintenance due date.
and hold the button t. to the Trailer menu window. If confirmation is given without the ne-
In audio mode, the volume can be adjus- ▶ Press button 9. cessary maintenance work having been
ted at any time. ◁ The display will show the first carried out in a timely manner, this may
▶ To adjust the volume: Press the but- input window, e.g. Brake informa- be have the following effects:
tion.
ton W or X on the multifunc- ● The vehicle or its major assemblies
tion steering wheel. ▶ Press the button u or t to
may be damaged.
display the next input window.
● It could also result in considerably
◁ The following information or in- increased wear.
put windows may be displayed,
depending on the equipment in- ▶ Only confirm maintenance work
stalled: once it has been carried out.

90 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 On-board computer and displays
On-board computer

If maintenance work has been confirmed ● The maintenance due date – Monitoring information menu
in error or prematurely, have the mainten- 23.09.2018
Supply pressure menu window
ance work in question performed immedi- ● Remaining distance 2000 km
ately. If it is not possible to predict the ▶ To display the supply pressure:
maintenance due date, the input press the button u or t to
The maintenance system calculates main-
window will show, for example: scroll to the monitoring information
tenance due dates for the vehicle and its
ã.
major assemblies based on the vehicle's ● The Engine maintenance
operating conditions. A display message point ◁ The menu window will show the
will automatically display maintenance ● The maintenance due date supply pressure of brake circuits
\ and ^ as a bar chart.
due dates 14 days in advance. ▶ To display the next maintenance
If the maintenance work is carried out point and due date: use the button Coolant menu window
at a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre, the r or s to display the next ▶ Use the button u or t to scroll
fact that the work has been carried out maintenance point. to the monitoring information ã.
professionally will be confirmed on the on- ▶ To reset the maintenance due ▶ To show the coolant temperature:
board computer and in the service report. date: press the button r or s Use the button r or s to scroll
to display the desired maintenance
▶ Use the button u or t to scroll to the Coolant menu window.
point.
to Operation and maintenance â. If the coolant level is too low, the coolant
▶ Use the button r or s to scroll ◁ If resetting is possible, the input
window will show Reset?. temperature display will not be conclus-
to the Maintenance menu window. ive.
▶ To display the maintenance point ▶ Press button u.
and due date: press the button 9. ◁ The input window will show No/ Engine menu window
Yes. You can check the engine's oil level and
◁ The input window will show, for
example: ▶ Use the button r to select the operating hours in the Engine menu win-
Menu bar Yes and confirm this with dow. Check the engine oil level before the
● The Engine maintenance
the button u or 9. start of every journey. The determined
point
oil level is saved in the memory and will

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 91
On-board computer and displays
On-board computer

remain active until the next time it is de- ▶ If the Oil level low or Oil level too ▶ Use the button u or t to scroll
termined. No information concerning the low menu window is shown, do not to the monitoring information ã.
engine oil level will be displayed while you start the vehicle. Immediately add the ▶ Use the button r or s to scroll
are driving. amount of oil shown ( → page 216) to the Events menu window.
▶ Park the vehicle on a level surface. and check the oil level again. ◁ The menu window will show the
▶ Apply the parking brake. ◁ If the Oil level OK menu window number of events, for example.
▶ Switch off the vehicle. is displayed with a shortfall of oil, ▶ To display an event: press the but-
the engine oil level is sufficient. ton 9.
▶ Switch on the vehicle but do not start
The amount of oil required to
it. ▶ To display further events: press the
reach the maximum fill level is
▶ Wait at least five minutes. purely for your information. At the
button r or s.
moment, you do not need to top Diagnostics menu window
Note up the oil. Diagnostic data contain information that
If the engine oil level is called up too ▶ If the oil level display is not available, can help workshop staff during fault dia-
early or when the vehicle has started, repeat the oil level check. gnosis, e.g. via remote diagnosis. The
the Whole vehicle combination menu ▶ If it is not possible to display the oil Diagnostics menu window contains a list
window will be displayed. level after repeated attempts, have of all the control units (systems) installed
▶ Use the button u or t to scroll the oil level display checked at a qual- in the vehicle, for example.
to the monitoring information ã. ified specialist workshop. You can obtain further information from a
▶ To show the engine's oil level and Events menu window Mercedes-Benz Service Centre.
operating hours: Use the button ▶ Use the button u or t to scroll
You can have saved malfunctions and
r or s to scroll to the Engine to the monitoring information ã.
messages displayed in the Events menu
menu window.
window. If the cause of the malfunc- ▶ Use the button r or s to scroll
The operating hours counter is not suit- tion/message has been rectified, the on- to the Diagnostics menu window.
able for measuring the driving hours of board computer will no longer display the ▶ To display diagnostic data: press
the driver. event. the button 9.

92 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 On-board computer and displays
On-board computer

◁ The input window will show a Lighting menu window ▶ To adjust the instrument lighting:
list of all control unit system Use the button r or select s
The following settings are possible in the
abbreviations. Instrument panel.
Lighting menu window:
▶ Use the button r or s to se- ◁ If the light is switched off and
lect the desired control unit. ● The headlamp range of the low beam night mode has not been detec-
▶ Press the button u to display ● The brightness of the instrument ted, the input window will show
further details regarding the control lighting when it is dark and the lights Day mode. It will then not be pos-
unit. are switched on sible to configure any settings.
● Switching automatic interior lighting Otherwise, the input window will
control on/off show the brightness of the in-
Settings menu strument lighting and the audio
▶ Use the button u or t to scroll
Menu window for the menu to settings ä. display as a bar chart.
If settings are changed in the Menu menu ▶ Use the button r or s to scroll ▶ Change the setting by pressing the
window, these changes will have an im- to the Lighting menu window. button u or t.
pact on how the menu windows are dis- ▶ Press button 9. ▶ To switch automatic interior light-
played. ing control on/off: Use the button
◁ The menu window will show the
▶ Use the button u or t to scroll r or select s Automatic in-
Headlamp range adjuster input
to settings ä. terior lighting.
window.
▶ To set the units of measurement: ▶ To adjust the headlamp range of
▶ Press the button u or t to ac-
tivate or deactivate automatic control.
press the button 9. the low beam: change the setting
◁ The input window will display a using the button u or t. If the ◁ The interior lights and the en-
vehicle is laden, the road illumination trance lighting will switch on
list of possible settings.
automatically if automatic con-
▶ Select the desired menu bar with the should be between 40 m and 100 m
trol is switched on and you open
button r or s. and the low beam must not dazzle the
oncoming traffic. When the vehicle is a door.
▶ Change the setting by pressing the
button u or t. unladen, select level g.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 93
On-board computer and displays
On-board computer

Language menu window ▶ Read the information in the "Operat- quality and the currently set value
Information on installing more languages ing fluids" section ( → page 269). e.g. 228.51.
can be obtained from a Mercedes-Benz ▶ To select a major assembly: using
Service Centre. NOTE the button u or t, select a
Increased wear due to mixing differ- major assembly with a corresponding
▶ Use the button u or t to scroll operating fluid property.
to settings ä. ent grades of oil
▶ Use the button r or s to scroll If engine oils of different quality grades You can select the following major assem-
to the Language menu window. are mixed, the intervals for changes blies with a corresponding operating fluid
▶ To set the language: press the but- of engine oil will be shorter than with property, for example:
ton 9. engine oils of the same quality. ● Engine fuel grade
◁ The input window will display a ▶ Mix engine oils of different quality ● Engine oil viscosity
selection of languages. grades only in exceptional cases. ● Engine oil quality
▶ Select the desired language with the ▶ On the on-board computer, adjust ● Transmission oil quality
button r or s. the Sheet number of the engine oil ● Rear-axle oil quality
▶ Change the setting with the button to the lower quality under Engine oil
▶ To set the operating fluid value:
u. quality.
using the button r or s, select
Operating fluid menu window Setting the operating fluids an operating fluid value.
If the operating fluid data are changed via ▶ Use the button u or t to scroll ▶ Set the operating fluid value of the
the on-board computer, the maintenance to settings ä. operating fluid added using the button
system will automatically adjust the main- ▶ Use the button r or s to scroll u or t.
tenance due dates accordingly. to the Operating fluids menu window.
The data about the operating fluids added ▶ Press button 9.
must be set. ◁ The input window shows the
major assembly and operating
fluid property, e.g. Engine oil

94 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 On-board computer and displays
Display messages

Display messages ● Grey display message for a Grey display message

malfunction/notification of low
Notes on display messages For a malfunction/message with low pri-
priority ( → page 95)
ority, the instrument cluster will display
Safety notes ● Yellow display message for a malfunc- a grey display message. Observe the in-
tion/notification of medium priority formation and instructions in the display
If you ignore warning and indicator lamps ( → page 98)
or display messages, you will not be able messages. You can drive on.
● Red display message for a malfunc-
to identify failures and malfunctions in
tion of high priority ( → page 110)
components or systems. Driving/braking
characteristics may be affected and the If further information on the
reliability and road safety of your vehicle fault/message is available, the display
may be limited. Have the affected system message shows the Û symbol. You
checked and repaired at a qualified spe- can display the information using the
cialist workshop. Always observe warning u button on the multifunction steering
lamps and display messages and take the wheel.
corresponding action. If you can acknowledge the display mes-
Operating information, fault messages sage with the 9 button, the display mes-
and warnings will automatically be dis- sage will disappear. You can call up the
played in a display message by the instru- display message again at a later point
ment cluster. In addition to the display ( → page 91). If, in addition to the display
message, an indicator lamp may light up message, an indicator lamp lights up in
in the status area ( → page 114). the status area, the indicator lamp will re-
main on.
Depending on the priority of the event, the
instrument cluster will display the display
message in different colours:

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 95
On-board computer and displays
Display messages

Transmission and clutch

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions

Ô The clutch is under heavy load but not overloaded.

▶ Pull away in first gear only.
▶ Keep the pulling–away or manoeuvring procedure as brief as possible.
Clutch under heavy load

Semitrailers
Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions

ï In addition to the display message, the indicator lamp £ in the status area lights up red. The semitrailer has been
detected during reversing. The fifth-wheel coupling is unlocked.
▶ Continue the coupling procedure by reversing slowly.
Semitrailer level reached

Operating fluids and maintenance

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions

The washer fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir for the windscreen washer/headlamp cleaning system has fallen

¥ to approximately one litre.

▶ Top up the washer fluid reservoir ( → page 213).

96 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 On-board computer and displays
Display messages

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions

¯ Supplementary text: 12.08.2020 3000 km (example)

A service is due soon.
▶ Schedule the service appointment at a qualified specialist workshop.
Air filter

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions

¯ In addition to the display message, the indicator lamp ¯ in the status area turns grey.
A maintenance appointment is due.
▶ Have the maintenance work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop.
Air filter Maintenance due

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 97
On-board computer and displays
Display messages

Yellow display message

For a malfunction/message with medium
priority, the instrument cluster will display
a yellow display message.
The instrument cluster will display a yel-
low display message if maintenance work
due has not been performed, for example.
The instrument cluster will also display a
yellow display message for special oper-
ating statuses, e.g. if the tyre pressure is
too low in one of the tyres. Observe the
information and instructions in the display
messages.

98 Zetros/07.2022 ENG
 On-board computer and displays
Display messages

BlueTec® 4/BlueTec® 5 exhaust gas aftertreatment

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions
Supplementary text Û: Please top up AdBlue
Ø The AdBlue® level has dropped to approximately 10 %.
▶ Top up the AdBlue® tank immediately ( → page 175).
AdBlue reserve ◁ Otherwise, engine output may be reduced.

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions

Supplementary text Û: Please top up AdBlue

Ø The AdBlue® level has dropped to approximately 0 %. Engine output will be reduced the next time the vehicle is
started.
▶ Adapt your driving style accordingly.
AdBlue empty
▶ Top up the AdBlue® tank immediately ( → page 175).

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions

Supplementary text Û: Please top up AdBlue
ê The AdBlue® level has dropped to approximately 0 %. Engine output is reduced.
▶ Adapt your driving style accordingly.
Engine output reduced ▶ Top up the AdBlue® tank immediately ( → page 175).

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 99
On-board computer and displays
Display messages

Operating fluids and maintenance

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions

The fuel has dropped to the reserve level.

6 ▶ Top up the fuel tank ( → page 173).

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions

¯
In addition to the display message, the indicator lamp ¯ in the status area also lights up yellow.
A maintenance due date has been exceeded by a significant amount of time. This could result in damage to the
vehicle and its major assemblies. It could also result in increased wear.
Engine Maintenance due immediately ▶ Have the maintenance work carried out immediately at a qualified specialist workshop.

Compressed-air system, engine and cooling system

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions

+ The compressed-air dryer is malfunctioning.

▶ Have the compressed-air dryer checked at a qualified specialist workshop.
Condensation in the compressed-air
reservoir

100 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 On-board computer and displays
Display messages

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions

The supply pressure in the transmission/clutch is too low.
WARNING!

:
Transmission/clutch supply pressure too
The gears can no longer be changed properly.
There is a risk of an accident.
▶ Park the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
low ▶ Apply the parking brake.
▶ Let the engine run until the display message goes out and the supply pressure has reached an adequate level.
▶ If the malfunction occurs regularly, have the compressed-air system checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions

I Supplementary text Û: Consult a workshop

The electronic drive control is malfunctioning.
▶ Observe the instructions in the display message.
Drive control malfunction

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions

One of the following systems is malfunctioning:
● Engine
●
ÿ
engine cooling
● engine management
● fuel injection system
Engine malfunctioning
▶ If the display message appears when the engine is stopped on steep uphill or downhill gradients, check the
engine oil level immediately ( → page 91) as soon as the vehicle has returned to a level position.
▶ Have the systems checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 101

On-board computer and displays
Display messages

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions

ÿ The poly-V-belt may be damaged or the tension of the poly-V-belt may not be sufficient.
▶ Have the poly-V-belt checked at a qualified specialist workshop.
Engine cooling malfunction

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions

The coolant temperature is too high. Engine power output is automatically reduced.
▶ Reduce the speed.

? ▶
or
Shift to a lower gear.

Coolant temperature too high ▶ Stop the vehicle, paying attention to road and traffic conditions.
▶ Switch off the vehicle.
▶ Remove objects that could block the air supply to the radiator, e. g. paper which has blown onto the grille.

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions

The coolant temperature is too high. Engine power output is automatically reduced.
▶ Reduce the speed.

? ▶
or
Shift to a lower gear.

Engine protection: Engine output reduced ▶ Stop the vehicle, paying attention to road and traffic conditions.
▶ Switch off the vehicle.
▶ Remove objects that could block the air supply to the radiator, e. g. paper which has blown onto the grille.

102 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 On-board computer and displays
Display messages

Transmission and clutch

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions
Supplementary text Û: Consult a workshop
Ú WARNING!
The transmission is malfunctioning. Continuing the journey is possible with restrictions.
Shifting malfunction ▶ Have the transmission checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions

Supplementary text Û: Consult a workshop
WARNING!
The automatic transmission is malfunctioning. Continuing the journey is possible with restrictions.
Depending on the fault, a specialist workshop can provide assistance for limited continued driving by specifying fault
codes. You can have the fault codes displayed either via the on-board computer in the Diagnostics menu window
( → page 91) or via the automatic transmission push-button gearshift ( → page 218).

Ú
Display of fault codes via the push-button gearshift:
▶ Press the & and * buttons on the push-button gearshift twice at the same time.
◁ The display of the push-button gearshift shows the five­digit fault codes one after the other.
Shifting malfunction ▶ To display the next fault code, press the MODE button.
◁ A maximum of five fault codes can be stored.
▶ To exit the fault code display, press the & and * buttons of the automatic transmission at the same
time.
or
▶ Shift the automatic transmission to neutral position.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 103

On-board computer and displays
Display messages

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions

Supplementary text Û: Consult a workshop
The permissible operating temperature of the transmission or retarder has been reached. The temperature of the
transmission oil or coolant is too high. The cause may be an oil level in the transmission that is low or too high. If
the oil temperature in the transmission remains elevated, the transmission may be damaged.
▶ Switch off the retarder.
Ô ▶ Stop the vehicle as soon as possible, taking into account the road and traffic conditions.
▶ Apply the parking brake and shift the automatic transmission to neutral position.
Transmission: Oil temperature too high ▶ Leave the vehicle running at a speed of 1200 to 1500 1/min for between two and three minutes.
▶ Switch off the vehicle.
▶ If the oil temperature does not drop, check the oil level in the automatic transmission ( → page 217).
▶ If the display message continues to be displayed, contact a qualified specialist workshop and have the fault
rectified.

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions

Supplementary text Û: Consult a workshop
Ø WARNING!
The clutch is malfunctioning. Continuing the journey is possible with restrictions.
Clutch malfunctioning ▶ Have the clutch checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions

Ô The permissible operating temperature of the clutch has been reached. Further load poses a risk of clutch damage.
▶ Shift to a lower gear for manoeuvring or pulling away.
▶ Keep the process of pulling away or manoeuvring as brief as possible. Otherwise the clutch will be overloaded.
Clutch under heavy load

104 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 On-board computer and displays
Display messages

Trailers/semitrailers
Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions

år The starting-off aid on the trailer/semitrailer is activated.

▶ Read the separate operating instructions issued by the trailer/semitrailer manufacturer.
Starting-off aid active

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions

ór The leading/trailing axle on the trailer/semitrailer is raised.

▶ Read the separate operating instructions issued by the trailer/semitrailer manufacturer.
Additional axle raised

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions

br The turn signal light on the trailer/semitrailer is faulty.

▶ Replace the corresponding bulb; see the separate operating instructions issued by the trailer/semitrailer manu-
facturer.
Turn signal indicator malfunction

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 105

On-board computer and displays
Display messages

Braking and driving systems

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions
Supplementary text Û: Consult a workshop
In addition, the J warning lamp lights up yellow in the instrument cluster.
The vehicle's brake system is malfunctioning.

J Danger
Handling and braking characteristics Risk of an accident due to a brake system malfunction
affected If the brake system is malfunctioning, braking characteristics may be impaired.
▶ Drive on carefully.
▶ Have the brake system checked at a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions

In addition to the display message, the # indicator lamp, shown with s, lights up yellow in the status area.
The service work due has not been performed.
The wear limit of the brake pads and/or brake disks has been exceeded.

¯ Danger
Risk of accident due to impaired braking power
Brake axle 1 Maintenance due immediately When the brake pads have reached their wear limit, the braking power may be impaired.
▶ Drive on carefully.
▶ Have the brake system checked at a qualified specialist workshop immediately.
▶ Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

106 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 On-board computer and displays
Display messages

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions

Supplementary text Û: Consult a workshop
The wiring for the trailer/semitrailer is not connected or the service work due has not been performed on the
trailer/semitrailer. The wear limit of the brake pads and/or brake disks of the trailer/semitrailer has been exceeded.

Danger
Risk of accident due to impaired braking power

#r When the brake pads have reached their wear limit, the braking power may be impaired.
▶ Drive on carefully.
Brake pads completely worn
▶ Have the brake system checked at a qualified specialist workshop immediately.
Also observe the information in the separate operating instructions provided by the trailer/semitrailer manufacturer.
▶ Have the trailer/semitrailer wiring checked immediately at a qualified specialist workshop.
or
▶ Have the brake pads on the trailer/semitrailer replaced immediately at a qualified specialist workshop.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 107

On-board computer and displays
Display messages

Lighting system, electrical system and key

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions
Supplementary text Û: Start the engine or stop the vehicle Consult Service Handling characteristics affected.
The battery state of charge is too low.
WARNING!
The vehicle's driving and braking characteristics may change.
There is a risk of an accident.
If the instrument cluster shows the display message when the engine has been switched off, the battery state of

# charge is too low.

▶ Start the vehicle.
Undervoltage or
▶ Charge the battery ( → page 226).
If the instrument cluster shows the display message while the engine is running, the battery is no longer being
charged.
▶ Park the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
▶ Notify a qualified specialist workshop.

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions

Supplementary text Û: Visit workshop.
In addition to the display message, the ª indicator lamp in the status area of the on-board computer also lights
up yellow.
ª The three-phase alternator is faulty or the poly-V-belt has torn.
WARNING!
Generator is not charging battery. The vehicle's driving and braking characteristics may change. There is a risk of an accident if you do not adapt your
driving style.
▶ Have the three-phase alternator/poly-V-belt checked at a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

108 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 On-board computer and displays
Display messages

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions

I The CAN connection to the instrument cluster has failed.

The instrument cluster can no longer display information important for the operational and road safety of the vehicle.
▶ Drive on carefully.
Instrument cluster display and operation
malfunction ▶ Have the instrument cluster checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions

All the vehicle's exterior lighting is electronically monitored. If the display message is displayed, a bulb has failed.
The display message contains information about the location of the malfunction and how to rectify the malfunction,
e.g. Replace light bulb Left low beam malfunction or Consult a workshop Left low beam malfunction.
If the "Replace light bulb" display message is displayed:
▶ Replace the corresponding bulb ( → page 54).
◁
bs or
If you do not switch off the lighting system before you change the bulb, you must reset the display message
afterwards. To do so, switch the relevant lighting or, if necessary, the vehicle off and on again.

▶ Consult a qualified specialist workshop in the case of LED lights and xenon bulbs.
If the "Consult a workshop" display message is displayed:
▶ Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 109

On-board computer and displays
Display messages

Red display message

For a high-priority malfunction, the in-
strument cluster will display a red display
message.
The instrument cluster will show a red
display message if the brake reservoir
pressure is low, for example. Immediately
stop the vehicle while paying attention
to the traffic conditions and contact a
qualified specialist workshop. Observe the
information and instructions in the display
messages.

110 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 On-board computer and displays
Display messages

Compressed-air system
Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions
In addition, the warning lamp J lights up red in the instrument cluster.
The supply pressure in brake circuit 1 \ or 2 ^ is too low.
If the supply pressure in the spring-loaded brake circuit and the trailer's brake circuit is too low, the display message
shows the symbol J.
Possible causes:
● too much compressed air has been consumed.
● there is a leak in the compressed-air system.
WARNING!

\ The operating and road safety of the vehicle are jeopardised.

There is a risk of an accident.
▶ Park the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
Supply pressure in brake circuit 1 too low
▶ Apply the parking brake.
▶ Leave the engine running.
◁ The compressed-air system is charged.
If the warning lamp J in the instrument cluster goes out:
▶ Continue the journey.
If the warning lamp J in the instrument cluster does not go out:
▶ Check the compressed-air brake system for leaks ( → page 141).
▶ If the compressed-air brake system is not leaking, but the warning lamp J does not go out: have the
compressed-air brake system checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 111

On-board computer and displays
Display messages

Engine and cooling

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions
Supplementary text Û: Stop the vehicle Switch off the engine
In addition to the display message, the indicator lamp 5 in the status area lights up red. The oil pressure in the
engine is too low.

5 The engine operating safety is at risk.

▶ Park the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
▶ Switch off the vehicle.
Engine oil pressure too low
▶ Apply the parking brake.
▶ Check the oil level in the engine and refill engine oil .
▶ Notify a qualified specialist workshop.

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions

Supplementary text Û: Stop the vehicle Switch off the engine
In addition to the display message, the indicator lamp ? in the status area lights up red.
? ▶ Park the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
▶ Switch off the vehicle.
Coolant temperature too high ▶ Apply the parking brake.
▶ Let the engine cooling system cool down.

112 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 On-board computer and displays
Display messages

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions

Supplementary text Û: Top up the coolant Coolant temperature inconclusive
In addition to the display message, the indicator lamp + in the status area lights up. The coolant temperature
display cannot be relied upon for as long as the indicator lamp + is on.
The coolant level has dropped at least three litres below the normal level. The engine operating safety is at risk.

+ The correct coolant level is not shown when driving up or down steep hills or when pulling away/starting the engine
on steep uphill or downhill gradients. The display message can only be relied upon if the vehicle is in a level position.
▶ Park the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
Coolant level too low
▶ Switch off the vehicle.
▶ Apply the parking brake.
▶ Top up the coolant ( → page 210).
▶ Have the engine cooling system checked for leak tightness at a qualified specialist workshop.

Electrical system
Display messages Possible causes/consequences and ▶ solutions
Supplementary text Û: Stop the vehicle and switch off the engine Consult Service
The voltage in the batteries is too high.
WARNING!
ª The vehicle's driving characteristics may change. The operating and road safety of the vehicle are jeopardised.
There is a risk of an accident.
Overvoltage ▶ Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
▶ Switch off the vehicle.
▶ Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 113

On-board computer and displays
Overview of warning and indicator lamps in the status area

Overview of warning and indicator Overview · Emissions-related malfunction

lamps in the status area in the BlueTec® exhaust gas
aftertreatment or low AdBlue®
Safety notes supply
5 Engine oil pressure too low; see
If you ignore warning and indicator lamps, corresponding display message
you will not be able to identify failures and 4 Oil level too low ( → page 91)
malfunctions in components or systems.
+ Coolant level too low ( → page 113)
Driving/braking characteristics may be
affected and the reliability and road safety ? Coolant temperature too high
of your vehicle may be limited. Have the Ù Transmission oil temperature
affected system checked and repaired at too high (manual transmission)
( → page 217)
a qualified specialist workshop. Always
observe warning and indicator lamps and Ô Transmission oil temperature too
high (automatic transmission)
take the corresponding action. Status area of the on-board computer (example) ( → page 104)

If there is a fault, warning or operating # Charge status of the battery; see

corresponding display message
information, a warning lamp or indicator
ª Power supply malfunction
lamp will automatically light up in status
( → page 109)
area 1 of the on-board computer. The
¯ Maintenance due date; see
warning lamp / indicator lamp will light corresponding display message
up in a different colour depending on the
I Power take-off ( → page 192)
priority of the fault, warning or operating
y Continuous brake malfunction
information. The warning/indicator lamp
( → page 145)
may also light up in addition to a display
! ABS equipment ! shown with
message. s, r or u for towing
vehicle and/or trailer/semitrailer
( → page 142)

114 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 On-board computer and displays
Overview of warning and indicator lamps in the status area

# Brake pad wear # shown with

s for towing vehicle or shown
with r for trailer/semitrailer
À Rotating beacon
I Bonnet catch ( → page 207)

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 115

Multimedia system
Notes on operating safety

Notes on operating safety Anti-theft protection The device is equipped with an internal
Bluetooth® antenna that is not accessible
If the radio with USB connection and from the outside.
Danger
Bluetooth® was or is disconnected from
Risk of distraction from information the vehicle battery, the theft protection
systems and communications equip- mechanism is activated. When switched
ment on the radio display shows 0000.
If you operate information systems and Enter the specified code.
communications equipment integrated
in the vehicle when driving, you could be Operating temperature
distracted from the traffic situation. You
Observe the following temperature ranges
could also lose control of the vehicle.
for the device:
▶ Only operate this equipment when
● Operating temperature: -20 °C to
the traffic situation permits.
70 °C
▶ If you cannot be sure of this, stop
● Storage temperature: -40 °C to 85 °C
the vehicle in accordance with the
traffic conditions and operate the Bluetooth® specification
equipment while the vehicle is sta-
tionary. Properties of the Bluetooth® techno-
logy used:
You must observe the legal requirements
Bluetooth® version 2.0
for the country in which you are currently
driving when operating the multimedia Energy class Class 2
system. Power Maximum +4 dBm
Frequency range 2402 to 2480 MHz

116 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Multimedia system
Notes on operating safety

Frequency ranges
Europe
Tuning steps for automatic Tuning steps for manual station
Frequency band Frequency range
station search function search function
FM 87.5–108.0 MHz 100 kHz 100 kHz
MW 531 - 1620 kHz 9 kHz 9 kHz
LW 153 - 282 kHz 3 kHz 1 kHz
SW 5800–6250 kHz 5 kHz 5 kHz

South America
Tuning steps for automatic Tuning steps for manual station
Frequency band Frequency range
station search function search function
FM 87.9–107.9 MHz 200 kHz 100 kHz
AM 530 - 1710 kHz 10 kHz 10 kHz

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 117

Multimedia system
Overview of the operating unit and functions

Overview of the operating unit and 1 Control knob

functions Press: switches on or off.
Turn: adjusts the volume.
Operating unit
Changes settings in the menu.
2 Changes folder in USB mode.
3 Press briefly: Accepts a call.
Press and hold:
Switches on Bluetooth®.
Starts Bluetooth® search.
Starts Bluetooth® pairing (Pair-
ing/External).
4 Press briefly:
Selects the menu:
Switches the TP function on or off.
Sets the playing time display.
Switches XMUT on or off.
Switches RDS on or off.
Sets the type of Bluetooth® pair-
ing.
Press and hold: shows the connec-
ted mobile phone.
5 Microphone for using your phone
via Bluetooth®
6 Display
7 AUX port

118 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Multimedia system
Overview of the operating unit and functions

8 Mutes the audio source. Press and hold: manual station H Press briefly: calls up the sound
9 In radio mode: search menu.
Press briefly: station search for- In USB mode: Press and hold: resets sound set-
wards Press briefly: skips tracks back- tings.
Press and hold: manual station wards
Overview of functions
search Press and hold: fast rewind
In USB mode: In AUX mode: switches to the front You can operate the following functions
Press briefly: skips forwards to the AUX port. using the radio with USB connection and
next track D USB port Bluetooth®:
Press and hold: fast forwards E Numbers keypad ● Radio with reception of the FM and
In AUX mode: switches to the rear In radio mode: AM (SW, MW, LW) frequency bands
AUX port. Press briefly: selects a station from ● Playing back MP3 files which are
A Press briefly: the station presets. stored on USB devices
Selects an audio source: Press and hold: stores stations ● Telephone operation
radio/USB/AUX function/BT manually. ● Playing back MP3 players connected
Audio (playing MP3) In USB mode: via Bluetooth® (if supported by your
Quits a menu Button 3 (RND): switches random device)
Press and hold: ends the current track selection on or off. ● Playing back from external devices
traffic announcement. Button 4 (RPT): switches track which are connected via the AUX port
B Press briefly: switches frequency repeat on or off.
band. F Press briefly: Ends/rejects a call.
Press and hold: stores stations Press and hold: Deactivates
automatically. Bluetooth®.
C In radio mode: G Changes folder in MP3 and USB
Press briefly: station search back- mode.
wards

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 119

Multimedia system
System settings

System settings Resetting sound settings Radio mode

Sound settings ▶ To open the sound menu: press the Function of the RDS (radio data sys-
u button repeatedly until RESET N tem)
Setting the treble appears.
The radio stations can provide inaud-
▶ To open the sound menu: press the ▶ Turn the control knob clockwise until ible additional information in the FM-
u button as often as necessary
RESET Y appears. frequency band with the radio data sys-
until TREB and the current setting
appear.
◁ The sound settings are reset after tem.
about two seconds.
▶ Turn the control knob until the de- The following information can be dis-
sired level is set. or played, for example:
▶ Press and hold the button u. ● Name of the radio station (PS)
Adjusting the bass ● Transmitted traffic reports from the
▶ To open the sound menu: press the Setting playing time display
station (TP)
u button as often as necessary ● Current traffic announcement (TA)
until BASS and the current setting This function allows you to set whether ● Current programme is a regional pro-
appear. elapsed playback time ELAPSED or the re- gramme (REG)
maining playback time REMAIN is shown.
▶ Turn the control knob until the de- ● Alternative transmitter frequencies
sired bass level is set. ▶ To activate the settings mode: (AF)
press the t button as often as
necessary until ELAPSED or REMAIN With RDS switched on, the radio tries
Setting the balance to ensure optimum reception with the
appears briefly in the display.
▶ To open the sound menu: press the assistance of alternative frequencies. In
u button as often as necessary
▶ To change the playback time dis-
doing so, regional programmes are taken
play: turn the control knob.
until BAL and the current setting ap- into account.
pear. ◁ You will change between the two
settings. In addition, the switching behaviour is
▶ Turn the control knob until the de- also affected by environmental and re-
sired volume distribution is set.

120 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Multimedia system
Radio mode

ception conditions and may, therefore, Storing radio stations ▶ Use the BND button to select the
change. desired frequency band.
Storing stations manually ▶ Press and hold the BND button until
You can save the station currently being A-Store is shown in the display.
Switching RDS on or off listened to at any preset. ◁ The six stations with the
When the RDS function is active, the RDS ▶ Press one of the buttons 1 to 6 strongest reception are searched
symbol can be seen in the display. until an acoustic signal sounds. for and stored automatically in
▶ Press the t button repeatedly ◁ The current station is stored in the preset of the FM automatic
until the RDS symbol is shown in the the corresponding preset posi- storage area (AFM) or AM
display. tion. automatic storage area (AMW,
▶ Turn the control knob clockwise or ALW or ASW). When you hear the
anti-clockwise until the RDS function Storing stations automatically station stored in preset 1 then
is switched on or off. the station search has finished.
You can automatically assign the six re-
spective station presets of the selected
Note
Switching on the radio frequency band FM-AS or AM-AS with sta-
tions that can be received. The order of For the AM frequency ranges MW, LW
▶ Press the SRC button until Radio and SW there is just one automatic stor-
appears briefly in the display. the stations is determined by the recep-
tion quality. age area. If you store stations again
◁ You will hear the last station automatically, previously stored stations
selected. for another AM frequency range can be
Note
overwritten.
Stations that have already been stored
manually in the FM-AS or AM-AS fre-
quency band presets are lost with the
automatic station storage.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 121

Multimedia system
Media

▶ Turn the control knob clockwise or

Note anti-clockwise. Note
An A in front of the frequency band in ◁ The current setting appears in the You can also end traffic information
the display indicates that the presets display. service priority using the frequency band
have been filled with automatically saved button BND , the mute button 8 and
stations. Note the buttons 1 to 6.
Even when the TP function is active, a
Setting the traffic information service call using the connected Bluetooth® Media
telephone is not interrupted. The traffic
Switching traffic information service information service priority is also not AUX mode
priority (TP) on/off possible if an external audio source has Functions of AUX mode
When the TP function is switched on the muted the audio device.
display shows the TP symbol. Danger
Adjusting the volume of the traffic
If priority for the traffic information ser- announcement: Risk of distraction when handling
vice is switched on, a traffic announce- data storage medium
ment suppresses playback of another ▶ During the traffic announcement, turn
the control knob clockwise or anti- If you handle a data storage medium
audio source for its duration. Playback
clockwise. while driving, you may be distracted
volume is adjusted automatically. The
from traffic conditions. You could also
function is also possible with the mute
Ending traffic announcements lose control of the vehicle.
function active.
▶ Press the SRC button during a traffic ▶ Only handle a data storage medium
Traffic information service priority is only
announcement. when the vehicle is stationary.
possible if FM is selected and RDS is ac-
tivated. The next traffic announcement will still be The varying volumes of external audio
heard. sources can mean that system messages
▶ Press the button t repeatedly
(e. g. traffic announcements) are played at
until the display shows TP ON or TP
a noticeably increased volume. If neces-
OFF.

122 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Multimedia system
Media

sary, deactivate the system messages or Switching to AUX mode Playback then occurs through the
adjust their volume manually. speakers of the audio equipment. The
▶ Press the SRC button until FRONT or REAR-EXT message is shown in the
External audio sources are connected to REAR-MAN appears in the display.
display. You can adjust the volume
the audio device as follows: ▶ Use the D or C button and the sound settings of the audio
● via the front AUX-IN socket to switch between FRONT and equipment.
● via the rear AUX port REAR-MAN.
● XMUTE ON
◁ If no external audio equipment When the external audio source activ-
An adapter cable from Mercedes-Benz is connected at the front, the
accessories is required for the rear AUX ates the mute signal, the audio equip-
display flashes.
port. ment is muted. The EXT MUTE mes-
sage is shown in the display. You will
External audio sources are played back as Selecting options for the AUX port only be able to operate a limited num-
follows: ber of the audio equipment's func-
● using their own speakers Note tions.
● using the speakers of the audio equip- The AUX port is optimised for external
equipment that has an AUX output. If an ▶ Press the t button repeatedly
ment
external device with only a headphone until XMUTE ON or XMUTE OFF is
When connecting the external audio output is connected, the signal level of shown in the display menu.
equipment observe the type of playback. the external device may be too low to ▶ To change your selection: Turn the
automatically activate the AUX port. control knob.
Note
The following options are available for the
Do not run the external audio equipment
rear AUX port:
using a power supply unit that is connec-
ted with the vehicles 12V power supply. ● XMUTE OFF
This can audibly impair playback. When the external audio source activ-
ates the mute signal, the audio equip-
ment switches to the rear AUX port.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 123

Multimedia system
Media

Connecting an external audio source ▶ Select the XMUTE ON playback op- The following USB devices are supported:
to the rear AUX input tion ( → page 123). ● USB flash drives (flash memory)
◁ When the external audio source ● USB hard drives (starting/permanent
Connecting an external audio source activates the mute signal, the
(playback via the audio device speak- current of max. 800 mA, separate
audio equipment is muted. external power supply equipment may
er)
be necessary) with a size of:
Playback of the external audio source via
USB mode ■ 4.57 cm
the speakers of the audio equipment can
be switched manually or automatically. ■ 6.35 cm
Information on USB mode
● Selected MP3 players
▶ To switch manually: Connect the
external audio source to the C1 plug Danger
Note
( → page 131). Risk of distraction when handling
▶ Playback can be switched manually data storage medium A large variety of USB devices are avail-
( → page 123). able. It cannot therefore be guaranteed
If you handle a data storage medium that playback is possible with every USB
▶ To switch automatically: Also con- while driving, you may be distracted device.
nect the external audio source to the from traffic conditions. You could also
Mute (C2) ( → page 131). lose control of the vehicle. Supported data formats
▶ Select the XMUTE OFF playback op- ▶ Only handle a data storage medium The following data types are supported:
tion ( → page 123). when the vehicle is stationary.
● mp3: CBR, VBR (up to 320 kbit/s)
Supported USB devices ● wma: CBR, VBR (up to 320 kbit/s)
Connecting an external audio source
(playback via its own speaker) You can connect USB devices to the audio Please note the following special features
▶ Connect the mute output of the ex- equipment. for USB devices:
ternal audio source with the C2 plug The connection is made by means of a ● Avoid storing data other than music
( → page 131). type A USB port in the row of function data on the USB device so that the
buttons underneath the cover.

124 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Multimedia system
Media

initialisation period is not extended Playback options

unnecessarily. Note
● Up to eight directory levels with up to When a USB data storage medium is Selecting the playback folder
1000 tracks per directory are suppor- connected for the first time, the system ▶ Press the · or ´ button during
ted. first has to read the files. READING ap- music playback.
● Do not use USB extension cables. pears in the display. ◁ The next or previous folder is
These may impair functionality. During USB playback, the display shows selected.
the current track number and the time
Note elapsed or remaining. Note
Files protected by DRM Notes on the MP3 function:
(Digital Rights Management) are not Note ● Any folders without MP3 or WMA
supported by your audio equipment. In extreme cases, it may take several files are automatically jumped over.
minutes to start certain functions, de- ● All folders and subfolders are
Activating the USB socket pending on the external device and the treated as if they are located in
▶ The USB device is connected in the content of the medium. sequence on the same level. By
correct position with the USB port. repeatedly pressing the · or
▶ Press the SRC button repeatedly Note ´ button you can access all
until the USB symbol is shown in the If your audio equipment cannot find a subfolders.
display. USB device, the NO USB message is
◁ USB playback resumes from the shown. If your audio equipment cannot Setting playback options
point at which you last exited find any music files, the DEV ERR mes- In MP3 mode, playback occurs in the
USB mode. sage is shown. order in which the tracks were written
to the data storage medium. Once all the
tracks in a folder have been played, the
tracks in the next folder are played.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 125

Multimedia system
Media

▶ To play all tracks from the current ◁ RPT OFF appears briefly in the ● constant data transfer rates from
folder in a random order: Press the display. 8 kbit/s to 384 kbit/s
RND 3 button repeatedly until RND The RPT symbol disappears. ● sampling rates of 8 kHz to 48 kHz
DIR appears on the display.
The equipment does not support the fol-
▶ To play all tracks on the data stor-
lowing types of WMA file:
age medium in a random order: Notes on MP3 mode
Press the RND 3 button repeatedly Information on supported file types ● DRM (Digital Rights Management)
until RND ALL appears on the display. encrypted files
▶ To end random playback: Press the Danger ● variable data transfer rates
RND 3 button repeatedly until RND Risk of distraction when handling ● WMA Pro
OFF appears on the display. data storage medium ● 5.1 Surround
◁ The RND display disappears. If you handle a data storage medium
▶ To repeat the current track: Press while driving, you may be distracted Note
the RPT 4 button until RPT TRK from traffic conditions. You could also Only use tracks with a data transfer rate
appears on the display. lose control of the vehicle. of at least 128 kbit/s and a sampling
◁ The RPT display message appears rate of at least 44.1 kHz. Lower rates
in the display.
▶ Only handle a data storage medium may cause a noticeable deterioration in
when the vehicle is stationary.
▶ To repeat all tracks in the current quality.
folder: Press the RPT 4 button re- The equipment supports the following
peatedly until RPT DIR briefly appears types of MP3 file:
on the display. ● constant and variable data transfer
◁ The RPT display message appears rates from 32 kbit/s to 320 kbit/s
in the display. ● sampling rates of 8 kHz to 48 kHz
▶ To end track repeat: Press the RPT
4 button again. The equipment supports the following
types of WMA file:

126 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Multimedia system
Bluetooth® mode

Bluetooth® mode The following requirements must be met

for the radio to find the mobile phone: Note
Notes on Bluetooth® mode Notes on pairing mobile phones:
● The mobile phone is in the vehicle
close to the radio. ● Bluetooth® Pairing: the search for
Danger
● The Bluetooth® function of the radio the mobile phone is started from the
Risk of distraction from operating radio.
is switched on.
integrated communication equipment
● The mobile phone is prepared for ● Bluetooth® External: the search for
while the vehicle is in motion
pairing. the radio is started from the mobile
If you operate communication equip- phone.
ment integrated in the vehicle when driv-
Note
ing, you could be distracted from the
traffic situation. This could also cause The radio saves the pairing information Activating or deactivating Bluetooth®
you to lose control of the vehicle. for up to six mobile phones so that these function
are automatically recognised and con- ▶ To activate: press and hold the ;
▶ Only operate this equipment when nected. If an additional mobile phone is
the traffic situation permits. button.
paired, the radio overwrites the pairing
▶ If you cannot be sure of this, stop ◁ The display briefly shows BT
information of the mobile phone that has
the vehicle whilst paying attention ON. The Bluetooth® symbol ª
not been connected for the longest time.
to road and traffic conditions and flashes in the display. The radio
operate the equipment with the automatically searches for mobile
Note phones that have already been
vehicle stationary.
When connected, the radio automatically paired.
Observe also the legal requirements for loads the phone book (maximum 600
the country in which you are driving. entries) and the list of the numbers last
▶ To deactivate: press and hold the
= button.
Bluetooth® mode via the radio is available called.
◁ The display briefly shows BT OFF.
in conjunction with a Bluetooth®-capable
The connection to the mobile
mobile phone.
phone is disconnected.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 127

Multimedia system
Bluetooth® mode

At the end of the search an

Note acoustic signal sounds. Note
The Bluetooth® function remains active If at least one mobile phone is The number of digits to be entered de-
until it is deactivated again. When the found, the display briefly shows pends on the respective mobile phone.
radio is switched off, the Bluetooth® BT LIST and then the device name ▶ Press and hold the button ;.
connection is disconnected. When the of the mobile phone.
radio is switched on, the connection is
◁ The radio is ready to be paired
with the mobile phone.
automatically established again. Note ▶ On the mobile phone, select the "MB
If the radio cannot find any mobile Bluetooth" Bluetooth® device name.
Pairing mobile phones phones, the display briefly shows BT ▶ Enter the previously selected number
LIST EMPTY. on the mobile phone.
Pairing mobile phones using
Bluetooth® Pairing ▶ Select the desired mobile phone us- ◁ The radio establishes a connec-
ing the D or C button. tion with the mobile phone. When
The pairing process starts from the radio.
▶ Press and hold the button ;. the connection is established, the
▶ Press the t button repeatedly display shows PAIR OK briefly.
▶ Enter a number, up to six figures,
until the display shows BT PAIR or BT
that can be easily remembered (e.g. ▶ Confirm any queries using the mobile
EXT. phone.
1111) using the number keys 1 to 0.
▶ Turn the control knob anti-clockwise. ◁ The telephone data is transferred
◁ The display shows BT PAIR. from the mobile phone to the ra-
Note
▶ To start the search for mobile dio. Once the transfer is finished,
phones: press and hold the ; The number sequence begins with 0. By
the display shows the current au-
button. pressing the number keys repeatedly,
dio source and the Bluetooth®
the numbers 0 to 9 appear.
◁ The Bluetooth® symbol ª symbol ª permanently.
flashes in the display. The radio ▶ To show the name of the mobile
searches for a specific time for phone currently connected on the
mobile phones that are in range.

128 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Multimedia system
Bluetooth® mode

display: press and hold the t dio source and the Bluetooth®
button. Note symbol ª permanently.
The number of digits to be entered de- ▶ To show the names of the mobile
Pairing mobile phones using pends on the respective mobile phone. phones currently connected on the
Bluetooth® External ▶ Press and hold the ; button until display: press and hold the t
The pairing process starts from the mobile an acoustic signal sounds. button.
phone. ◁ The radio is ready to be paired
▶ Press the button t until the dis- with the mobile phone. Accepting and ending a call
play shows BT PAIR or BT EXT. ▶ Start the search for Bluetooth®
When there is an incoming call, a ringtone
▶ Turn the control knob clockwise. devices on the mobile phone. See
can be heard via the radio speakers. The
the manufacturer’s operating
◁ The display shows BT EXT. display briefly shows PHONE and then the
instructions.
▶ To prepare radio for the search: telephone number of the caller, if this is
press and hold the ; button.
▶ On the mobile phone, select the "MB transmitted.
Bluetooth" Bluetooth® device name.
◁ The Bluetooth® symbol ª ▶ To accept a call: press the button
flashes in the display.
▶ Enter the previously selected number
on the mobile phone. ;.
▶ Enter a number, up to six figures, ▶ If desired, adjust the volume using the
that can be easily remembered (e.g.
◁ The radio establishes a connec-
tion with the mobile phone. When control knob.
1111) using the number keys 1 to 0. ▶ To end/reject a call: press the but-
the connection is established, the
display shows PAIR OK briefly. ton =.
Note ◁ The radio plays the current audio
▶ Confirm any queries using the mobile
The number sequence begins with 0. By phone. source again.
pressing the number keys repeatedly, ◁ The telephone data is transferred
the numbers 0 to 9 appear. from the mobile phone to the ra-
dio. Once the transfer is finished,
the display shows the current au-

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 129

Multimedia system
Bluetooth® mode

Playing back MP3 files Calling up the telephone main menu Note
▶ Press the SRC button until the display ▶ Press the button 9 on the multifunc- Please note, when selecting the person
shows BT Audio. tion steering wheel. you wish to call:
◁ The radio is ready to playback the ▶ Use the button u or t to scroll
mobile phone MP3 files. to audio and communications á. ● Pressing the button r or s
briefly: scrolls through the names in
▶ Start MP3 playback on the mobile ▶ Use the button r or s to scroll
the phone book one by one.
phone. to the telephone menu window.
● Pressing and holding the button
◁ The radio speakers playback the ◁ The menu window will show the
r or s: jumps to the next
MP3 files. provider name and the name of
or previous first letter.
▶ To select a track: briefly press the the connected Bluetooth® mobile
button D or C. phone. ▶ Press button ;.
▶ Press button 9. If several numbers are saved for the per-
◁ The on-board computer display son you wish to call:
Operating Bluetooth® functions us-
shows the phone book main
ing the multifunction steering wheel ▶ Select the desired telephone number
menu.
with the button r or s.
Accepting and ending a call ▶ To quit the menu: press the button
▶ Press button ; again.
▶ To accept a call: press the button 9 or t.
; on the multifunction steering
Conducting a call using the call lists
wheel. Conducting a call using the phone
▶ If desired, adjust the volume using the book You can conduct calls using one of the
following call lists:
control knob. ▶ Call up the phone book main menu.
▶ To end/reject a call: press the but- ▶ Press button u. ● Missed calls
ton =. ▶ Select the person you wish to call ● Accepted calls
using the button r or s. ● Numbers called
▶ Call up the phone book main menu.

130 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Multimedia system
Pin assignment

◁ The Phone book line is selected. ▶ Use the button u or t to scroll Pin assignment
▶ Select the desired call list with the to audio and communications á.
button r or s. ▶ Use the button r or s to se-
▶ Press button u. lect the audio submenu.
▶ Select the desired telephone number ▶ Use the button u or t to se-
with the button r or s. lect the BT Audio menu.
▶ Press button ;. ▶ To select a track: press the button
r on the multifunction steering
Updating the phone book wheel.
▶ Press the button u or t.
▶ Call up the phone book main menu.
◁ The Phone book line is selected. ◁ The radio plays back the previous
or next track.
▶ Select Load phone book using the
r button.
Note
▶ Press button u.
This function depends on the respective Connection field on the rear side
▶ Press button ;.
mobile phone. PIN assignment slot A (CAN and Power)
◁ Depending on the number of
phone book entries on the mobile 1 CAN-HF-GND
phone, this process can take 2 CAN-L
several minutes. 3 CAN-H
4 Battery (24 V)
Playing back MP3 files
5 Switched 12 V output (max. 150
▶ Start MP3 playback on the mobile mA)
phone. 6 Not in use
▶ Press the button 9 on the multifunc- 7 Not in use
tion steering wheel.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 131

Multimedia system
Pin assignment

8 Power GND PIN assignment slot C2

7–11 Not in use
PIN assignment slot B (speaker) 12 Rear ext. mute/AUX
1 Not in use
2 Not in use PIN assignment slot C3
3 Front speaker R+ 13–20 Not assigned

4 Front speaker R-
Pin assignment slot FAKRA (HF connect-
5 Front speaker L+ or)
6 Front speaker L- Code B, white radio aerial (FM/AM)
7 Not in use
8 Not in use

PIN assignment slot C

1–10 Not in use

PIN assignment slot C1 (AUX)

1 Rear AUX R+
2 Rear AUX L+
3 Rear AUX GND
4 Rear AUX (shielding)
5 Not in use
6 Not in use

132 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Driving mode
Driver assistance/driving safety systems and your responsibility

Driver assistance/driving safety sys- Driving Danger

tems and your responsibility
Notes on preparing for a journey Risk of accident due to objects in the
Please bear in mind that the driver assist- driver's footwell
Please note that all electronic security
ance/driving safety systems described
systems in the vehicle only serve to assist Objects in the driver's footwell may im-
here can only reduce the risk of accidents
you. They do not relieve you of the oblig- pede pedal travel or block a depressed
within system limits and the laws of phys-
ation to carry out a visual check of the pedal.
ics.
vehicle and the trailer/semitrailer before
Poor road and weather conditions as well starting a journey. ­ This compromises the operating and
as certain traffic situations can impair road safety of the vehicle.
the function of driver assistance/driving Danger ▶ Stow all objects in the vehicle se-
safety systems. curely so that they cannot get into
Risk of injury from unsecured items
Driver assistance/driving safety systems the driver's footwell.
in the vehicle
are only aids. They are not a substitute for ▶ Always fit the floor mats securely
If objects, luggage or loads are not se- and as prescribed in order to ensure
you paying attention to your surroundings
cured or not secured sufficiently, they that there is always sufficient room
and do not relieve you of your respons-
could slip, tip over or be thrown around for the pedals.
ibility pertaining to road traffic law. Pay
and thereby hit vehicle occupants.
attention to the traffic conditions at all ▶ Do not use loose floor mats and do
times and intervene when necessary. There is a risk of injury, particularly in not place floor mats on top of one
the event of braking manoeuvres or another.
abrupt changes in direction.
▶ Always stow objects in such a way
that they cannot be thrown around.
▶ Before the journey, secure objects,
luggage or loads against slipping or
tipping over.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 133

Driving mode
Driving

Observe the following points while doing towing vehicle and trailer/semitrailer
Danger this: ( → page 186).
Danger of accident due to uneven
● general condition ▶ Make sure that cables and
loading compressed-air lines are connected
● visible damage and cracks
The driving characteristics, as well as ● Tyre pressure correctly ( → page 182).
steering and braking characteristics, ● tyre tread depth ▶ Make sure that the semitrailer/trailer
may be greatly impaired. coupling is locked and secured cor-
● the wheels are secure
▶ Load the vehicle evenly. rectly. Observe the separate operat-
▶ Check the decoupling element of the ing instructions issued by the manu-
▶ Secure the load against sliding. exhaust system for visible damage, facturer for the operation, care and
e.g. cracks. maintenance of the semitrailer/trailer
Preparing for a journey ◁ The decoupling element is a wear coupling.
Visual and function check on the part and must be checked regu- Have all faults and damage rectified. If
vehicle exterior larly. necessary, have the causes determined
Traces of soot on the decoupling and rectified at a qualified specialist work-
The following checks must be performed
element signify leakage. shop.
on the towing vehicle and on the trailer or
Vehicles with BlueTec 5®: in the
semitrailer before starting a journey: Checking the lighting system
event of damage, the decoupling
▶ Check the vehicle for leaks. element must be replaced imme-
▶ Check that the contour markings of diately.
all attachments and add-on equip- ▶ Make sure that the vehicle is loaded
ment are in good condition. correctly.
▶ Check the wheels and tyres ▶ Make sure that the dropside and
( → page 260). exterior flaps are locked securely and
not damaged.
▶ In wintry conditions, remove snow
and accumulations of ice from the

134 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Driving mode
Driving

lamps are switched on/off in ● Safety vest

sequence. This cycle is repeated ● Warning triangle
thirty times. ● Warning lamp
▶ Press the switch Ä again. ● First-aid kit
or ● Fire extinguisher
▶ Release the parking brake. ▶ At regular intervals, check that the
first-aid kit is usable. Note the use-by
◁ The indicator lamp in the switch
dates of the contents.
Ä goes out and the lamp
check is finished. ▶ Have the fire extinguisher checked
every one to two years.
▶ Replace faulty bulbs ( → page 54).
▶ Make sure that the licence plate,
▶ The fire extinguisher must be refilled
after each use.
▶ Apply the parking brake. vehicle lighting, turn signal and brake
lamps are not dirty or damaged. You must observe the legal requirements
▶ Insert the key into the ignition lock.
for the country in which you are currently
▶ Press the switch Ä. Checking the emergency
driving when carrying emergency equip-
◁ The indicator lamp in the switch equipment/first-aid kit (hard case)
ment.
Ä lights up and the lamp
check is active. The parking Note Checking levels of fuel and AdBlue®
lamps, perimeter lamps, side You will find an overview of emergency ▶ Check the fuel level/AdBlue®
marker lamps, licence plate equipment and first-aid kits in the level shown on the fuel display
lamps and rear lamps light up and "Breakdown assistance" section ( → page 80) and on the AdBlue®
remain lit. The dipped-beam ( → page 230). gauge ( → page 79).
headlamps, main-beam
▶ Check the following emergency equip- ▶ If necessary, refuel and top up Ad-
headlamps, flashing headlamps, Blue® ( → page 170).
daytime headlamps, rear fog ment to make sure that it is access-
lamps, reversing lamps, brake ible, complete and ready for use:
lamps, front fog lamps and work

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 135

Driving mode
Driving

Checking the engine oil level In addition, the children could also set ▶ Do not switch off the vehicle while
▶ Check the engine oil level before the the vehicle in motion, for example by: driving.
start of every journey ( → page 91). ● releasing the parking brake.
● changing the transmission position. Danger
Note ● starting the vehicle. Risk of accident due to the key inad-
No information concerning the engine vertently turning in the ignition lock
▶ Never leave children unattended in
oil level will be displayed while you are the vehicle. If heavy or large objects are attached to
driving. ▶ When leaving the vehicle, always the key, the key can inadvertently turn in
take the key with you and lock the the ignition lock.
Notes on the ignition lock vehicle. ▶ Do not attach large or heavy objects
▶ Keep the key out of the reach of to the key.
Danger children. ▶ Remove the key from a bulky bunch
– Risk of accident and injury due of keys before inserting it into the
to children left unattended in the Danger ignition lock.
vehicle Risk of accident when the vehicle is
If you leave children unattended in the switched off while driving
vehicle, they may, in particular, If you switch off the vehicle while driv-
● open doors, thereby endangering ing, safety-relevant functions will be re-
other persons or road users. stricted or no longer available.
● get out and be struck by oncoming This may affect the power steering sys-
traffic. tem and the brake force boosting, for
● operate vehicle equipment and be- example. g Insert/remove the vehicle key
come trapped, for example. They need considerably more power for 1 Steering wheel unlocked/radio
steering and braking, for example. position

136 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Driving mode
Driving

2 Vehicle switched on/drive position -18 °C, preheat the engine before Safety inspections
3 Vehicle start/start position starting.
▶ Vehicles with cold-start aid: Wait until Checking the supply pressure in the
When you remove the key in position g, compressed-air brake system
the indicator lamp % in the instru-
the steering is locked.
ment cluster goes out ( → page 190).
Danger
▶ Turn the key in the ignition lock to
the start position. While doing so, do Risk of accident due to leaking
Starting the vehicle
not depress the accelerator or clutch compressed-air brake system
▶ Switch on the vehicle.
◁ The display check of the instru- pedal. If a compressed-air brake system is
leaking or there is insufficient supply
ment cluster starts. ▶ Stop the starting procedure after ap-
pressure, it will not be possible to brake
After the display check, the main proximately 20 seconds if the vehicle
the vehicle.
menu is shown. does not start.
After approximately two seconds, ▶ Turn the key in the ignition lock anti- ▶ Only set the vehicle in motion if
the immobiliser is deactivated clockwise to the end stop. the necessary supply pressures are
and the engine can be started. ▶ Repeat the starting procedure after reached.
If you do not adhere to the waiting time approximately one minute. ▶ In the event of pressure loss while
▶ After three starting procedures, take driving, immediately bring the
of two seconds or use an invalid key,
a break of about three minutes. vehicle to a halt in accordance with
the display will show CODE. Use a valid
the traffic conditions.
replacement key.
▶ Secure the vehicle using the parking
▶ Check the engine oil level brake.
( → page 91). ▶ Consult a qualified specialist work-
▶ Shift the transmission to neutral. shop immediately.
▶ Deactivate the power take-off
( → page 192). A leaking compressed-air brake system or
insufficient supply pressure is indicated as
▶ Vehicles with auxiliary hot water heat-
follows:
ing: In outside temperatures below

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 137

Driving mode
Driving

● The J symbol appears in the in- Checking the supply pressure in the ▶ Leave the vehicle switched on until
strument cluster display. auxiliary consumer circuit the yellow display message with :
● The J indicator lamp in the instru- goes out.
ment cluster lights up. Danger ◁ The supply pressure in the auxili-
● The red status display in the instru- Risk of accident if the pressure is too ary consumer circuit is sufficient.
ment cluster lights up. low
▶ Start the vehicle and wait until a sup- Checking the steering play
If there is pressure loss or insufficient
ply pressure of 10 bar for both brake supply pressure in the auxiliary con-
Danger
circuits appears in the supply pres- sumer circuit, you will require consid-
sure display in the instrument cluster erably more force to change gear. Danger of accident due to too great a
( → page 91). steering play
▶ Do not set the vehicle in motion or
▶ If this supply pressure is not reached, stop it immediately in accordance If the steering play is too great, the
check the compressed-air brake sys- with the traffic conditions. vehicle may no longer be able to keep
tem for leaks ( → page 141). ▶ Secure the vehicle against rolling to a straight course.
▶ Observe the display messages and away with the parking brake. ▶ Have the steering checked and re-
the indicator lamps in the status area ▶ Have the compressed-air system paired immediately at a qualified
of the instrument cluster for the sup- repaired at a qualified specialist specialist workshop.
ply pressure and the compressed-air workshop.
brake system. ▶ Start the vehicle.
If the supply pressure in the auxiliary con- ▶ Turn the steering wheel until the front
sumer circuit is too low, a yellow display wheels are facing straight ahead.
message with : is displayed in the in- ▶ Slightly turn the steering wheel altern-
strument cluster. ately to the right and left.
▶ Start the vehicle. ◁ The front wheels should move
when the steering wheel is turned
no more than 30 mm, measured

138 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Driving mode
Driving

at the steering wheel rim. If this ▶ If the I indicator lamp does not
is not the case, have the steering go out in the instrument cluster, close Note
and the steering linkage checked the bonnet ( → page 207). Increase the idle speed to make it easier
at a qualified specialist workshop to move away on steep uphill gradients
immediately. ( → page 194).
Notes on moving off
Perform a brake test when starting a jour-
Checking the lock on the bonnet NOTE ney. Pay attention to the traffic situation
while doing this. If you notice a reduc-
Danger Engine damage due to low oil pres-
tion in braking power when testing the
sure
­ Risk of accident and injury if the brakes, stop the vehicle as soon as pos-
bonnet is not locked while the vehicle The engine needs a short time to build sible while paying attention to traffic con-
is in motion up the necessary oil pressure after start- ditions. Have the brake system checked
ing, especially if it is cold. and repaired at a qualified specialist work-
The bonnet may tilt forwards if the
vehicle is decelerated considerably and There is a risk of increased wear and shop.
may strike persons or objects within its engine damage if the oil pressure is
range of movement. insufficient.
Notes on stopping and switching off
▶ Before each journey, make sure ▶ Before driving off or increasing the the engine
that the bonnet is fully closed and engine speed, let the engine run in
locked. neutral for a short time. Danger
▶ Avoid high engine speeds if the Risk of fire from hot exhaust system
If the bonnet is not correctly locked, the
engine is cold. components
I indicator lamp lights up in the in-
strument cluster. Flammable materials, such as leaves,
▶ Start the vehicle. grass or twigs, may ignite.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 139

Driving mode
Brakes

▶ Park the vehicle such that no flam- BlueTec® exhaust gas aftertreatment. Switching off the vehicle
mable materials can come into con- Depending on the vehicle's previous ▶ Turn the key back in the ignition lock
tact with hot vehicle parts. operating load, BlueTec® exhaust gas as far as it will go.
▶ In particular, do not park on dry aftertreatment may flush the exhaust ▶ Safeguard the vehicle against rolling
grassland or harvested grain fields. system several times. away; use chocks if necessary.
When BlueTec® exhaust gas aftertreat- Wheel chocks may only be used on the
Danger ment flushes the exhaust system, a vent non-steered axle of the vehicle.
Risk of accident when the vehicle is valve is actuated. You may then hear a
switched off while driving hissing sound. This hissing sound does
not indicate a leak in the compressed-air Brakes
If you switch off the vehicle while driv-
system.
ing, safety-relevant functions will be re- Notes on the brake system
stricted or no longer available. If the display shows a display message
This may affect the power steering sys- Stopping and switching off the en- and the status display lights up red, the
tem and the brake force boosting, for gine braking characteristics of the vehicle have
example. Stopping changed. Do not then pull away. Stop as
soon as possible, taking the traffic situ-
They need considerably more power for ▶ Stop the vehicle.
ation into account. The pedal travel and
steering and braking, for example. ▶ Apply the parking brake. pedal force required to brake the vehicle
▶ Do not switch off the vehicle while ▶ Shift the transmission to neutral. or the tractor/trailer combination may in-
driving. If the coolant temperature has greatly crease. Have the brake system checked
When you switch off the vehicle, increased (above 90 °C) or you have at a qualified specialist workshop.
BlueTec® exhaust gas aftertreatment used full engine output, leave the vehicle
automatically flushes the exhaust system switched on for approximately two addi-
with fresh air. Residues of AdBlue® on tional minutes before switching it off.
the metering unit or the injection nozzle
might otherwise impair the function of

140 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Driving mode
Brakes

Checking the compressed-air brake ▶ Switch on the vehicle after approxim-

Note ately five minutes.
system for leaks
Do not let anyone enter or exit the
A waiting time of at least five minutes is
Danger vehicle during the test. This avoids
required to eliminate pressure loss due
mistaking pressure loss from the
Risk of accident due to leaking to secondary consumers, e.g. BlueTec ®
air-sprung cab suspension system,
compressed-air brake system exhaust gas aftertreatment.
air-sprung seats or the level control
If a compressed-air brake system is system for a leak. ▶ In the instrument cluster, call up the
leaking or there is insufficient supply Supply pressure menu window again.
pressure, it will not be possible to brake ▶ Stop the vehicle on a level surface. ▶ Depress the brake pedal about
the vehicle. ▶ Apply the parking brake. halfway and keep it in this position.
▶ Use chocks to safeguard the vehicle ▶ After three minutes, read off the sup-
▶ Only set the vehicle in motion if against rolling away.
the necessary supply pressures are ply pressure.
reached. Only use wheel chocks on the non-steered If a pressure loss of max. 0.4 bar is detec-
▶ In the event of pressure loss while axles of the vehicle. ted in the Supply pressure submenu after
driving, immediately bring the ▶ Release the parking brake. three minutes, the compressed-air brake
vehicle to a halt in accordance with ▶ Switch on the vehicle. system is not leaking.
the traffic conditions.
▶ In the instrument cluster, call up the If a significant loss of pressure is detec-
▶ Secure the vehicle using the parking
Supply pressure menu window in the ted, the compressed-air brake system is
brake. leaking.
Monitoring information ­ã menu
▶ Consult a qualified specialist work-
shop immediately.
( → page 91). ▶ If the compressed-air brake system is
▶ Start the vehicle and wait until the leaking, have it checked and repaired
supply pressure is approximately in a qualified specialist workshop.
10 bar.
▶ Switch off the vehicle.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 141

Driving mode
Brakes

ABS (anti-lock braking system) ● The display is still lit for three conditions and maintain a sufficient,
seconds after switching on the safe distance from other road users.
Function of ABS vehicle. ▶ – Avoid maximum full-stop braking,
ABS controls the brake pressure so that ● The display is lit after the vehicle is apart from in an emergency situ-
the wheels do not lock under braking. This started. ation. –
means that the vehicle can still be steered
while braking.
▶ If ABS intervenes: Continue to de-
Braking with anti-lock protection press the brake pedal until the brak-
ing situation has passed.
ABS display check Danger
◁ When ABS is intervening, the
Risk of accident due to brakes lock- continuous brake is switched off.
Danger ing The indicator lamp à in the
Risk of skidding when ABS malfunc- instrument cluster remains on.
When braking, the wheels of the
tions
trailer/semitrailer may lock and the ▶ In the event of full-stop braking:
If ABS malfunctions, the wheels may tractor/trailer combination may become Vigorously depress the brake pedal.
lock during braking. unstable if:
If you want to drive the towing vehicle
▶ Drive on carefully. ● the trailer/semitrailer does not have with a trailer or semitrailer with ABS or an
▶ Have the ABS checked at a qualified ABS electronic brake system:
specialist workshop immediately. ● ABS for the trailer/semitrailer has
▶ Connect the connecting cable to
The anti-lock protection function is not failed
the ABS/BS socket or the ABS plug
guaranteed in the following situations: ● ABS has failed completely ­ ( → page 182).
● After switching on the vehicle, the As a result, you could lose control of the If you want to drive the semitrailer truck
! indicator lamp is not displayed tractor/trailer combination and cause an without a semitrailer or with a semitrailer
in the status area of the instrument accident. without ABS:
cluster. ▶ ­ Always adapt your driving style ▶ Insert the connecting cable into the
to the prevailing road and weather empty socket.

142 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Driving mode
Brakes

Deactivating/activating ABS Electronic parking brake

Danger Notes on the electronic parking brake

Risk of skidding if ABS is deactivated Danger
If ABS is deactivated, the wheels may – Risk of accident and injury due
lock when braked. to children left unattended in the
▶ Always leave ABS activated when vehicle
driving on roads and firm surfaces. If you leave children unattended in the
If ABS is deactivated, it may be possible vehicle, they may, in particular,
to achieve shorter braking distances when ● open doors, thereby endangering
you are driving off-road or on unpaved other persons or road users.
roads, for example, on soft ground. ▶ Press the q button at the top. ● get out and be struck by oncoming
Only ABS on the towing vehicle can be ◁ When the ! indicator lamp in traffic.
deactivated. the instrument cluster lights up, ● operate vehicle equipment and be-
ABS is deactivated. come trapped, for example.

Note In addition, the children could also set

the vehicle in motion, for example by:
When you engage the front axle cross-
axle lock using the switch for the dif- ● releasing the parking brake.
ferential locks ( → page 151), ABS is ● changing the transmission position.
deactivated. ● starting the vehicle.
▶ Never leave children unattended in
the vehicle.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 143

Driving mode
Brakes

▶ When leaving the vehicle, always Using the electronic parking brake ▶ Pull the lever 1 past the detent.
take the key with you and lock the ◁ The parking brake is applied.
vehicle. The indicator lamp in the !
▶ Keep the key out of the reach of button lights up red.
children. The ! indicator lamp in the
instrument cluster lights up red.
Danger
Releasing the electronic parking brake
Risk of accident on uphill or downhill manually
gradients
Requirements:
The parking brake may not be sufficient
to secure the vehicle on uphill and down- ● The vehicle is switched on.
hill gradients. ● The pressure in brake circuits 1 and 2
is sufficient.
A loaded vehicle or a vehicle with a Example: electronic parking brake
trailer/semitrailer may roll away. 1 Electronic parking brake lever ▶ Depress the brake pedal.
▶ In the check position, check ! ▶ Press button !.
whether the braking force of the 2 Electronic parking brake button ◁ The parking brake is released.
parking brake alone is sufficient to ! The indicator lamp on the button
hold the complete vehicle. ! will go out.
Applying the electronic parking brake
▶ Generally, secure the towing vehicle
manually
The indicator lamp ! on the
and trailer/semitrailer with the park- instrument cluster goes out.
ing brake and, additionally, with Requirements:
Applying the electronic parking brake
chocks. ● The vehicle is stationary. automatically
▶ Press button !. Requirements:
or ● The vehicle is stationary.

144 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Driving mode
Brakes

● The vehicle is switched on. Continuous brake

Note
▶ Switch off the vehicle. During the test, the tractor/trailer com- Notes on the continuous brake
◁ The parking brake is automatic- bination is only held by the force exerted
ally applied. by the spring-loaded brake of the towing Danger
The indicator lamp in the ! vehicle. The trailer or semitrailer brake is ­ Risk of skidding and accident if the
button lights up red. released. continuous brake is used on a slip-
The ! indicator lamp in the pery road surface
instrument cluster lights up red. Secondary braking with electronic
parking brake If you activate or shift down the continu-
Testing the parking brake (check posi- ous brake on a slippery road surface in
tion) Requirements: order to increase the engine's braking
● The parking brake is released. effect, the drive wheels may lose their
Requirements:
● The vehicle speed is less than 5 grip.
● The pressure in brake circuits 1 and 2 km/h.
is sufficient. ▶ When driving on a slippery road
● The parking brake is applied. ▶ Depending on the desired force of surface, do not activate or shift
secondary braking, pull the lever 1 down the continuous brake in order
● The lever 1 is in the starting posi- to increase the engine's braking
no further than the detent.
tion.
◁ The parking brake brakes the effect.
▶ Pull the lever 1 past the detent and vehicle depending on the lever
hold. position. Danger
◁ The check position of the parking If the pressure in the spring brake Risk of skidding and accident if the
brake is activated. actuator is less than 6,5 bar, the retarder malfunctions
The display message Performing ! indicator lamp lights up in If the retarder or retarder control system
check position appears in the the instrument cluster. malfunctions, the handling and braking
instrument cluster.
characteristics may change.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 145

Driving mode
Brakes

The vehicle may brake in an uncontrolled temperatures, the engine brake has
manner. The wheels may lock and there- limited or no effect after the vehicle has
fore lose their grip. The vehicle may skid. been started.
The vehicle acceleration while overtaking Retarder
may be lower than desired. Overtaking
may take longer and may need to be If the à indicator lamp flashes in the
aborted. instrument cluster, the retarder's braking
power is reduced. Shift to a lower gear in
▶ Drive particularly carefully or stop in
good time to increase the engine braking
accordance with traffic regulations.
effect and engine cooling.
▶ Have the retarder checked and re-
paired immediately at a qualified
specialist workshop. Activating/deactivating the continu- Example: multifunction lever
ous brake
▶ Always observe the warning lamps Vehicles without a retarder are only
and display messages and take the If the continuous brake is deactivated and
the à indicator lamp in the instrument equipped with two brake stages (1 –
actions described. 2).
cluster does not go out, have the continu-
You can utilise the engine's braking effect, ous brake checked at a qualified specialist Depending on the engine, the transmis-
particularly on long downhill gradients, if workshop. sion and the power setting, vehicles with
you observe the following points: a retarder are equipped with a maximum
● Activate the continuous brake. of five brake stages (1– 5).
● shift to a lower gear in good time. If the vehicle is switched on and the Ã
indicator lamp flashes in the instrument
Engine brake
cluster, the multifunction lever is not in
Observe the effective engine braking position g.
range marked on the rev counter ▶ To switch on: Pull the multifunction
( → page 78). At very low outside lever to the required brake stage.

146 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Driving mode
Manual transmission

◁ The à indicator lamp in the reason, more effort is needed for

instrument cluster lights up. NOTE shifting.
▶ To deactivate: Push the multifunc- Damage to the transmission, engine
tion lever to position g. or clutch by selecting reverse gear
Changing gear
◁ The indicator lamp à goes out Observe the following notes:
in the instrument cluster. Shifting
▶ Do not drive at too low or too high
an engine speed. The engine only accepts throttle with a
▶ Only engage reverse gear when the delay in the following cases:
Manual transmission
engine is at idling speed and the ● if the vehicle is stationary.
Notes on the manual transmission vehicle is stationary. ● if the transmission is in neutral posi-
▶ During shift operations, make sure tion.
Danger
that the engine speed does not rise
Risk of accident due to excessively To support the most fuel-efficient driving
into the red danger zone of the rev
low pressure style possible, the instrument cluster
counter.
displays a gearshift recommendation
­In the event of pressure loss ▶ When the shift operation is over, re- in the form of an arrow. Shift the gears
or if the supply pressure in the lease the gearshift lever. Do not rest up Z or down Æ according to the gear
transmission/coupling circuit is too low, your hand or arm on the gearshift recommendation.
you can no longer shift gear. lever.
▶ ▶ Depress the clutch pedal.
▶ Do not set the vehicle in motion, or if the warning tone sounds when
▶ Change the shift range if necessary
stop immediately in accordance with downshifting, the maximum per-
missible engine speed has been ex- ( → page 148).
traffic regulations.
ceeded. Do not shift to the lower ▶ Shift into the desired gear with the
▶ Secure the vehicle against rolling
gearshift lever, without using excess-
away with the parking brake. gear, but rather into a higher gear.
The power-assisted gear shifting is ive force.
▶ Consult a qualified specialist
▶ To shift into reverse gear: over-
workshop immediately to have the switched off to protect the trans-
mission synchronisation. For this come the gearshift lever pressure
compressed-air system repaired.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 147

Driving mode
Manual transmission

point in the reverse-gear gate by When the transmission is in neutral, the Changing the shift range
gently tapping the side of the gear- gear lever is located in the shift track
shift lever with your hand. between 3rd and 4th gear or 5th and 6th NOTE
gear. Damage to the transmission due to
Function of the 16-speed transmis- The transmission is divided into the fol- changeover of the shift range
sion lowing shift ranges: If you change the shift range from the
● Low shift range "L" with gears 1 to fast to the slow group when the speed
4 and the reverse gear k it too high, the transmission may be
● High shift range "H" with the gears 5 damaged. .
to 8 The following speed limits must be ob-
● Splitter boxes with the switch on the served during the changeover:
front of the gearshift lever ▶ When driving in off-road gear of the
Gear change possibilities transfer case, do not drive faster
than 15 km/h when changing.
You can shift gears depending on the ▶ Do not drive faster than 20 km/h
nature of the work performed: when driving in on-road gear or for
● Slow splitter box, for example, in off- vehicles without transfer case.
road use ▶ Depress the clutch pedal.
The 16-gear transmission is a manually ● Fast splitter box, for example, in on-
operated manual transmission. The trans- road use
mission is equipped with a double-H shift. Note
● Alternating between the slow and fast
The additional reduction means that you Depress the clutch pedal completely
splitter box, for example, when the
can select a total of 16 forwards gears when changing gear. Power-assisted
vehicle is laden
and two reverse gears. gear shifting is otherwise not enabled.
▶ Overcome the gear lever pressure
point between the shift ranges by

148 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Driving mode
Automatic transmission

gently tapping the side of the gear Automatic transmission prevent damage to the automatic trans-
lever with your hand. mission.
▶ Wait about a second before shifting Overview of push-button gearshift
You can limit or extend the shift range at
into the desired gear without using and gear display
any time.
excessive force.
NOTE Push-button gearshift and gear dis-
Switching splitter box Damage to the transmission due play
rolling in neutral
You should avoid prolonged periods of
rolling the vehicle in neutral.
If the continuous brake (engine
brake/retarder) is applied, the engine
speed for a downshift will be higher than
when the continuous brake is switched
off.
Using the splitter box, you select a slow
or fast ratio for the selected gear without Allowing the wheels to roll for a longer
changing gear. period, e.g. when towing, leads to trans-
mission damage.
▶ Switch the splitter switch to the upper
position for fast splitter box 1 or the ▶ Only allow the vehicle to roll with 1 Shift range and gear display
lower position for slow splitter box the transmission in neutral for a
short time. Footer: OFF ROAD, if drive pro-
2.
gram is selected
▶ Depress the clutch pedal and keep it Pay attention to the display messages 2 MODE button
depressed until the splitter box has on the instrument cluster, which indicate 3 Extends the shift range &
been selected. particular operating statuses and help to
4 Limits the shift range *
▶ Release the clutch pedal.
5 Drive position 7

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 149

Driving mode
Automatic transmission

6 Neutral position A ◁ When the Off Road drive pro- and engine braking power in good
7 Reverse gear C gram is selected, the display 1 time.
will also show OFF ROAD.
Note
Changing drive programs
Driving tips The lower the gear selected, the higher
The automatic transmission is equipped the drive output or braking power will
with the Standard and Off Road drive Driving on uphill or downhill gradients
be.
programs. The drive programs support the
desired driving style. NOTE ▶ All-wheel drive vehicles: If necessary,
engage the off-road gear in the trans-
The Standard drive program is designed Risk of engine damage due to the
fer case for assistance.
for a comfortable, economical driving limiting speed being exceeded
style and makes driving on slippery road
▶ Activate the continuous brake in good
If the shift range is limited, the engine time on downhill gradients.
surfaces easier. speed may exceed the limiting speed.
If, despite applying the continuous brake,
The Off Road drive program is for trav- Exceeding the limiting speed for an ex- the vehicle speeds up on downhill gradi-
elling at higher engine speeds and for tended period of time may lead to en- ents, limit the shift range of the automatic
greater performance requirements. Only gine damage. transmission further. If necessary, use the
choose the Off Road drive program
▶ If the shift range is limited, do not al- service brake to decelerate the vehicle in
when necessary, and then only for a short
low the engine speed to rise into the order to shift down the transmission.
period. Otherwise, the fuel consumption is
red danger zone of the rev counter.
increased. Manoeuvring and rocking free
After the vehicle is started, the Standard ▶ When driving with an extremely high When manoeuvring in confined spaces:
drive program is always active. vehicle mass or gross combination
mass and/or on extremely steep up- ▶ use measured braking to regulate the
▶ To change the drive program: hill or long downhill gradients, select vehicle speed.
press the MODE button 2. a shift range with high engine output ▶ accelerate slowly and evenly.

150 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Driving mode
Operation

The following car parts could be dam- ▶ Always disengage the differential
Note aged: locks immediately on a firm, high-
At low speed, you can change between traction surface.
● Tyres
the drive position h and the reverse
● Chassis
gear k without braking. This helps, for Danger
example, when manoeuvring quickly or ● Axle
Risk of skidding if ABS is deactivated
rocking free in snow or slush. Refer to the following permitted values:
If ABS is deactivated, the wheels may
● Maximum gross weight lock when braked.
Operation ● Axle and wheel load
● Wheel load difference of 4 %
▶ Always leave ABS activated when
Notes on axle and wheel loads driving on roads and firm surfaces.
Observe the information about attach-
NOTE ments, ancillary equipment, installations NOTE
Damage to car parts if the permiss- and conversions ( → page 3).
Damage to the differential locks due
ible gross mass is exceeded While driving, regularly monitor the indic- to improper use
Car parts can be damaged in the follow- ator and warning lamps and the displays
The following points should be observed
ing cases: in the instrument cluster.
when using differential locks to avoid
● The permissible gross mass is ex- damage:
ceeded. Using differential locks ▶ Do not engage the differential locks
● The permissible axle load is ex- when the driven wheels are spin-
ceeded. Danger ning.
● The permissible wheel load is ex- Risk of accident when differential ▶ Do not engage the differential locks
ceeded. lock is engaged on a firm surface when the accelerator or brake pedal
● The permissible difference between If you engage differential locks on a is depressed.–
wheel loads of 4 % is exceeded. firm and non-slip surface, you may lose
control of the vehicle.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 151

Driving mode
Operation

▶ Only engage the differential lock Activating

when the vehicle is stationary or at
walking pace.
▶ Pull away slowly after engaging the
differential lock.
▶ Do not drive on high-grip roadways
with engaged differential locks.
▶ Do not drive faster than 50 km/h
with the differential locks engaged

NOTE
Damage to the differential gear when
g Differential lock off
disengaging the differential locks
11 Shift position and display of inter-
The differential gear may be damaged axle lock, axle through drive
when the differential locks are disen- 23 Shift position and display of cross-
gaged. axle locks, rear axles
▶ If the display £ flashes when the 32 Shift position and display of cross-
differential locks are disengaged, axle locks, front axles
briefly change the speed, e.g. pull
Vehicles with one differential lock have a
away, brake or change the direction
switch; vehicles with several differential
of travel.
locks have a control knob.
▶ Do not continue driving if the display
£ is flashing. When the differential lock is engaged, the
instrument cluster display will show £.
When the differential lock is disengaged,
the display will show v. If the circle

152 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Driving mode
Operation

£ flashes on the display, the differen- ▶ Turn the differential lock rotary switch
tial lock is not yet engaged or disengaged. to position 2. Note
The conditions for engaging or disenga- If possible, disengage the inter-axle
or
ging have not been fulfilled due to differ- locks on a loose surface and not on a
ing wheel speeds, for example. The differ- ▶ Press the upper section of the i high-grip road surface. Otherwise, disen-
ential lock will be engaged automatically switch. gaging the inter-axle locks can lead to a
as soon as all engagement conditions are ◁ The cross-axle locks on the rear pressure surge and a noticeable jerk in
met. axles are engaged. the cab.
Engage the differential locks to improve ▶ Turn the differential lock rotary switch Even different tyre diameters between
traction, e.g. on slippery road surfaces or to position 3. the front and rear axle can lead to a
off-road. The individual differential locks ◁ The cross-axle locks on the front pressure surge when disengaging the
can only be engaged in sequence. axles are engaged. inter-axle locks. Avoid a difference of
The indicator lamp ! lights more than 3 % between the tyre diamet-
During an ABS braking regulation, the
up. ers of the front and rear axle.
inter-axle locks are disengaged and the
dot flashes in the display. Once the ABS ▶ Turn the differential lock rotary switch
braking regulation is finished, the inter- Note to position g.
axle locks are re-engaged and the front The respective differential lock is only or
axle is re-engaged. engaged when the display shows £.
▶ Press the bottom section of the i
▶ Stop the vehicle. Deactivating switch.
▶ Turn the differential lock rotary switch ▶ If the display £ flashes, briefly
to position 1. change the speed, e.g. pull away,
◁ The inter-axle locks in the axle brake or change the direction of
through drive and transfer case travel. Do not continue driving.
are engaged. ▶ If the display £ does not go out
when the inter-axle locks are disen-

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 153

Driving mode
Operation

gaged, stop the vehicle and reverse ◁ When all engagement conditions
for a short distance. are met, the off-road gear is en-
gaged and the m symbol is
Note shown in the display.
If the differential locks are engaged Disengaging off-road gear
and you drive faster than 50 km/h, the
▶ Stop the vehicle.
current setting of the differential locks
is again shown in the display. Disengage
▶ Shift the transmission to neutral.
the differential locks or drive at a speed ▶ Press the bottom section of the m
below 50 km/h. switch.
◁ The off-road gear is disengaged
when all engagement conditions
Switching the off-road gear transfer Even if all shift conditions are fulfilled, are met. If the on-road gear is
case on and off the shift operation can take up to three selected, the m indicator goes
seconds. out in the display.
If the inter-axle lock and ABS are engaged
when driving off-road, it can lead to an
interruption in the tractive power in switch
positions 1 or 2.
Engaging the off-road gear
▶ Stop the vehicle.
▶ Shift the transmission to neutral.
▶ Press the upper section of the m
switch.

154 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Driving mode
Driving systems

Driving systems The È symbol in the instrument cluster ◁ The instrument cluster shows the
shows the status of the limiter in colour: È symbol in grey.
Limiter
● Grey symbol: the limiter is selected, Activating while driving
Overview of the limiter but not activated.
▶ Select the limiter.
● White symbol: the limiter is active and
is restricting the vehicle speed to the ▶ Drive at the desired speed and briefly
set limit speed. press the Ñ button.
◁ The limiter is activated and the
Activating and deactivating the lim- current vehicle speed is stored as
iter the limit speed.
Selects the limiter or
The limiter restricts the vehicle speed to ▶ Briefly press the button q.
the set limit speed. You can accelerate ◁ The limiter is activated and ad-
the vehicle up to the limit speed using the opts the stored limit speed. The
accelerator pedal. In order to keep the set instrument cluster shows the
È Selects the limiter limit speed on downhill gradients, the lim- È symbol and the set speed
iter automatically brakes the vehicle with limit in white.
Ñ Activates and sets the current
the continuous brake. If the set speed
limit speed/increases the set limit Increasing or decreasing the limit
is exceeded, the È symbol will flash
speed speed
on the instrument cluster. If you cannot
q Activates and calls up the stored You can change the settings of the limit
switch on the Limiter, the instrument
limit speed/decreases the set limit speed while driving.
cluster shows the display message - - ,-
speed
km/h in grey. ▶ Activate the limiter.
h Selects cruise control
o Deactivates the limiter
▶ Press button È.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 155

Driving mode
Driving systems

▶ In 1-km/h increments: Press the Deactivating If you do not know the stored speed,
q or Ñ button briefly until The limit speed remains stored if you the vehicle may accelerate or brake
the desired speed is displayed in the deactivate the limiter. unexpectedly.
instrument cluster. ▶ Take the traffic situation into ac-
▶ Press button o.
or count before calling up the stored
◁ The instrument cluster shows the speed.
▶ Press and hold the q or Ñ È symbol in grey.
button until the desired speed is dis- ▶ If the stored speed is not known,
played in the instrument cluster. or store the desired speed again.

Driving
▶ Select cruise control with the button
h. NOTE
You can exceed the set limit speed, e.g. ◁ The instrument cluster shows the Engine damage due to excessively
when overtaking. symbol é and the set speed in high engine speed
▶ Briefly depress the accelerator pedal grey. If you drive in the overspeed range, you
beyond the pressure point (kick- will damage the engine.
down).
◁ The set limit speed is still shown Cruise control ▶ Do not drive in the overspeed range.
and the È symbol flashes in Overview of cruise control Do not use cruise control in the following
the instrument cluster. situations:
▶ When overtaking is complete, briefly Danger ● if the traffic conditions do not allow
release the accelerator pedal and Risk of accident due to unknown you to drive at a constant speed (e.g.
depress it again. stored speed in heavy traffic or on winding roads)
◁ The limiter again restricts the If you call up the stored speed and it dif- ● if the drive wheels could lose traction
vehicle speed to the set limit fers from the current speed, the vehicle on slippery roads, when braking or
speed. will accelerate or brake. accelerating, for example
● if there is poor visibility, e.g. due to
fog, heavy rain or snow

156 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Driving mode
Driving systems

Activating and deactivating cruise Activating while driving

control ▶ Select cruise control.
Selects cruise control ▶ Drive at the desired speed and briefly
Cruise control maintains the set speed press the button Ñ.
of the vehicle for you. If the set speed ◁ Cruise control is activated and
is exceeded on downhill gradients by the current speed is set.
more than the set speed tolerance, the or
continuous brake is applied automatically.
▶ Briefly press the button q.
If you are driving at under 15 km/h, you ◁ Cruise control is activated and
will not be able to activate cruise control. adopts the stored speed.
If you cannot switch on the cruise control, The instrument cluster displays
h Selects cruise control the instrument cluster shows the display the symbol é and the set
Ñ Activates and adjusts current message - - - km/h in grey. speed in white.
speed/increases set speed
Cruise control is automatically deactiv- ▶ Release the accelerator pedal.
q Activates and calls up stored
ated in the following situations: ◁ In order to maintain the
speed/reduces set speed
set speed, cruise control
È Selects the limiter ● if you are driving at under 10 km/h.
automatically brakes or
o Deactivates cruise control ● you shift the transmission into neutral accelerates the vehicle.
for more than five seconds.
The symbol é in the instrument cluster Increasing and reducing the speed
shows the status of cruise control by If cruise control is deactivated automatic-
ally, a warning tone sounds. When cruise control is active, you can
colour:
change the speed setting while driving.
● Grey symbol: cruise control is selec- ▶ Press the button h repeatedly
ted, but not activated until the instrument cluster displays ▶ To adjust in 0.5 km/h increments:
the symbol é in grey. press the button q or Ñ re-
● white symbol: cruise control is activ-
ated and maintains the set speed

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 157

Driving mode
Driving systems

peatedly until the desired speed is The speed tolerance helps to better utilise ◁ The setting is stored automatic-
shown in the instrument cluster. momentum from downhill gradients and ally.
or thus save energy.
Driving tips
▶ In 5-km/h increments: Press and You can set the speed tolerance between
You can decelerate using the continuous
hold the button q or Ñ until 2 km/h and 15 km/h.
brake. Cruise control remains activated.
the desired speed is displayed in the If you set the speed tolerance to between
If you reset the continuous brake lever,
instrument cluster. 4 km/h and 15 km/h, it is available again
but do not deactivate it, the vehicle will
after you restart the vehicle.
Setting the speed tolerance only accelerate on inclines up to the set
The instrument cluster shows the upper speed.
speed tolerance next to the set speed.
If the continuous brake is deactivated, the
When cruise control is active, the speed
vehicle will accelerate to the last stored
limiter brakes the vehicle by 4 km/h by
speed.
applying the continuous brake, regardless
of the set speed tolerance. If cruise control is decelerating the vehicle
using the continuous brake and you simul-
▶ Press the Ù button repeatedly until taneously depress the brake pedal, cruise
the speed tolerance is shown in the control remains activated.
instrument cluster.
If the braking power from the continuous
▶ Use the t or u button to in-
brake is insufficient:
crease or decrease the speed toler-
ance in increments of 1 km/h. ▶ Shift down a gear and reduce your
The speed tolerance helps to better utilise ▶ Press the 9 button to exit the input speed.
momentum from downhill gradients and window. ◁ If you shift down on a downhill
thus save fuel. gradient without adjusting the
or
speed, cruise control sets an
▶ Wait for approximately three seconds. engine speed lower than the
engine overspeed. The set speed

158 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Driving mode
Driving tips

remains set and is automatically Driving tips A loaded vehicle or a vehicle with a
re-established as soon as this is trailer/semitrailer may roll away.
possible in a higher gear. General driving tips
▶ In the check position, check
When the continuous brake is activated Danger whether the braking force of the
and you activate cruise control, the con- parking brake alone is sufficient to
Risk of accident when the vehicle is
tinuous brake regulates the set speed on hold the complete vehicle.
switched off while driving
downhill slopes. ▶ Generally, secure the towing vehicle
If you switch off the vehicle while driv- and trailer/semitrailer with the park-
Overtaking
ing, safety-relevant functions will be re- ing brake and, additionally, with
It is possible to exceed the set speed, e.g. stricted or no longer available. chocks.
when overtaking.
This may affect the power steering sys-
▶ Depress the accelerator pedal. tem and the brake force boosting, for
Notes on running-in and loading
▶ When the overtaking manoeuvre is example.
finished, release the accelerator pedal They need considerably more power for Running-in
again. steering and braking, for example. The running-in period for the engine is
◁ Cruise control adjusts the
vehicle's speed to the set speed.
▶ Do not switch off the vehicle while crucial for the vehicle, particularly for the
driving. following:
Deactivating ● the service life
The speed remains stored if you deactiv- Danger ● the operating safety
ate cruise control. Risk of accident on uphill or downhill ● the economy
gradients
Observe the following information during
The parking brake may not be sufficient the running-in period up to 2000 km:
to secure the vehicle on uphill and down-
● Avoid subjecting the engine to full
hill gradients.
load.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 159

Driving mode
Driving tips

● Run in the engine with care at differ- Laden Using an underride guard
ing driving and engine speeds.
● Avoid high engine speeds. Danger Danger
● Do not drive at more than ¾ of the Risk of fatal injuries due to under-
Risk of injury from unsecured items
maximum road speed for each gear. ride guard being folded up while the
in the vehicle
● Change gear in good time. vehicle is in motion
● Do not shift down to brake the If objects, luggage or loads are not se-
cured or not secured sufficiently, they A vehicle could become trapped under-
vehicle. neath the chassis in the event of a rear-
could slip, tip over or be thrown around
● For vehicles with automatic transmis- end collision.
and thereby hit vehicle occupants.
sion, do not depress the accelerator
pedal beyond the point of resistance There is a risk of injury, particularly in There is a risk of death for the occu-
(kick-down). the event of braking manoeuvres or pants of the vehicle colliding from be-
abrupt changes in direction. hind.
● For vehicles with automatic transmis-
sion, engage the shift ranges 5 , 4 , 3 ▶ Always stow objects in such a way ▶ Fold the underride guard down and
, 2 , or 1 only while driving slowly. that they cannot be thrown around. lock it in place when driving on pub-
▶ Before the journey, secure objects, lic roads.
After 2000 km, you can gradually bring
the vehicle up to full road and increased luggage or loads against slipping or
tipping over. NOTE
engine speeds.
Damage to the vehicle or trailer when
the underride guard is folded up
The ability of the drawbar to move is
very limited when the underride guard is
folded up.
As a result, the vehicle or trailer could
be damaged when driving on uneven
surfaces or around tight bends.

160 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Driving mode
Driving tips

▶ Fold the underride guard down ▶ Hold the underride guard 1 in place. Driving off-road
when driving on uneven surfaces
or around tight bends. Notes on driving off-road

If a higher angle of approach/departure is Danger

required during off-road driving:
Risk of injury due to acceleration
▶ Fold up the underride guard. forces when driving off-road
Adjusting the underride guard You could be thrown out of your seat,
for example.
▶ Always fasten your seat belt, includ-
ing when driving off-road.

Danger
▶ Swing both levers 2 into position Risk of fire due to flammable material
2. coming into contact with hot parts of
◁ The underride guard 1 will be the exhaust system
released. Flammable material such as leaves,
▶ Swing the underride guard 1 into grass or twigs may ignite if they come
the desired position and hold it in into contact with hot parts of the ex-
place. haust system.
▶ Swing both levers 2 into position 1 ▶ When driving off-road or on unpaved
and release the underride guard 1. surfaces, check the underside of the
◁ The underride guard 1 will be vehicle at regular intervals.
d Road position locked.
e Off-road position

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 161

Driving mode
Driving tips

▶ In particular, remove any trapped ● Compressed-air reservoir vehicle damage rectified at a qualified
parts of plants or other flammable ● Engine specialist workshop as soon as possible.
material. ● Transmission When driving off-road, substances such as
▶ If damage should occur, immediately dirt, sand, mud and water, at times mixed
inform a qualified specialist work-
▶ Always drive slowly when driving off-
road. with oil, may get into the brakes. This may
shop. lead to a reduction in braking effect or
▶ Receive instruction from another
person when driving over obstacles. total brake failure, also as a result of in-
Danger creased wear. The braking characteristics
▶ Make sure that there is sufficient
Risk of skidding if ABS is deactivated will vary depending on the material that
ground clearance.
has got into the system. Clean the brakes
If ABS is deactivated, the wheels may ▶ Avoid obstacles, where possible. after driving off-road. If you then notice
lock when braked.
reduced braking effect or hear grinding
▶ Always leave ABS activated when NOTE noises, have the brake system checked
driving on roads and firm surfaces. Damage to the differential gear when at a qualified specialist workshop. Adjust
driving off-road your driving style to the changed braking
NOTE If the drive wheels spin, this could dam- characteristics.
Damage to the vehicle due to off-road age the differential gear. Driving off-road demands special driving
obstacles
▶ Always pay attention to the drive skills and concentration. Furthermore, the
The vehicle could be damaged by wheels' road adhesion when driving driver has a particular duty of care when
obstacles when driving off-road. off-road. driving off-road and before rejoining the
▶ Avoid spinning the drive wheels. road again. Please make sure you read
The following parts may be damaged, for
this section thoroughly before attempting
example: Driving off-road increases the possibil- to drive the vehicle off-road. You will then
● Axles ity of damage to the vehicle, which may understand the particular advantages
● Propeller shafts cause assemblies or systems to fail. Ad- your vehicle offers to enable you to reach
● Fuel tank apt your driving style to the off-road driv- your destination safely. Mercedes-Benz
ing conditions. Drive carefully. Have any recommends that you practice driving

162 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Driving mode
Driving tips

off-road in less demanding terrain. When ▶ Hold the steering wheel firmly with
driving on difficult terrain for the first Note both hands at all times.
time, ask an experienced off-road driver Before driving up or down extreme in- ▶ Always hold the steering wheel such
to accompany and advise you. clines or slopes, fill the oil to the max- that your thumbs are on the outer
imum level. side of the steering wheel rim.
Checklist before driving off-road ▶ Vehicle tool kit: check that the jack ▶ When driving over obstacles, be
▶ Check the fuel and AdBlue– ® levels is working ( → page 230). prepared to briefly use more force
( → page 79) and top up if necessary ▶ Make sure that a wheel wrench, when steering, if necessary.
( → page 170). wooden underlay for the jack, a Do not shift to neutral while driving on
▶ Engine: check the oil level robust tow rope and a folding spade mountainous terrain or declutch. You
( → page 91) and top up with oil if are carried in the vehicle. could lose control of the vehicle while
necessary ( → page 216). Before ▶ Wheels and tyres: check the tyre trying to brake with the service brake.
driving up or down extreme inclines tread depth ( → page 260) and tyre If your vehicle cannot manage an uphill
or slopes, fill the oil to the maximum pressure ( → page 263). incline, drive back down in reverse gear.
level. ▶ Folding underride guard: fold the
Also observe the following points:
underride guard to the off-road posi-
Note tion ( → page 160). ● securely stow away all loose objects.
If you drive up or down extreme inclines ● securely fasten the load.
or slopes, the 4 symbol may appear Rules for off-road driving ● secure bulk material (e.g. sand or
on the instrument cluster. The engine gravel) with wall extenders or covers
operating safety is not put at risk if you Danger to prevent it slipping.
have filled the engine oil to the max- Risk of injury to hands when driving ● secure add-on equipment and im-
imum level before the journey. over obstacles plements, such as tipper bodies or
loading cranes, against inadvertent
▶ Automatic transmission: check If you drive over obstacles or fall into
activation and movement. Observe
the oil level and top up the oil tyre ruts, the steering wheel can move
the operating instructions given by
( → page 217). abruptly of its own accord.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 163

Driving mode
Driving tips

the body and equipment manufac- ● vehicles with manual transmission: do ▶ Always follow the line of fall when
turer. not depress the clutch or shift gear you are driving up a slope (in a
● close the side windows. on a steep incline. straight line upwards or downwards)
● vehicles with manual transmission: ● make sure that the wheels remain in and do not turn.
before driving off-road, stop the contact with the ground.
vehicle and engage a low gear. ● drive with extreme care over unknown Note
● vehicles with automatic transmission: terrain where you can only see for a Do not shift the transmission to neutral
limit the shift range ( → page 149). short distance. As a precaution, first on downhill gradients.
● deactivate ABS ( → page 142). get out of the vehicle and take a look
at the route to be taken. ▶ If the vehicle is being driven up or
● shift the transfer case to off-road down a slope and it begins to tip over,
position ( → page 154). ● watch out for obstacles such as
steer the vehicle into the line of fall
● engage the inter-axle lock rocks, holes, tree stumps and ruts.
immediately. Only drive over embank-
( → page 151). ● if possible, always drive over
ments and on slopes along the line of
● if the traction is insufficient, engage obstacles with the wheels of one side
fall.
of the vehicle. This means damage to
the cross-axle lock on the rear axle
the vehicle is avoided.
▶ Only brake once the vehicle is on the
( → page 151). line of fall.
● if the traction is still insufficient, en- ▶ Depress the brake pedal if the en-
gage the cross-axle lock on the front Driving on inclines gine's braking effect is insufficient
axle ( → page 151). when driving downhill.
● always drive with a gear engaged and Danger
do not switch off the vehicle while the Risk of accident if the line of fall is
Driving through water
vehicle is moving. not followed on slopes
Before driving through water
● drive slowly and smoothly. It may If you drive at a slant angle or turn on a
often be necessary to drive at walking slope, the vehicle may slide sideways, tip
pace. over or overturn.

164 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Driving mode
Driving tips

▶ Observe the notes on cleaning after

Note driving off-road or on construction
If there is no fording depth sticker 1 on sites.
the vehicle, the water level should be no
higher than the centre of the wheel. NOTE
Fording Damage to the vehicle from salt wa-
ter
NOTE Salt water causes the corrosion of
Damage to vehicle parts due to bow vehicle components and leads to
wave created at front of vehicle vehicle damage. This could cause major
Driving too fast into water can cause assemblies or systems to fail.

▶ Check the depth and characteristics vehicle parts to be damaged by the res- If you do need to drive through salt wa-
of the body of water before fording. ulting bow wave created at the front of ter, contact a qualified specialist work-
As a precaution, have a closer look on the vehicle. shop beforehand. This is because fording
foot. ▶ Drive slowly into bodies of water. in salt water requires you to take special
due diligence before and after fording.
▶ Find the maximum permissible water
depth for the vehicle on fording depth NOTE ▶ Only drive your vehicle through fresh
sticker 1. Damage to major assemblies when water.
▶ Switch on the air-conditioning system fording ▶ Avoid driving through salt water.
and leave it switched on for the dura- Frequently driving through dirty bodies ▶ Commence fording at walking pace in
tion of fording. of water up to the maximum fording shallow water.
▶ Switch off the auxiliary heating and depth could damage major assemblies ▶ Adapt your driving style to the unfa-
wait until run-on has ended. such as the alternator, for example. miliar environment.
▶ Clean the vehicle after driving
through dirty bodies of water.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 165

Driving mode
Driving tips

▶ Drive through the water at a constant ▶ Drive in the tyre tracks of vehicles
speed between 5 km/h and max. 10 ahead.
km/h. ▶ Pay attention to the vehicle's ground
▶ Do not declutch, change gear or stop clearance in the case of deep tyre
while driving. ruts.

Note Checklist after driving off-road

Pulling away in water is difficult due to
the strong resistance and the shallow NOTE
bottom. Damage caused by foreign objects,
e.g. stones, plant matter or twigs
▶ Ensure that no bow wave forms while
driving. Steering shaft (example: left-hand drive vehicle) Trapped foreign objects can damage
▶ Do not switch off the vehicle when it ▶ Open the bonnet ( → page 207). components on the vehicle.
is standing in water. ▶ If the steering shaft 1 is wet after The following components could be
▶ If the vehicle cuts out while in the fording, grease the steering shaft (MB damaged:
water, start it again immediately. approval 269.2). ● Fuel lines
After fording ▶ clean the alternators. Do not use a ● Brake hoses
high-pressure cleaner.
● axle joints
▶ Close the bonnet ( → page 207).
● Drive shafts

Driving on sand ▶ Remove trapped foreign objects

immediately after driving off-road.
Loose sand is a particularly treacherous
surface for off-road driving. ▶ Activate ABS ( → page 143).
▶ Drive quickly to overcome rolling ▶ Disengage the differential locks
resistance. ( → page 151).

166 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Driving mode
Driving tips

▶ Shift the transfer case to on-road gear Information on cleaning after driving or vehicles, especially the windscreens, to
( → page 154). off-road or on construction sites be damaged.
▶ Test the brakes. Check the tyres for foreign bodies that
▶ Check the headlamps and tail lamps NOTE have become trapped after every journey
for damage. Damage to the cooler by compressed off-road or on a construction site and be-
▶ Check for damage to the tyres. air jet, steam jet or water jet fore journeys on public roads. Remove
▶ Replace dented or damaged wheels. The compressed air jet, steam jet or any trapped foreign bodies. Dirt and mud
▶ Replace missing valve caps and valve water jet can damage the cooler fins. on the tyres and on the road surface re-
extensions. duce road adhesion, particularly if the
Damaged radiator fins can cause the
▶ Check and adjust the tyre pressure road surface is wet. This could cause your
engine to overheat. vehicle to start to skid. For this reason,
( → page 263).
▶ Check the entire vehicle underside, ▶ Always direct the compressed air always clean your vehicle carefully after
brakes, steering, suspension and jet, steam jet or water jet vertically every off-road journey or trip to a con-
exhaust system for damage. onto the radiator surface. struction site and before journeys on pub-
▶ Check the engine oil level. ▶ If there is a loss of coolant or dam- lic roads.
▶ Move the folding underride guard to age to the cooling and heating sys- Clean the following car parts:
the on-road position ( → page 160). tem, have it checked at a qualified
specialist workshop. ● Lighting system
▶ Fold down the mud flaps. ● side windows and windscreen
▶ Observe the notes on cleaning after Observe the notes on cleaning the exter- ● Outside mirrors
driving off-road or on construction ior ( → page 202) and notes on use of a
● steps
sites. high-pressure cleaner ( → page 200).
● entrances
Foreign bodies that have become trapped ● grab handles
can be expelled while the vehicle is in mo- ● wheels and tyres
tion, for example, stones in the tyre tread
● wheel well and wing
or between the wheels (twin tyres). This
● Steering
could cause other road users to be injured

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 167

Driving mode
Driving tips

● Axles Economical and environmentally ● operating conditions, e.g. operation

● Brakes aware driving on construction sites, long-distance
● spring elements or short-distance driving
Vehicle version ● gross vehicle weight
● chassis
● Licence plate The following components affect fuel
● Engine consumption:
AdBlue® consumption
● radiator ● tyres, e.g. tyre pressure, tyre condi-
AdBlue® consumption is around 6 % of
● Transmission tion, tyre size
the fuel consumption.
● oil cooler (transmission) ● body and cab version, e.g. open plat-
form, box body, platform with tar-
Observe the following points after opera-
paulin Oil consumption
tion in mud, sand, water or after exposure
● drive train, major assemblies and the For an engine that has been run in, oil
to similar dirty conditions:
number of axles consumption can amount to up to 0.5 % of
● clean the brake discs, brake pads, ● ratio of the major assemblies, e.g. the actual fuel consumption.
wheels and axle joints and check transmission and axle ratio
them for damage. The oil consumption may exceed this
● ancillary units, e.g. air-conditioning value if you operate your vehicle under
● clean the alternators. Do not use a system, auxiliary heating, power take-
high-pressure cleaner. arduous operating conditions or if the
offs mileage is high.
● lubricate the axle joints.
● test the brakes while paying attention Operating conditions
to the road and traffic conditions. The following operating conditions affect
fuel consumption:
● topography, e.g. driving on level
routes or in mountainous terrain
● outside temperature and weather
conditions

168 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Driving mode
Driving tips

Limiting speed the restricted top speed is reached. Take gear, the reverse warning device is activ-
this into account when overtaking. ated and emits a warning tone.
Danger
Risk of the tractor/trailer combina- Reverse warning device Notes on the warning tone
tion swaying due to increased speed
Notes on the reverse warning device NOTE
You could lose control of the
trailer/tractor combination. Danger Damage to the engine due to disreg-
The tractor/trailer combination may arding the warning tone
Risk of accidents due to persons or
even tip over. objects in the area in which you are If a warning tone sounds and a red dis-
▶ Never attempt to stretch the manoeuvring play message shows the symbol 5,
tractor/trailer combination by the engine operating safety is jeopard-
Other road users may not hear or may
increasing the speed. ised.
ignore the warning tone of the reversing
▶ Reduce the speed and do not warning device. There is a risk of an ▶ Do not set the vehicle in motion,
counter-steer. accident. or park it up immediately, paying
▶ Brake if necessary. ▶ Make sure that there are no persons attention to the road and traffic
conditions.
If the driver exceeds the maximum or objects in the manoeuvring area
speed of the vehicle, there is a risk that during manoeuvring. A warning tone will sound in the following
tractor/trailer combinations can begin to ▶ If necessary, a second person must cases:
sway. This may also overload the brakes assist with manoeuvring. ● The seat belt of the driver's or co-
and tyres. driver seat is not fastened.
The reverse warning device is a system
On vehicles with a limit speed, the max- designed to assist you in ensuring the ● The immobiliser is activated.
imum speed of the vehicle is limited ac- safety of other road users. ● Reverse gear is engaged.
cording to national legal requirements, ● A gear is selected which is too low
The reverse warning device is an acoustic
e.g. to approximately 90 km/h. The en- when shifting down (not in vehicles
warning system. If you shift into reverse
gine speed is automatically limited when with an automatic transmission).

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 169

Driving mode
Refuelling

A warning tone sounds in addition to a Refuelling Double-tank system

display message in the instrument cluster
in the following cases: Fuel and AdBlue® tank Changing the fuel display
● The coolant level is too low or the
maximum permissible coolant tem-
perature of 100 °C is exceeded. At
the same time, the status indicator
lights up in yellow or red. The operat-
ing safety of the engine is jeopardised
by this.
● There is a display failure. Import- Example: Fuel and AdBlue® tank
ant operating information, warning 1 AdBlue® tank
displays or service displays can no 2 Fuel tank
longer be displayed. A display mes-
sage shows the system abbreviation
for electronic systems.
Note
If fuel tank switch 1 is in the rest posi-
tion, the level of fuel tank 1 is displayed
in the fuel display ( → page 80).
▶ Press the bottom section of the fuel
display 1 switch.
◁ The fuel level of fuel tank 2 is dis-
played after about two minutes in
the fuel display.

170 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Driving mode
Refuelling

is open, the fuel should mainly be taken

Note from front fuel tank 2.
If the fuel line between fuel tank 1 and
fuel tank 2 is open, the same level is Note
shown for both fuel tanks.
During prolonged driving on extreme
uphill or downhill gradients, fuel may
Using the double-tank system (ver- collect in the lower fuel tank if the ex-
sion 1) pansion line is open. Depending on the
Selecting a fuel tank for fuel supply position of fuel switchover valve 1 and
whether there is a low fluid level, there
is a risk that the vehicle will no longer be
supplied with fuel.
Running the fuel tank empty can be ▶ To change from fuel tank 1 to fuel
avoided by closing shutoff valve 3. If tank 2, turn fuel switchover valve
the expansion line remains open, switch adjustment wheel 1 from position
to the lower fuel tank for the supply of 1 to position 2.
fuel. Disabling a fuel tank
1 Fuel switchover valve
2 Fuel tank 1
3 Shutoff valve
4 Fuel tank 2
The vehicle is equipped with two fuel
tanks. If one of the fuel tanks is defective,
it can be disabled and the other fuel tank
can be used instead. If shutoff valve 3

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 171

Driving mode
Refuelling

Use double-tank system (version 2) defective, it can be disabled and the other
fuel tank can be used instead.
Selecting a fuel tank for fuel supply
If shutoff valve 4 is open, the fuel should
mainly be taken from right-hand fuel tank
1.

Note
With the shutoff valve open 4 and a
fuel tank filled on one side, a uniform
fuel level is achieved via the expansion
line within about three hours.
▶ To close the expansion line between ▶ To close the expansion line between
the fuel tanks, move lever 1 of the the fuel tanks, move the lever of the
shutoff valve from position 1 to shutoff valve 4 diagonally in the
position 2. direction of flow.

Note
Both fuel tanks must be filled separately 1 Fuel tank 1
because the compensation from both 2 Fuel switchover valve
fuel tanks occurs very slowly. 3 Fuel tank 2
4 Shutoff valve
The vehicle is equipped with a fuel tank
on the right-hand and left-hand sides
of the vehicle. If one of the fuel tanks is

172 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Driving mode
Refuelling

procedure. The vehicle may otherwise be thoroughly with clean water. Seek
refuelled simultaneously or alternately at medical attention immediately.
the next refuelling. ▶ Seek medical attention immediately
if fuel has been ingested. Do not
induce vomiting.
Fuel
▶ Immediately change out of clothing
Notes on fuels which has come into contact with
fuel.
Danger
Risk of injury from fuels Danger
Fuels are toxic and hazardous to health. ­ Risk of fire or explosion from fuel

▶ To change from fuel tank 1 to fuel ▶ Do not swallow fuel or let it come Fuels are highly flammable.
tank 2, turn fuel switchover valve into contact with skin, eyes or cloth- ▶ Fire, naked flames, smoking and
adjustment wheel 1 from position ing. creating sparks must be avoided.
1 into position 2. ▶ Do not inhale fuel vapours. ▶ Before refuelling, switch off the
▶ Keep children away from fuels. vehicle and, if present, the auxiliary
Note ▶ Keep doors and windows closed heating.
when refuelling.
When refuelling the vehicle for the first
time, make sure a fuel tank on one side If you or others come into contact with Danger
is completely filled. In this manner, the fuel, observe the following: Risk of fire from fuel mixture
expansion line is depressurised and the ▶ Immediately rinse fuel off your skin Vehicles with a diesel engine:
correct function of the expansion line with soap and water.
If you mix diesel fuel with petrol, the
is ensured. If the expansion line or the ▶ If the fuel comes into contact with flash point of the fuel mixture is lower
drain screw has been opened, e.g. for your eyes, immediately rinse them than that of pure diesel fuel.
maintenance or repair work, repeat this

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 173

Driving mode
Refuelling

While the vehicle is running, component Before filling the tank (fuel)
parts in the exhaust system may over- NOTE
heat without warning. Damage due to the mixing of fuel NOTE
additives
▶ Never refuel using petrol. Malfunction due to contaminated fuel
▶ Never mix petrol with diesel fuel. If fuel additives are mixed with the diesel
If you are using drums or canisters to
fuel or FAME (Fatty Acid Methyl Ester),
refuel the vehicle:
NOTE this may lead to:
▶ Filter the fuel before filling.
Damage to the engine due to incor- ● Malfunctions
rect fuel ● damage to the catalytic converter ▶ Park the vehicle.
● engine damage ▶ Apply the parking brake.
The use of incorrect fuel may damage
▶ Switch off the auxiliary heating
the engine and the fuel system. ▶ Do not mix fuel additives. ( → page 72).
Even small amounts of petrol may dam- ▶ Switch off the vehicle.
age the engine and the fuel system. ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE ▶ Observe the fuel grade
▶ Do not refuel with petrol. Environmental damage due to the ( → page 274).
▶ If you have refuelled with the wrong improper handling of fuel
fuel, consult a qualified specialist The improper handling of fuels presents Note
workshop. hazards to people and the environment. Regularly check the fuel prefilter with
▶ Have the fuel tank and fuel lines ▶ Do not allow fuels to enter the heated water separator for condensation
drained completely. sewage system, surface water, ( → page 233).
groundwater or the soil.
You can find further information on
fuel in the "Operating fluids" section
( → page 274).

174 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Driving mode
Trailers/semitrailers

AdBlue® ● Skin ● Immediately change clothes that have

● Mucous membranes been soiled by AdBlue®.
Notes on AdBlue®
● Eyes AdBlue® is not topped up as part of the
NOTE The vapours may cause a burning sensa- maintenance work. Therefore, top up the
tion in the eyes, nose and throat as well tank regularly during vehicle operation or,
Paintwork damage caused by Ad-
as irritation of the throat and watering at the latest, after the first corresponding
Blue®
eyes. display message in the instrument cluster.
If AdBlue® comes into contact with You will find further information on Ad-
painted or aluminium surfaces when re- Do not inhale escaping ammonia va-
Blue® in the "Operating fluids" section
fuelling, these surfaces may be attacked. pours. Only fill the AdBlue® tank in well-
( → page 279).
ventilated areas.
▶ Immediately rinse the surfaces af-
fected with plenty of water. AdBlue® should not come into contact Before filling the tank (AdBlue®)
with skin, eyes or clothing or be swal-
lowed. Keep AdBlue® away from children.
▶ Switch off the vehicle.
NOTE ▶ Apply the parking brake.
Damage caused by overfilling the If you come into contact with AdBlue®, ▶ Switch off the auxiliary heating
AdBlue® tank observe the following: ( → page 72).
If the AdBlue® tank is overfilled, it may ● Wash AdBlue® off skin immediately
be destroyed at very low temperatures. with soap and water.
Trailers/semitrailers
▶ Do not overfill the AdBlue® tank. ● If you get AdBlue® in your eyes, rinse
them immediately and thoroughly Notes on the trailer and fifth-wheel
When you open the AdBlue® tank, small with clean water. Seek medical atten- coupling
amounts of ammonia vapour may escape. tion immediately. The trailer and fifth-wheel coupling is one
Ammonia vapours have a pungent smell ● If you have swallowed AdBlue®, rinse of the vehicle components with particular
and are particularly irritating to the follow- your mouth immediately with water importance for road safety. Please com-
ing body parts: and drink plenty of water. Seek med- ply with every detail of the manufacturer's
ical attention immediately.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 175

Driving mode
Trailers/semitrailers

operating, care and maintenance instruc- ▶ Do not exceed the permissible axle
tions. loads.
If you fit a trailer coupling, observe the ▶ Comply with a minimum front axle
body/equipment mounting directives. load. This ensures sufficient steerab-
ility of the towing vehicle.
If your semitrailer truck is equipped with
a coupling ramp or coupling aid, the in- ● Comply with the following min-
clination gradient specified in ISO 1726 imum front axle load for the towing
cannot be guaranteed for all fifth-wheel vehicle: Towing vehicle and centre-axle trailer (example)

leads. Note that the clearance between ● 25 % = 3-axle vehicles

the semitrailer truck and the semitrailer ● 30 % = 2-axle vehicles (trailer lighter
may be restricted, and you should adapt than or the same weight as the tow-
your driving style accordingly. ing vehicle)
● 35 % = 2-axle vehicles (trailer heav-
NOTE ier than the towing vehicle)
Damage to the towing vehicle or the
Articulation angles
trailer or semitrailer due to falling Towing vehicle and centre-axle trailer (example)
below the minimum front axle load or
due to incorrect coupling up
▶ Couple up a trailer or semitrailer
only to a suitable trailer or fifth-
wheel coupling.
▶ Ensure that there is sufficient
clearance between the trailer and
semitrailer and towing vehicle. Towing vehicle and centre-axle trailer (example)

▶ If you drive the vehicle unladen, only

Towing vehicle and semitrailer (example)

couple up an unladen trailer.

176 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Driving mode
Trailers/semitrailers

● The trailer hitch and the drawbar

Note could be damaged.
If the tractor/trailer combination jack-
This could cause you to lose control of
knifes, the clearance between the tow-
the vehicle or the trailer.
ing vehicle and the trailer/semitrailer
will be reduced. ▶ Always pay attention to the swivel
angle of the tractor/trailer combina-
The articulation angles are dependent
tion when cornering.
Towing vehicle and semitrailer (example) on the specific towing vehicle and trailer
or semitrailer. They are affected by the
following parameters:
● Wheelbase
● Body height
● Overhang
● Distance from the towing vehicle to
the trailer or semitrailer
Towing vehicle and semitrailer (example) Towing vehicle and centre-axle trailer (example)
Swivel angle
When driving over depressions or eleva-
tions, please be aware that the articula- Danger
tion angle at the front 2 or rear 1 will Risk of accident if the swivel angle is
change. exceeded
The following may occur during tight
cornering:
● The cable, compressed­air and hy- Towing vehicle and semitrailer (example)
draulic lines may become detached.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 177

Driving mode
Trailers/semitrailers

Pay attention to swivel angle 3 during Information on the fifth-wheel coup- Coupling up the tractor/semitrailer
tight cornering. ling combination
The swivel angle is dependent on the Before coupling up:
coupling system on the towing vehicle Danger
and trailer or semitrailer. Risk of accident due to too much
play between fifth-wheel kingpin and
Coupling up coupling plate
The semitrailer may break away from the
Notes on coupling up
coupling plate.
Note on tractor/trailer synchronisa- You could lose the semitrailer as a res-
tion (vehicles without EBS) ult.
▶ Use chocks to secure the semitrailer
NOTE
▶ Follow the instructions of the fifth- against rolling away.
wheel coupling manufacturer.
Increased brake pad wear without ▶ Open the fifth-wheel coupling 1 with
tractor/trailer synchronisation the lever 2; see the manufacturer's
Danger operating instructions.
When a trailer or semitrailer is coupled
up for the first time, tractor/trailer syn-
Risk of accident due to damaged or ▶ Use the saddle supports to adjust
unlocked fifth-wheel coupling the semitrailer height such that the
chronisation should be carried out.
You could lose the semitrailer. semitrailer plate is 50 mm lower than
Otherwise, increased brake pad wear the fifth-wheel coupling 1.
may occur. ▶ Always ensure that the fifth-wheel
coupling is undamaged and has Coupling up
▶ Have tractor/trailer synchronisation been locked after coupling up.
carried out at a qualified specialist ▶ Reverse slowly until the fifth-wheel
workshop. coupling 1 locks.
▶ Stop the vehicle and apply the park-
ing brake.

178 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Driving mode
Trailers/semitrailers

▶ Secure fifth-wheel coupling 1 If there is too much longitudinal play at ▶ Make sure that nobody is in the
against unauthorised operation the trailer coupling, you could lose the danger zone.
and check the locking mechanism trailer. ▶ Before coupling, set the drawbar to
(see the manufacturer's operating ▶ Check whether there is longitudinal the correct height, e.g. using the
instructions). play at the trailer coupling on a daily height adjustment device.
▶ Retract the saddle supports fully; basis. Couple up the trailer by reversing the
see the manufacturer's operating ▶ To do this, forcefully move the con- towing vehicle. Do not allow the trailer
instructions. necting rod body of the trailer coup- to close up behind it.
▶ Connect the cables and compressed- ling forwards and backwards.
air lines ( → page 182). ▶ Have any longitudinal play rectified Danger
immediately at a qualified specialist ­ Risk of being crushed and trapped
Note workshop. when uncoupling a trailer
Use the steps or the folding ladder
The longitudinal play of the trailer coup- When uncoupling a trailer with an en-
when connecting cables and
ling cannot be checked on the coupling gaged overrun brake, your hand may
compressed-air lines to the semitrailer
jaw. become trapped between the vehicle
truck ( → page 182).
and the trailer drawbar.
Danger
Coupling a trailer ▶ Do not uncouple trailers with an
Risk of injury due to impact from the engaged overrun brake.
Prior to coupling up drawbar during coupling
There may be an impact from the draw-
Danger
bar when coupling the trailer. If this oc-
Risk of accident due to longitudinal curs, the drawbar will swing to the side
play of the trailer coupling in an uncontrolled manner.
There is a risk of injury within the draw-
bar's range of movement.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 179

Driving mode
Trailers/semitrailers

After coupling up
▶ Ensure that the coupling bolt is posi-
tioned correctly on the check pin and
check securing knob 1 of the trailer
coupling.
▶ Connect the cables and compressed-
air lines ( → page 182).
Hook coupling
▶ Apply the parking brake on the trailer
and release the service brake.
▶ Before coupling up, secure the trailer
▶ Apply the parking brake and release against rolling away by placing chocks ▶ Pull out retainer 1 on the trailer
the service brake on the trailer; see under the rear wheels. coupling in the direction of the arrow.
the manufacturer's operating instruc- The unbraked front axle of the trailer must ▶ Swing retainer 1 backwards towards
tions. still be able to turn. the trailer coupling.
▶ Use chocks to secure the trailer's
rear wheels against rolling away. The
▶ Adjust the drawbar to the height of
the trailer coupling.
unbraked front axle of the trailer must
still be able to turn.
▶ Set the drawbar to the height of the
trailer coupling; see the manufac-
turer's operating instructions.
▶ To couple up: back up slowly until
the trailer coupling locks.

180 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Driving mode
Trailers/semitrailers

▶ Connect the compressed-air lines and ▶ Extend the saddle supports on the
cables. semitrailer; see the manufacturer's
operating instructions.
▶ Set the trailer's tow bar support to
the height of the trailer coupling;
see the manufacturer's operating
instructions.
▶ Remove the cables and compressed-
air lines ( → page 183).

Note
If you remove cables and compressed-air
▶ Push lever 2 forwards in the direc- lines from the semitrailer truck,
tion of the arrow. use the steps or the folding ladder
◁ The trailer coupling will open. ▶ Feel the area to check whether check ( → page 182).
▶ Back the towing vehicle up until the pin 3 is protruding. ▶ Open the trailer or fifth-wheel coup-
eyelet of the trailer drawbar bumps
ling; see the manufacturer's operating
into the trailer coupling.
instructions.
◁ The trailer coupling will close and Detaching semitrailers and uncoup-
▶ Vehicles with a trailer: drive forwards
will automatically be secured in ling trailers
slowly.
place. ▶ Park the vehicle on a firm and level ▶ Vehicles with a semitrailer: drive for-
▶ Check whether the trailer coupling surface.
wards slightly until the fifth-wheel
is completely closed. If it is not, pull ▶ Apply the parking brake. kingpin is free.
lever 2 backwards until retainer 1 ▶ Use chocks to secure the trailer or ▶ Drive forwards fully.
automatically engages. semitrailer against rolling away.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 181

Driving mode
Trailers/semitrailers

Using the folding ladder Cables and compressed-air lines Connecting cables and compressed-
Use the folding ladder, e.g. to connect the air lines
Notes on cables and compressed-air
cables and compressed air lines from the lines
semitrailer. NOTE
Danger Damage to cables and compressed
air lines due to insufficient clearance
Risk of falling when
connecting/disconnecting the If cables and compressed air lines do not
compressed-air lines without have sufficient clearance when corner-
climbing aids ing, damage may occur.
If you climb onto or down from the The cables and compressed air lines
vehicle in order to connect/disconnect may be under tension, may kink or rub
the cables and compressed-air lines, you against other components.
could: ▶ Keep the cables and compressed-air
● slip and/or fall. lines such that they yield slightly in
● damage components, e.g. the bat- response to all movements without
tery cover, and fall as a result. tensioning, kinking or rubbing e. g.
▶ To fold down: pull cable 1 out- when cornering.
● burn yourself on hot components.
wards in the direction of the arrow
and fold down the ladder 2. ▶ Always use non­slip and stable
▶ To fold up and lock: fold the ladder climbing aids, e.g. a suitable lad-
2 up in the direction of arrow until it der.
audibly engages.
▶ Check the locking mechanism by
pulling the ladder 2 outwards.

Example: connections for semitrailers

182 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Driving mode
Trailers/semitrailers

adjust the brake-pressure regulator (if Disconnecting cables and

installed). compressed-air lines
▶ Connect the power supply of the
trailer or semitrailer to 24­V (15­pin) Danger
socket 4. Danger of accident due to incorrect
▶ Connect the connecting cable of removal of the coupling heads
the trailer or semitrailer to the
If you remove the coupling heads in the
Example: connections for trailers ABS/BS­ (5­/7­pin) socket 3.
wrong order, the trailer­/semitrailer
If you connect a trailer/semitrailer to the
▶ Semitrailer trucks with ABS: if the brake will be released and the
semitrailer truck is being driven with trailer/semitrailer may roll away.
vehicle's 12­V on-board electrical system,
a semitrailer without ABS, insert the
use an appropriate voltage converter.
connecting cable into empty socket ▶ Observe the correct sequence when
You can obtain voltage converters from removing the coupling heads.
5.
a Mercedes–Benz Service Centre.
▶ Check lighting systems, turn signal
▶ Connect brake line coupling head 1 lamps and brake lamps on the vehicle NOTE
(yellow). and on the trailer/semitrailer for Malfunction due to dirty coupling
▶ Connect supply line coupling head 2 correct function and cleanliness. heads
(red). ▶ Check the operation of the indicator If the covers of the coupling heads are
lamps in the towing vehicle for the not closed after the compressed-air lines
Note trailer or the semitrailer turn signal are disconnected, the coupling heads
The shut-off valves in the coupling heads indicators in the instrument cluster. may become dirty.
open automatically when the connection ▶ After pulling away, check This may cause the compressed-air sys-
is made. that the brake system on the tem to malfunction.
▶ After connecting the compressed- trailer/semitrailer is functioning
correctly, paying attention to the road ▶ After the compressed-air lines are
air lines to the trailer/semitrailer, disconnected, ensure that the cov-
and traffic conditions.
ers are closed.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 183

Driving mode
Trailers/semitrailers

▶ Apply the parking brake of the towing ▶ Check the operation and cleanliness
vehicle. of the lighting system as well as that
▶ Apply the trailer/semitrailer parking of the turn signals and brake lamps.
brake. Observe the manufacturer's
operating instructions. Overview of trailer sockets
▶ Disconnect supply line coupling head
2 (red).
◁ The brakes of the
trailer/semitrailer are applied
automatically.
▶ Disconnect brake line coupling head
1 (yellow).
2 12-pin trailer socket
▶ Disconnect the power supply of the
trailer or semitrailer on the towing 3 7-pin trailer socket
vehicle from the 24­V­ (15­pin) socket 4 Dummy socket for removed pro-
4. tective cover
▶ Disconnect the connecting cable of
the trailer or semitrailer on the towing 1 15-pin trailer socket
Notes on the vehicle as a trailer
vehicle from the ABS/BS­ (5/7­pin)
socket 3. NOTE
▶ Semitrailer trucks with ABS: if the Damage to cables and compressed-
semitrailer truck is being driven air lines due to insufficient slack
without a semitrailer, insert the
connection cable into empty socket If cables and compressed-air lines are
5. not sufficiently slack when cornering,
this can lead to damage.

184 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Driving mode
Trailers/semitrailers

The cables and compressed-air lines Using the vehicle as a trailer pressure, switch off the vehicle during
may come under tension, kink or rub towing and connect the supply line
Connecting compressed-air lines
against other components. (black) 1.
▶ Keep the hydraulic lines such that ▶ Release the parking brake or spring-
they can manage all movements loaded parking brake of the vehicle to
when cornering etc. without tension- be towed (trailer).
ing, kinking or rubbing. ▶ Shift the transmission to neutral.

Note Note
When the vehicle is operated as a The shut-off valves in the coupling heads
trailer, there is no electrical connection open automatically when the connection
▶ Apply the parking brake or spring-
between the towing vehicle and trailer. is made.
loaded parking brake of the vehicle to
The electrical signals are not connected. be towed (trailer). Disconnecting compressed-air lines
When operated as a trailer, the vehicle ▶ Apply the parking brake of the towing
must be steered and the lighting system, vehicle. Danger
e.g. the turn signal indicators, must be
operated.
▶ Connect brake line coupling head 2 Danger of accident due to incorrect
(yellow). removal of the coupling heads
▶ If the towed vehicle can fill its If you remove the coupling heads in the
Note
compressed-air system to shut-off wrong order, the trailer brake will be
If you use the vehicle as a trailer, the pressure, switch on the vehicle during
service brake must not be used. released and the trailer may roll away.
towing and do not connect the supply
If it is not possible to leave the vehicle line (black) 1. ▶ Observe the correct sequence when
removing the coupling heads.
switched on during towing, increased or
steering forces are to be expected.
▶ If the towed vehicle cannot fill its
compressed-air system to shut-off

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 185

Driving mode
Winter operation

NOTE Note Winter operation

Malfunction due to dirty coupling The shut-off valves in the coupling heads Winter driving
heads will close automatically during uncoup- Preparing for a journey (winter opera-
If the covers of the coupling heads are ling. tion)
not closed after the compressed-air lines After trailer operation, switch off the
are disconnected, the coupling heads vehicle and wait until all electronic dis- Danger
may become dirty. plays on the instrument cluster have gone Risk of fatal injury due to poisonous
This may cause the compressed-air sys- out. This may take a few seconds. exhaust gases
tem to malfunction. When the vehicle is put back into opera- If the tailpipe is blocked or sufficient
▶ After the compressed-air lines are tion, there must be no faults relating to ventilation is not possible, poisonous
disconnected, ensure that the cov- the brake system in the Diagnostics menu exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide
ers are closed. window. may enter the vehicle. This is the case
You can obtain further information at a if the vehicle gets stuck in snow, for
▶ Apply the parking brake of the towing example.
vehicle. qualified specialist workshop.
▶ Apply the parking brake or spring- ▶ Keep the tailpipe and the area
loaded parking brake of the vehicle to around the vehicle free from snow
be towed (trailer). when the engine or the stationary
heater is running.
▶ Detach the supply line coupling head
1 (black). ▶ Open a window on the side of the
vehicle facing away from the wind to
▶ Disconnect brake line coupling head
ensure an adequate supply of fresh
2 (yellow).
air.

186 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Driving mode
Winter operation

Before the start of the cold season make Snow chains

Danger sure:
­ Risk of skidding and accident due Notes on snow chains
● the coolant contains sufficient anti-
to shifting down on a slippery road
freeze protection ( → page 272). Danger
surface
● the fuel used is suitable for winter use
If you shift down on a slippery road sur- Risk of accident due to tearing snow
( → page 274).
face in order to increase the engine's chains
● if single grade engine oil is used,
braking effect, the drive wheels may lose the oil is changed in good time If you drive too quickly with snow chains,
their grip. ( → page 270). they may tear and injure other persons
▶ When driving on a slippery road ● the windscreen washer system and and damage the vehicle.
surface, do not shift down in order headlamp cleaning system contains ▶ Comply with the maximum permiss-
to increase the engine's braking sufficient antifreeze ( → page 213). ible speed for operating the vehicle
effect. ● suitable winter tyres are fitted. with snow chains.
● snow chains are carried in the
NOTE vehicle. NOTE
Damage to the differential gear due Damage to the vehicle from snow
to spinning drive wheels Note chains
For vehicles without ASR (acceleration In wintry conditions, the law may re- ▶ Only use snow chains that are ap-
skid control system), changing from quire that winter tyres be fitted on the proved for Mercedes-Benz and re-
a slippery to a high-grip road surface wheels of the drive axle. Find out which commended. This prevents damage
with the drive wheels spinning at the winter tyres are suitable for your needs. to the vehicle. Contact a qualified
same time may cause damage to the Observe the legal requirements for the specialist workshop if you have any
differential gear. country you are currently in. questions.
▶ Avoid spinning the drive wheels.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 187

Driving mode
Winter operation

Checking the wheel clearance ▶ Start the vehicle.

NOTE ▶ Turn the steering wheel towards the
Damage to the differential gear from passenger side to the stop.
snow chains ◁ With the steering on full lock,
▶ Mercedes-Benz recommends fitting there must be a distance of at
snow chains on all drive wheels. For least 25 mm between the snow
vehicles with a permanent all–wheel chain and the drag link.
drive, if snow chains are not fitted
on all drive wheels, the inter-axle
lock must be activated. Cold climate package
NOTE Information regarding the cold-start
The law may require that snow chains
be removed again as soon as possible Damage to the steering linkage from limits
once the roadway is clear of snow. The snow chains Your vehicle can start without special
vehicle's driving and braking characterist- If the distance between the snow chain equipment at temperatures down to -20
ics will be adversely affected if you drive and the steering linkage is less than °C. If fitted with special equipment and
on roadways that are clear of snow with 25 mm, the snow chain may damage filled with cold-resistant operating fluids,
snow chains fitted to the vehicle. the steering linkage. your vehicle can start at temperatures
down to -32 °C.
The maximum permissible speed with ▶ If this occurs, remove the snow
snow chains installed is 50 km/h. chains again.
Note
When using the snow chains described ▶ Have the steering geometry checked
at a qualified specialist workshop. At temperatures lower than the stated
here, observe the legal requirements for
cold-start limits, engine starting may be
the country you are currently in. ▶ Apply the parking brake. impaired despite taking the appropriate
▶ Fit the snow chains in accordance measures.
with the fitting instructions of the
chain manufacturer.

188 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Driving mode
Winter operation

Overview of special equipment of the Mercedes-Benz Trucks Before attempting a cold start
cold climate package Assembly Specifications for Oper-
ating Fluids (Sheet no.) NOTE
The following special equipment improves
the starting capability of your vehicle at All-wheel drive Damage to the batteries due to rapid
Hypoid transmission oil
low outside temperatures: front axle, rear charging
(235.8)
axles, axle
● Fuel preheating SAE 75W 90 At very low temperatures, the battery
through drive
● Coolant preheater Coupling Hydraulic oil (345.0)
fluid of discharged batteries may freeze.
● Heated electronic air processing unit ATF transmission oil ▶ Carry out rapid charging on cold
● Auxiliary heating Steering batteries. Otherwise, the batteries
(236.3)
● Low-temperature batteries Coolant (325.5) may be damaged.
Engine cooling Mixing ratio Special measures must be taken before a
Cold-resistant operating fluids system Coolant 50% by vol./ cold start if the vehicle has been exposed
Mercedes-Benz Trucks water 50% by vol. to extremely low temperatures.
Assembly Specifications for Oper-
Have the vehicle converted to ▶ Charge discharged batteries before
ating Fluids (Sheet no.) starting.
cold-resistant operating fluids at a
Winter diesel fuel qualified specialist workshop.
Fuel system
to -22 °C Note
Engine oil (228.51) Note The capacity of the batteries is adversely
Engine
SAE 5W 30 affected by increasingly cold temperat-
If the vehicle is mainly operated at low
Transmission, Transmission oil (235.11) temperatures, the maintenance intervals ures.
transfer case SAE 75W 90 are reduced. ▶ Thaw frozen batteries before charging
Automatic them.
Transmission oil (236.91)
transmission

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 189

Driving mode
Winter operation

Starting the vehicle at low temperat- attention to the road and traffic ▶ Switch off the vehicle.
ures conditions. ▶ Repeat the starting procedure after
▶ Switch off all electrical consumers, approximately one minute.
NOTE e.g. the radio and the blower. ▶ After three starting procedures, take
Damage to the batteries during a cold ▶ For vehicles with auxiliary heating a break of about three minutes.
start (auxiliary heating for the cab and the
Attempting to start the engine when a engine, 9 kW), at outside temperat- Using cold-start aid
battery is cold or not fully charged can ures below -20 °C: Preheat the engine
with the auxiliary heating before start- ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE
result in damage to the batteries.
ing ( → page 70). Increased pollutant emissions due
▶ If the battery voltage is too low
when the vehicle is switched on ▶ In outside temperatures below -30°C to starting the engine at low outside
and vehicles with a coolant preheater: temperatures
or the # symbol appears in a
display message, do not start the preheat the engine with the coolant If you start the vehicle at low outside
vehicle. preheater for at least 90 minutes. temperatures (below -4 °C) before the
▶ Switch on the vehicle. indicator lamp % in the instrument
NOTE ▶ Pay attention to the outside cluster goes out, it can lead to the fol-
temperature shown on the display lowing:
Damage to the engine due to the oil
( → page 80) and signs that the
pressure being too low ● increased pollutant emissions
on-board electrical system voltage is
If a warning tone sounds and the symbol ● increased wear and tear
low, e.g. a weak lighting system.
● delayed startup times
5 appears in a red display message, ▶ Shift the transmission to neutral.
the operating safety of the engine is ▶ Deactivate the power take-off ▶ Only start the vehicle after the in-
jeopardised. ( → page 192). dicator lamp % in the instrument
▶ Do not set the vehicle in motion, ▶ Start the vehicle. cluster has gone out.
or park it up immediately, paying If the vehicle does not start:

190 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Driving mode
Winter operation

● The vehicle is not started again within

Note 30 seconds of the indicator lamp
The cold-start aid makes it easier to % going out.
start the engine at low outside temperat- ● The vehicle is started as long as the
ures (below -15°C). It is activated when indicator lamp % is still lit.
the outside temperature falls below -
4°C. If the instrument cluster shows a yellow
display message with the system abbre-
▶ To activate the cold-start aid: Turn viation FLA, the cold-start aid is malfunc-
the vehicle key to the drive position in tioning. Have the cold-start aid checked
the ignition lock. and repaired at a qualified specialist work-
◁ The % indicator lamp on the shop.
instrument cluster will light up.
The cold-start aid is operating.
▶ When the indicator lamp % in the
instrument cluster goes out, start the
vehicle within 30 seconds.
At a coolant temperature above around
-4°C, the % indicator lamp goes out
after about two seconds (display check).
At a coolant temperature below around
-4°C, the indicator lamp % goes out
after about 30 seconds.
The cold-start aid switches itself off in the
following situations:

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 191

Working mode
Power take-off

Power take-off Power take-offs with rpm limitation: when

Note the power take-off is engaged, you cannot
Power take-off function Vehicles with a clutch pedal: Damage exceed the programmed working speed.
to the power take-off
Danger The engagement status of the power take-
Switching the power take-off on or off off is displayed on the instrument cluster:
Risk of accident on uphill or downhill too soon after disengaging the clutch
gradients ● / Power take-off disengaged
may damage the power take-off.
The parking brake may not be sufficient ● 0 Power take-off engaged
▶ Wait ten seconds after disengaging
to secure the vehicle on uphill and down- the clutch. Only then switch the When the power take-off is engaged, you
hill gradients. power take-off on or off. can select all start-off gears or reverse
A loaded vehicle or a vehicle with a gear when stationary. Changes of direc-
Observe the information on operating tion are permitted only in the selected
trailer/semitrailer may roll away.
safety ( → page 4). gear. You must not change gears while
▶ In the check position, check With the power take-off, you can drive driving.
whether the braking force of the
auxiliary assemblies, for example, hy- Vehicles with a range selector lock:
parking brake alone is sufficient to
draulic pumps. Depending on the condi- when the power take-off is engaged, the
hold the complete vehicle.
tions of use, you must operate the engine
▶ Generally, secure the towing vehicle and power take-off at a certain engine
transmission is locked in neutral.
and trailer/semitrailer with the park- speed (working speed).
ing brake and, additionally, with
The working speed can be changed via Activating/deactivating power take-
chocks.
the on-board computer in the Driving sys- off
tems menu, Engine speed menu window Activate power take-off
or with the F constant-rpm control
switch ( → page 194).

192 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Working mode
Power take-off

◁ If the power take-off is engaged, ▶ Check whether all activation condi-

the instrument cluster displays tions are fulfilled.
the engagement status 0. The ▶ Activate the power take-off again.
indicator lamp in the I switch ▶ If / flashes again in the instru-
lights up. ment cluster, visit a qualified special-
▶ Vehicles with fully automated manual ist workshop.
transmission: release the clutch pedal Deactivate power take-off
when the instrument cluster shows
the power take-off is engaged.
▶ Leave the engine running at idle
speed.
▶ Vehicles with fully automated manual
Note
transmission: depress the clutch
Power take-off switch (example power take-off 1) The indicator lamp in the switch I pedal and keep it pressed down.
U Transmission power take-off 1 flashes for approximately 1.5 seconds
T Transmission power take-off 2 after the switch is pressed. Only then ▶ Press the bottom section of the I
does the power take-off engage. If you switch.
▶ Stop the vehicle. press the lower section of the I ◁ When the power take-off is dis-
▶ Apply the parking brake. switch during this period, the power engaged, the instrument cluster
▶ Shift the transmission to neutral. take-off will not be engaged. displays / and the indicator
▶ Leave the engine running at idle lamp in the power take-off switch
When the parking brake is released, the I goes out.
speed.
yellow display message ! and Engage
▶ Vehicles with fully automated manual
parking brake will appear in the instru- ▶ Vehicles with fully automated manual
transmission: depress the clutch transmission: release the clutch pedal
ment cluster. If / flashes in the instru-
pedal and keep it pressed down. when the instrument cluster no longer
ment cluster, the electronic management
▶ Press the upper section of the I system does not recognise the vehicle's shows the power take-off.
switch. current operating state.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 193

Working mode
Power take-off

Preselecting working speed Setting engine speed ▶ Press the Ùbutton on the multifunc-
tion steering wheel repeatedly until
Requirements
the Engine speed input window is dis-
● The vehicle is equipped with a trans- played on the instrument cluster.
mission power take-off. ▶ Press the s or r button to
Vehicles with manual transmission increase or reduce the engine speed
in steps of about 20 1/min.
You can preselect the working speed
▶ Press the 9 button to exit the input
using the splitter switch.
window.
▶ To preselect a high working speed: or
Pull the splitter switch up.
◁ The fast splitter box is selected. ▶ Wait for approximately three seconds.
▶ To preselect a low working speed: The setting is stored automatically.
Push the splitter switch down. Switching off the engine speed setting
If auxiliary assemblies such as hydraulic
◁ The slow splitter box is selected. ▶ Press the Ù button repeatedly until
pumps are operated, the engine must
be running at a certain speed (working the Engine speed input window is
speed). The engine idling speed/working displayed on the instrument cluster.
speed can be set via the on-board com- ▶ Press button u.
puter. From a speed of about 20 km/h, the en-
▶ Engage the power take-off gine speed setting is automatically reset.
( → page 192). Constant-rpm control
Switching on the engine speed setting
and setting the engine speed

194 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Working mode
Equipment operation

Equipment operation ▶ Fold back the add-on equipment

before opening the bonnet.
Function of front-mounted attach-
ment pre-installation Observe the following notes:
● You will find the instructions
Danger for body/equipment mounting
­ Risk of injury or death due to per- in the installation guidelines in
sons entering the danger zone of the the Mercedes-Benz Bodybuilder
vehicle Portal online at: https://bb-
portal.mercedes-benz.com
Persons may enter the danger zone of
the vehicle without your noticing and
collide with the vehicle or the attached ● Familiarise yourself with the accident
equipment. prevention regulations that apply to
When the constant-rpm control is
you.
switched on, the electronic management In addition, objects or dirt may be flung
system regulates the programmed ● Use attachments only for the applic-
out by add-on equipment.
working speed of the power take-off ations specified by the respective
independently of the load.
▶ Make sure that nobody enters the manufacturer as intended.
danger zone before commencing ● Make sure you are trained before
▶ Engage the power take-off work and during operation. using them for the first time.
( → page 192).
● Read the supplied operating, mainten-
▶ To activate: Press the upper section NOTE ance and care instructions carefully.
of the F switch. Damage to the bonnet from the front- Please consult the equipment manu-
▶ To deactivate: Press the lower sec- mounted attachment facturer or a Mercedes-Benz Service
tion of the F switch. If you open the bonnet and the add-on Centre if you have any further ques-
equipment is in the bonnet's range of tions.
movement, the bonnet may be damaged. ● The driving, braking and steering
characteristics of your vehicle will

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 195

Working mode
Equipment operation

change when equipment is attached ● Damage the vehicle and thus slip
or mounted due to the wide side and fall.
clearance and inertial mass of the
▶ Always use non­slip and stable
devices. Drive with particular care.
climbing aids, e.g. a suitable lad-
der.
If the attachment covers the headlamps,
switch on the additional headlamps.
Observe country-specific laws and regula-
tions when using additional headlamps.
Before using the additional headlamps,
Connection on the centre console check that they are positioned correctly.
4 Connection for the operating unit
attachment

Connections for attachments on front bumper

Switching the additional headlamps
1 Connection for power supply on the roof on and off
2 Connection for control system
3 Connection for lighting Danger
The connections for power supply and Risk of injury if unsuitable climbing 1 Additional headlamps
control system comply with EN 16330. aids are used
The connections for lighting comply with In the event that you use openings in the
EN 15431. bodywork or attachments as steps, you
The front mounting plate is size 5. could:
● Slip and/or fall.

196 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Working mode
Tipper mode

Tipper mode
How tipper mode works
Observe the safety regulations and the
separate operating instructions of the
tipper manufacturer and the loading
guidelines.

A Distance = 15 m
B Light/dark boundary (H/2 at A = Retracting/extending the tipper
15 m) Before tipping
H Height of centre of headlamp ▶ Park the vehicle on a firm and level
▶ To activate additional headlamps: At a distance of (A) of 15 m, the surface.
press the upper section of the é light/dark boundary (B) must be only half ▶ Apply the parking brake.
switch. as high as the mounting height (H). ▶ Check and secure the pins on the
◁ The indicator lamp in the switch The mounting height (H) is measured from
tipper body; see the tipper manufac-
lights up. turer's separate operating instruc-
the ground to the centre of the additional
▶ To deactivate additional head- headlamps.
tions.
lamps: press the lower section of ◁ The tipper body must be secured
the é switch. ▶ Use suitable climbing aids, e.g. a with the pins on the side to which
ladder ( → page 204), to adjust the
◁ The indicator lamp in the switch additional headlamps.
the load is to be tipped. The pins
goes out. have different shapes to prevent
confusion or diagonal insertion.
Adjusting additional headlamps
▶ Start the vehicle.
▶ Switch on the tipper pump (power
take-off) ( → page 192).

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 197

Working mode
Tipper mode

▶ Open the dropside or ensure that the

dropside unlocks and opens in the
case of automatic release/locking
mechanisms. See the separate op-
erating instructions from the tipper
manufacturer.
Tipping
▶ Make sure that nobody is in the tip-
ping area.
▶ Observe the tipper manufacturer's
operating instructions.
After tipping
▶ Close the dropside or ensure that the
dropside closes and locks in the case
of automatic release/locking mech-
anisms. See the separate operating
instructions from the tipper manufac-
turer.
▶ Switch off the tipper pump (power
take-off) ( → page 192).

198 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Maintenance and care
Cleaning and care

Cleaning and care ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Seat belts

Notes on cleaning the interior Environmental pollution caused by ● Clean with lukewarm and soapy wa-
environmentally irresponsible dis- ter.
Danger posal ● Do not use chemical cleaning agents.
Risk of injury due to plastic parts ▶ Dispose of the cleaning materials ● Do not dry seat belts by heating them
coming loose after using solvent- in an environmentally responsible to over 80 °C or exposing them to
based care products manner. direct sunlight.
The surfaces in the cockpit may become
Cold foam mattress cover
porous. Plastic parts may come loose Note
when the airbag is deployed. ● Wash at a maximum temperature of
Mercedes-Benz recommends that you
30 °C.
▶ Do not use solvent­based care only use care products that have been
products and cleaning agents to approved for Mercedes-Benz. Displays
clean the cockpit. You can obtain care products from a ● Switch off the display and let it cool
Mercedes-Benz Service Centre. down.
Danger
Observe the following points when wet ● Clean the surface carefully with a
­ Risk of injury or fatal injuries from
cleaning the vehicle interior: cotton or microfibre cloth and a dis-
bleached seat belts
● Never use a high-pressure cleaner. play care product recommended for
Bleaching or dyeing seat belts can Mercedes-Benz (TFT-LCD).
● Make sure that no fluids can enter or
severely weaken them. ● Do not use any other cleaning
remain in gaps and cavities.
This can, for example, cause seat belts products.
● Ensure that there is sufficient ventila-
to tear or fail in an accident. tion when cleaning.
▶ Never bleach or dye seat belts. ● Ensure that the vehicle interior com-
pletely dries following cleaning.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 199

Maintenance and care
Cleaning and care

Cleaning the plastic trims ● Leather care: Use a leather care For leather upholstery:
agent recommended for Mercedes- ● Use leather care agents that have
● Clean with a damp microfibre cloth. Benz. been recommended for leather uphol-
● For heavy soiling: Use a cleaning ● Do not allow the leather to become stery for Mercedes-Benz.
agent recommended for Mercedes- too damp.
Benz. ● Do not use the microfibre cloth.
● Do not use the microfibre cloth.
● Do not use solvent-based care
products and cleaning agents. Imitation leather seat covers Notes on the use of a high-pressure
● Do not attach stickers, films or similar ● Clean with a damp cloth and 1% cleaner
materials. soapy water.
● Do not allow cosmetics, insect repel- ● Do not use the microfibre cloth.
Danger
lent or sun cream to come in contact Risk of accident when using high-
with the plastic trim. Cloth seat covers pressure cleaners with round-spray
● Clean with a damp microfibre cloth nozzles
Trim elements
and 1% soap solution and allow to dry. The water jet cannot cause visible signs
● Clean with a microfibre cloth. of damage.
● For heavy soiling: Use a cleaning Steering wheel and gearshift lever
Damaged components may fail unexpec-
agent recommended for Mercedes-
● Clean with a damp cloth and mild tedly.
Benz.
soapy water. ▶ Do not use a high-pressure cleaner
● Do not use solvent-based cleaning
● Wipe over again with a dry cloth. with round-spray nozzles.
agents, polishes or waxes.
● Do not use solvent-based cleaning ▶ Have damaged tyres or suspension
Genuine leather seat covers and care products. components replaced immediately.
● Do not allow fluids with sticky ingredi-
● Clean with a damp cloth and then
ents to come into contact with the
wipe with a dry cloth.
steering wheel or the steering-wheel
buttons.

200 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Maintenance and care
Cleaning and care

● Seals Notes on the use of automatic car

NOTE
Damage due to the use of a high-
▶ Do not point the water jet at these washes
components.
pressure cleaner in the vehicle in- NOTE
terior
Damage when using an automatic car
The volume of water generated under wash
pressure by the high-pressure cleaner
If, when using an automatic car wash,
and the associated spray may cause
the outside mirrors are folded out or the
significant damage to the vehicle.
windscreen wipers are activated, they
▶ Do not use a high-pressure cleaner may be damaged.
in the vehicle interior under any
▶ Before using an automatic car wash:
circumstances.
1 Air intake ● Deactivate the windscreen
wipers.
NOTE During high-pressure cleaning, keep a
● Fold in the outside mirrors.
Component damage due to the use of minimum distance of approximately 30
a high-pressure cleaner cm between the high-pressure nozzle and Make sure that the outside mirrors are
the vehicle parts. fully folded out again when you leave the
The following vehicle components can
Keep the water jet moving constantly automatic car wash.
be damaged through direct application
of a high-pressure cleaner: while cleaning. If the vehicle is very dirty, wash off excess
dirt before cleaning the vehicle in an auto-
● Door gaps matic car wash.
● Air suspension bellows
● Brake hoses
● Balance weights
● Electrical components
● Electrical connectors

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 201

Maintenance and care
Cleaning and care

aids (e.g. compressed air) to remove

Note Danger them.
After using an automatic car wash, wipe Risk of becoming trapped if the wind-
off the wax from the windscreen and the screen wipers are switched on while ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE
wiper rubbers. This will prevent smear- wiper blades are being replaced
Environmental pollution caused by
ing and reduce wiper noises caused by If the windscreen wipers begin to move environmentally irresponsible dis-
residue on the windscreen. while you are changing the wiper blades, posal
you can be trapped by the wiper arm.
▶ Dispose of the cleaning materials
Notes on cleaning the exterior ▶ Always switch off the windscreen in an environmentally responsible
wipers and the vehicle before repla- manner.
Danger cing the wiper blades.
Risk of an accident due to a reduced ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE
braking effect after washing the Danger Environmental damage due to im-
vehicle Risk of fire due to flammable materi- proper cleaning of the vehicle exter-
The braking effect of the brakes is re- als or loaded goods coming into con- ior
duced after washing the vehicle. tact with the exhaust system
If you clean the vehicle exterior in a
▶ After the vehicle has been washed, Flammable materials or flammable washing bay that is not intended for this
brake carefully while paying atten- loaded goods may ignite on hot parts of purpose, this could release polluting
tion to the traffic conditions until the exhaust gas aftertreatment. operating fluids and cleaning agents into
the braking effect has been fully re- ▶ Before every journey, check whether the environment.–
stored. flammable materials or loaded ▶ Find a suitable washing bay for
goods have accumulated in the area cleaning the vehicle exterior.
of and/or on parts of the exhaust
gas aftertreatment and use suitable

202 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Maintenance and care
Cleaning and care

● flash rust Only direct the compressed air, steam or

Note ● tree resins water jet towards the radiator surface in a
Mercedes-Benz recommends that you ● oils and greases vertical direction. Ensure that the radiator
only use care products that have been ● fuels fins are not damaged during cleaning.
approved for Mercedes-Benz.
● tar splashes Have loss of coolant or damage checked
You can obtain care products from a ● road salt residues at a qualified specialist workshop.
Mercedes-Benz Service Centre.
▶ These types of dirt must be removed BlueTec® exhaust gas aftertreatment
If you are cleaning higher areas of the immediately. system
vehicle, follow the instructions for the
steps and grab handles ( → page 204). Scratches, corrosive deposits, corrosion
and damage caused by neglect or incor- NOTE
If you use a high-pressure cleaner to rect care cannot always be completely Damage to the BlueTec® exhaust
clean the vehicle, also observe the rectified. In this case, visit a qualified spe- gas aftertreatment system due to
"Notes on use of a high-pressure cleaner" cialist workshop. improper cleaning
( → page 200).
Radiator surface Cleaning the system while it is warm or
Paintwork spraying water directly into the exhaust
pipe may damage the BlueTec® exhaust
NOTE
NOTE gas aftertreatment system.
Engine overheating due to damaged
Paintwork damage caused by very or dirty radiator fins ▶ Only clean the system when it is
stubborn or aggressive dirt cold.
If the radiator fins are deformed or dirty, ▶ Do not direct the water jet into the
For example, the following types of dirt this may result in reduced engine cool-
may cause lasting damage to the paint- exhaust pipe.
ing.
work:
The engine may overheat.
● insect residues
▶ Observe the instructions for external
● bird excrement
cleaning.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 203

Maintenance and care
Cleaning and care

Exterior lighting ▶ Always use non­slip and stable

climbing aids, e.g. a suitable lad-
NOTE der.
Damage to the exterior lighting due
NOTE
to improper cleaning
Damage from driving with the step
Using unsuitable cleaning agents and folded down
cleaning cloths may scratch or damage
the plastic covers of the exterior lighting. If you drive with the step folded down
when driving off-road, for example, it
▶ Clean the plastic covers with a wet may touch the road surface and be dam-
sponge and a mild cleaning agent. aged.
▶ Fold up the front step before start- Step and grab handles (example)

Using steps ing a journey and lock it if neces- ▶ When cleaning the vehicle, use steps
sary. 2 and grab handles 1.
Danger
▶ Keep steps and grab handles free of Folding step, front
Risk of injury if unsuitable climbing the following dirt, for example:
aids are used
● Mud
In the event that you use openings in the ● Soil
bodywork or attachments as steps, you ● Snow
could: ● Ice
● Slip and/or fall. ◁ This will improve the safety of
● Damage the vehicle and thus slip your footing.
and fall.
Steps, front

204 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Maintenance and care
Cleaning and care

● when using high-pressure or

steam cleaners, do not point the
water jet directly at electrical
components and the end of
electric cables.
● make sure that no water enters
the vent and ventilation open-
ings.
● use preservative agents in the
engine after washing the engine.
● protect the belt drive from pre-
Example: left-hand side of the vehicle Semitrailer truck with a fixed ladder (example)
servation agents.

▶ To fold out: pull step 1 out fully ▶ Use ladder 2 and grab handle 1. Only use wax preservation agents for
and swing it down. engines according to Sheet no. 385.4 of
the Mercedes-Benz Trucks Specifications
▶ To fold in: swing step 1 up and
Notes on washing the engine for Operating Fluids.
push it in until it engages beneath
holder 2. Observe the "Notes on use of a high-
NOTE pressure cleaner" ( → page 200).
Ladder Damage and malfunctions due to
If you carry out maintenance work or washing the engine
connect the cables and compressed-air ▶ To prevent damage and malfunc-
lines, use the ladder and the grab handle. tions of the engine, observe the fol-
This is the only way to ensure your safety lowing points:
when climbing up and down. Do not jump
from the vehicle.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 205

Maintenance and care
Maintenance

Maintenance quirements. This also applies to all parts, tection measures, work safety and acci-
e.g. filters, that have been in contact dent prevention regulations.
Notes on the maintenance system with operating fluids. Do not clean the filter elements of the
Danger ▶ Dispose of empty containers, clean- air filter. The liability for material defects
ing cloths and care products in an is otherwise invalidated and the engine
Risk of accident due to malfunctions
environmentally responsible man- could be damaged. Replace the air filter
or system failures
ner. elements.
If you do not have the prescribed ser- ▶ Observe the instructions for care You can call up the maintenance due
vice/maintenance work or any required products. dates calculated for the vehicle and its
repairs carried out, this could result in ▶ Do not leave the engine running major assemblies in the on-board com-
malfunctions or system failures. for longer than necessary while the puter ( → page 90).
▶ ­ Always have the prescribed service vehicle is stationary.
The display message for the service ap-
and maintenance work, as well any
The maintenance system calculates main- pointments appears in the instrument
required repairs, carried out at a
tenance due dates for the vehicle and its cluster for the first time 14 days before
qualified specialist workshop.
major assemblies based on the vehicle's they are due.
operating conditions.
ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE
You must secure the vehicle on jack Note
Environmental pollution due to dis-
stands of sufficient load capacity if work A qualified specialist workshop can
posal in a environmentally irrespons-
is being carried out underneath the program the first message to appear
ible manner
vehicle. between 0 to 30 days before the service
If you have to do some maintenance appointment is due.
When working on the vehicle, comply with
work yourself for operating reasons, en-
all safety regulations, such as the operat- If you switch on the vehicle and a service
vironmental protection requirements
ing instructions, regulations concerning appointment is imminent or due, the ser-
must be observed while doing this. When
hazardous materials, environmental pro- vice appoint will appear in a grey display
disposing of operating fluids, e.g. engine
oil, you must comply with the legal re- message ( → page 95).

206 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Maintenance and care
Maintenance

If you miss a service appointment, the ser- There is a risk of injury for anyone in the ▶ Never touch the danger zones sur-
vice appointment will appear in a yellow bonnet's range of movement. rounding moving components, e.g.
display message ( → page 98). ▶ Do not open or close the bonnet if the rotation area of the fan.
The maintenance system automatically anyone is in the bonnet's range of ▶ Remove jewellery and watches.
notifies you of maintenance due dates. movement. ▶ Keep items of clothing and hair
Examples of this are: away from moving parts.
● ¯ Air filter, 12.08.2020, 3000 km Danger
Risk of burns from hot components in Danger
Maintenance due dates are displayed
14 days before they are due. the engine compartment Risk of burns when opening the bon-
net
● ¯ Air filter, Maintenance due Certain parts of the engine compartment
The maintenance due date is due. may be very hot. If you open the bonnet in the event of an
● ¯ Air filter, Maintenance due im- Allow the engine to cool down and only overheated engine or fire in the engine
mediately touch the components described in the compartment, the following situations
The maintenance due date has been following. may occur:
exceeded. ● You may come into contact with hot
Danger gases.
Risk of injury due to moving parts ● You may come into contact with
Opening or closing the bonnet other escaping hot operating fluids.
Components in the engine compartment
Danger can continue to run or start unexpec- ▶ Before opening the bonnet, allow
­ Risk of accident and injury when tedly even when the vehicle is switched the engine to cool down.
opening and closing the bonnet off. ▶ In the event of a fire in the engine
Observe the following before performing compartment, keep the bonnet
The bonnet may suddenly drop into the
tasks in the engine compartment: closed and call the fire service.
end position.
▶ Switch off the vehicle.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 207

Maintenance and care
Maintenance

Before opening the bonnet ▶ Use the square spanner (vehicle tool
kit) to release unlocking mechanism
1 on the right-hand and left-hand
sides of the vehicle in the direction of
the arrow.
▶ Tilt the bonnet forward as far as it will
go.
◁ The bonnet engages at the front
in the locking mechanism.
▶ Apply the parking brake. Make sure that the bonnet is locked in the
▶ Shift the transmission to neutral. open position before work is carried out in
▶ Switch off the vehicle. Left-hand side of the vehicle the engine compartment.
▶ Switch off the auxiliary heating Working with the bonnet open
( → page 70).
When working on the engine compart-
▶ Additionally chock the wheels of the ment with the bonnet open and for climb-
vehicle on the non-steered axles to ing up, use the steps and grab handles.
safeguard it against rolling away.
▶ For safety reasons, keep the area in
front of the cab clear.
Opens the bonnet

Right-hand side of the vehicle

1 Anti-slip mats

208 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Maintenance and care
Maintenance

2 steps ▶ Tilt back the bonnet and let it drop ◁ If the indicator lamps I do
3 Folding step shut from a height of approximately not go out, the bonnet is not
30 cm. locked.
▶ Fold out the folding step 3 ▶ Repeat the closing procedure.
( → page 204).
Closing the bonnet
Overview of maintenance points un-
der the bonnet
Danger
­ Risk of accident and injury if the Danger
bonnet is not locked while the vehicle
Risk of burns from hot components in
is in motion
the engine compartment
The bonnet may tilt forwards if the
Certain parts of the engine compartment
vehicle is decelerated considerably and
may be very hot.
may strike persons or objects within its
range of movement. Allow the engine to cool down and only
touch the components described in the
▶ Before each journey, make sure ▶ Raise the bonnet slightly and push the following.
that the bonnet is fully closed and locking mechanism 1 upwards.
locked. ▶ Tilt back the bonnet and let it drop Danger
shut from a height of approximately
NOTE Risk of burns when opening the bon-
30 cm.
net
Damage to the bonnet and body due ◁ The bonnet engages audibly.
to incorrect closing ▶ Check whether the indicator lamp If you open the bonnet in the event of an
I in the instrument cluster goes overheated engine or fire in the engine
If you drop the bonnet from a greater
out after you start the vehicle. compartment, the following situations
height, the bonnet and the body may be
may occur:
damaged.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 209

Maintenance and care
Maintenance

● You may come into contact with hot Checking the coolant level
gases.
● You may come into contact with Danger
other escaping hot operating fluids. Risk of burns from hot components in
▶ Before opening the bonnet, allow the engine compartment
the engine to cool down. Certain parts of the engine compartment
▶ In the event of a fire in the engine may be very hot.
compartment, keep the bonnet Allow the engine to cool down and only
closed and call the fire service. touch the components described in the
following.
Danger
Risk of injury due to moving parts Danger
Components in the engine compartment Risk of injury due to moving parts
can continue to run or start unexpec- Components in the engine compartment
tedly even when the vehicle is switched can continue to run or start unexpec-
1 Topping up the engine oil
off. tedly even when the vehicle is switched
( → page 216)
Observe the following before performing 2 Topping up the automatic trans- off.
tasks in the engine compartment: mission fluid ( → page 219) Observe the following before performing
▶ Switch off the vehicle. 3 Checking the coolant and topping tasks in the engine compartment:
▶ Never touch the danger zones sur- up ( → page 210) ▶ Switch off the vehicle.
rounding moving components, e.g. 4 Checking the hydraulic clutch ▶ Never touch the danger zones sur-
the rotation area of the fan. operation system fluid level rounding moving components, e.g.
▶ Remove jewellery and watches. ( → page 212) the rotation area of the fan.
▶ Keep items of clothing and hair ▶ Remove jewellery and watches.
away from moving parts.

210 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Maintenance and care
Maintenance

▶ Keep items of clothing and hair Requirements The coolant expansion reservoir can only
away from moving parts. be opened at a coolant temperature of
● The vehicle is parked on a level sur-
under 50 °C. The coolant level can only
face.
Danger be checked correctly when the coolant
● The parking brake is applied.
Risk of scalding from hot coolant temperature is between 0 °C and 25 °C.
● The vehicle is switched off.
You could be scalded if you open the ▶ Check the coolant temperature on the
cap. on-board computer ( → page 91).
▶ Observe the notes on operating
▶ Allow the engine to cool down be- fluids ( → page 269) and coolants
fore you open the cap.
( → page 272).
▶ When opening the cap, wear pro-
tective gloves and safety glasses. ▶ Open the bonnet ( → page 207).
▶ Open the cap slowly to release pres- ▶ Slowly turn the cap 1 anticlockwise
sure. and allow the overpressure to escape.
▶ Unscrew and remove the cap 1.
NOTE ▶ Check the coolant level.
Engine damage as a result of the ◁ The coolant in the coolant expan-
coolant level being too low sion reservoir must reach to the
edge of the filler neck.
Engine damage may occur if the vehicle Note
is operated with a coolant level that is
▶ If necessary, refill with a coolant ap-
If the coolant level in the coolant ex- proved for Mercedes-Benz.
too low.
pansion reservoir is too low, the instru- ▶ Put on the cap 1 and tighten it as far
▶ Check the coolant level regularly ment cluster will display a red display as it will go.
and top up the coolant if necessary. message containing the symbol + ▶ Run the engine briefly at varying en-
( → page 110). gine speeds.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 211

Maintenance and care
Maintenance

▶ Switch off the vehicle and check the ▶ Switch off the vehicle.
coolant level again. ▶ Never touch the danger zones sur-
▶ Close the bonnet. rounding moving components, e.g.
the rotation area of the fan.
▶ Remove jewellery and watches.
Checking hydraulic fluid level of the
clutch operation system
▶ Keep items of clothing and hair
away from moving parts.
Danger
NOTE
Risk of burns from hot components in
the engine compartment Damage to the clutch operation sys-
tem due to filling with incorrect hy-
Certain parts of the engine compartment
draulic fluids
may be very hot. The hydraulic fluid for the clutch operation
Do not refill with hydraulic fluid of a system must meet the specifications in
Allow the engine to cool down and only
different quality grade or brake fluid. Sheet no. 345.0 of the Mercedes-Benz
touch the components described in the
following. Trucks Specifications for Operating Fluids.
NOTE
It is not necessary to renew the hydraulic
Danger Damage to the clutch operation sys- fluid in the hydraulic clutch operation
tem due to excessively low fluid level system.
Risk of injury due to moving parts
The hydraulic system may be leaking ▶ Open the bonnet ( → page 207).
Components in the engine compartment
if the fluid level in the hydraulic clutch
can continue to run or start unexpec- ▶ Check the fluid level at the expansion
operation system expansion reservoir is
tedly even when the vehicle is switched reservoir.
below the minimum mark.
off. ◁ The fluid level must be between
▶ Have the hydraulic system checked the max. 1 and min. 2 mark-
Observe the following before performing
at a qualified specialist workshop. ings.
tasks in the engine compartment:
▶ Close the bonnet.

212 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Maintenance and care
Maintenance

Topping up the windscreen washer At temperatures above freezing, add a

system windscreen washer concentrate for the
summer to prevent smearing. If there is
Danger a risk of frost, use a windscreen washer
­ Risk of fire and injury from wind- concentrate for winter to prevent the
screen washer concentrate washer fluid from freezing on the wind-
screen.
Windscreen washer concentrate is highly
flammable. It could ignite if it comes ▶ Pre-mix the washer fluid to the cor-
into contact with hot engine component rect mixing ratio in a container.
parts or the exhaust system. ▶ Unscrew and remove cap of the
washer fluid reservoir.
▶ Make sure that windscreen washer ▶ Top up the washer fluid reservoir.
concentrate is not spilled next to the The washer fluid reservoir for the wind-
filler opening.
▶ Replace cap and screw it on.
screen washer system has a capacity of
Topping up the washer fluid approximately 16 l.
If the washer fluid level in the washer Clean dust separator
fluid reservoir is too low, the instrument
Danger
cluster will display a grey display message
containing the symbol ¥. Risk of injury due to unsuitable climb-
ing aids
Add a windscreen washer concentrate
to the washer fluid all year round in ac- When you use the steps and grab
cordance with Sheet no. 371.0 of the handles at the front of the vehicle, you
Mercedes-Benz Trucks Specifications for may slip and/or fall.
Operating Fluids. Adapt the mixing ratio to ▶ Always use non­slip and stable
the outside temperature. climbing aids, e.g. a suitable lad-
der.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 213

Maintenance and care
Maintenance

▶ Empty and clean the dust container ● the liability for material defects is
5. invalidated.
▶ Place the dust container 5 on the ▶ Do not clean the filter elements of
main body section 4. the air filter.
▶ Place the cap 2 on the dust con- ▶ Replace the filter elements of the air
tainer 5. filter.
▶ Place the wing nut 3 on the
threaded pin of the main body section NOTE
4 and tighten it.
Engine damage due to dusty air
If you check or change the air filter in
Replacing the air filter a dusty or dirty environment, dust may
The dust separator removes dust and get into the engine. This can result in the
water from the air and therefore reduces NOTE engine being damaged.
the load on the air filter. At the latest, you Damage to the air filter due to tap- ▶ Check or change the air filter only
must empty the dust separator when it is ping, blowing or washing out in an environment subject to low
filled up to the marking (arrow). Tapping, blowing or washing out the quantities of dust.
▶ Use the steps and grab handles filter medium may lead to structural
Removing the filter element
provided for this purpose changes and damage.
( → page 204). This may cause the following:
▶ Unscrew the wing nut 3 of the dust
● in this case, the required separation
separator 1.
efficiency of the filter element can
▶ Pull the cap 2 upwards and remove
no longer be guaranteed.
it.
● increased wear and a reduced en-
▶ Pull the dust container 5 upwards
gine service life.
and remove it.

214 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Maintenance and care
Maintenance

▶ Open the bonnet ( → page 207). Replacing the wiper blades

▶ Open the four tensioning hooks 2 on NOTE
the housing 4 and remove the cover Danger Damage to the wiper rubber due to
1 upwards. improper installation
Risk of injury due to unsuitable climb-
ing aid ▶ Do not hold the wiper blade by the
wiper rubber.
When you use the steps and grab
handles at the front of the vehicle, you
may slip and/or fall. NOTE
Damage to the bonnet or windscreen
▶ Always use non­slip and stable
by the wiper arm
climbing aids, e.g. a suitable lad-
der. ▶ If a wiper arm is folded forwards, do
not open the bonnet.
▶ Push the filter element 3 in the ▶ Do not fold the wiper arms against
Danger
housing 4 to the left and remove the windscreen without the wiper
upwards. Risk of becoming trapped if the wind-
screen wipers are switched on while blades attached.
Inserting the filter element wiper blades are being replaced Removing the wiper blade
If dirt has accumulated at the bottom of If the windscreen wipers begin to move
housing 4, vacuum-clean the housing while you are changing the wiper blades,
before replacing the filter element. you can be trapped by the wiper arm.
▶ Insert the filter element 3 into the ▶ Always switch off the windscreen
housing 4 and push to the right. wipers and the vehicle before repla-
▶ Attach the cover 1 and close the cing the wiper blades.
tensioning hooks 2.
Wiper arm with wiper blade (example on the left-hand side
of the vehicle)

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 215

Maintenance and care
Maintenance

▶ Fold wiper arm 2 away from the ▶ Slide the joint piece of wiper blade 1
windscreen. into the bracket of wiper arm 2 in Danger
▶ Place wiper blade 1 in a perpendicu- the direction of arrow 5. Risk of burns from hot components in
lar position. ▶ Press the wiper blade into the bracket the engine compartment
of wiper arm 2 until the safety Certain parts of the engine compartment
spring engages audibly. may be very hot.
▶ Rotate wiper blade 1 parallel to Allow the engine to cool down and only
wiper arm 2. touch the components described in the
▶ Fold wiper arm 2 back onto the following.
windscreen.
Danger
Checking the engine oil and topping Risk of injury due to moving parts
▶ Push the safety spring in the direction up
of arrow 4 and slide wiper blade 1 Components in the engine compartment
out of the bracket of wiper arm 2 in Checking the oil level can continue to run or start unexpec-
the direction of arrow 3. Check the engine oil level on a regular tedly even when the vehicle is switched
off.
▶ Remove wiper blade 1. basis, e.g. weekly or each time you refuel.
▶ Check the engine oil level on the on- Observe the following before performing
Installing the wiper blade tasks in the engine compartment:
board computer ( → page 91).
▶ Only use oils that are approved for ▶ Switch off the vehicle.
the vehicle and meet the specified ▶ Never touch the danger zones sur-
SAE classifications ­ ( → page 270). rounding moving components, e.g.
the rotation area of the fan.
Topping up the engine oil
▶ Remove jewellery and watches.
▶ Keep items of clothing and hair
away from moving parts.

216 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Maintenance and care
Maintenance

Danger Automatic transmission oil level

Risk of burns when opening the bon- Checking oil level of the automatic
net transmission
If you open the bonnet in the event of an NOTE
overheated engine or fire in the engine
Risk of damage to the transmission
compartment, the following situations
due to excessive transmission oil
may occur:
Only refill the oil filling capacity displayed temperature
● You may come into contact with hot on the instrument cluster when the 4 If the Ù indicator lamp flashes or
gases. symbol appears in the menu window. lights up while the vehicle is in motion,
● You may come into contact with
other escaping hot operating fluids. ▶ Park the vehicle on a level surface. the temperature of the transmission
▶ Apply the parking brake. oil or the coolant is too high. This may
▶ Before opening the bonnet, allow ▶ Switch off the vehicle. be caused by the transmission oil level
the engine to cool down. being too high or too low.
▶ Open the bonnet ( → page 207).
▶ In the event of a fire in the engine
▶ Unscrew the cap 1 and remove it. If the transmission oil temperature is
compartment, keep the bonnet increased from time to time, there is a
closed and call the fire service.
▶ Top up the oil filling capacity dis-
played on the instrument cluster. risk of damage to the transmission.
▶ Put on the cap 1 and screw it ▶ Check the oil level of the automatic
NOTE transmission as soon as possible
closed.
Damage caused by topping up too
▶ Close the bonnet. after the Ù indicator lamp
much engine oil flashes or lights up.
Excess engine oil can damage the engine Check the oil level only when the auto-
or catalytic converter. matic transmission is at normal operating
▶ Have excess engine oil removed at a temperature.
qualified specialist workshop.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 217

Maintenance and care
Maintenance

▶ Wait for approximately two minutes. Code Meaning

◁ After the waiting time, the display The number subsequently
1 will automatically show a displayed indicates the
code for the oil level or a fault transmission oil quantity
code. that must be refilled, for
example 01 = 1 l.
Ending oil level measurement
TRANS OIL The oil level in the transmis-
▶ Press any gear button. LEVEL HI sion is too high.
◁ The oil level measurement is The number subsequently
finished. The display 1 once displayed indicates the
again shows the shift position on transmission oil quantity
the left and the selected gear on that must be drained or
the right. siphoned off, for example
▶ Park the vehicle on a level surface.
▶ Apply the parking brake. ▶ Top up the transmission oil if neces- 01 = 1 l.
sary ( → page 219).
▶ Shift the automatic transmission to Possible fault codes during the oil level
neutral position. measurement:
Overview of transmission oil level
▶ Start the vehicle and leave it running Code Meaning Remedy
fault codes
at idle speed. Leave the
▶ Press the2 and 3 buttons simul- Codes for the oil level: ENG RPM
The engine
engine run-
Code Meaning speed is too
taneously. TOO LO ning at idle
low.
▶ Press button 2. TRANS OIL The oil level in the transmis- speed.
◁ The oil level measurement will LEVEL OK sion is OK.
The engine
Leave the
start. During the oil level meas- TRANS OIL The oil level in the transmis- engine run-
OL EH speed is too
urement, the display 1 will show LEVEL LO sion is too low. ning at idle
high.
speed.
the codes from oL 08 to oL 01 in
sequence.

218 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Maintenance and care
Maintenance

Code Meaning Remedy Code Meaning Remedy

Danger
The auto- Check the
Shift the Risk of injury due to moving parts
matic trans- oil level
automatic
mission is using the oil Observe the following before performing
OL SN transmission
not in the
to neutral
The sensor dipstick. tasks in the engine compartment:
neutral posi- for the oil Have the
tion.
position. OL FL
level is
▶ Never reach into the danger zone
malfunction
defective.
surrounding moving components.
Leave the checked at
engine run- a qualified ▶ Remove jewellery and watches.
The oil ning until the specialist ▶ Keep items of clothing and hair
OL TL temperature transmission workshop. away from moving parts.
is too low. oil reaches
operating NOTE
temperature.
Topping up the automatic transmis-
sion fluid Damage to the automatic transmis-
Switch off sion
the vehicle
Danger The automatic transmission can be dam-
until the oil
The oil temperat- Risk of burns from hot components in aged if the wrong transmission oil is
OL TH temperature ure in the the engine compartment filled or too much oil is filled.
is too high. transmission
has dropped
Certain parts of the engine compartment ▶ Have excess transmission oil
may be very hot. siphoned off.
to operating
temperature. Allow the engine to cool down and only ▶ Only use approved transmission oils
Stop the touch the components described in the in the prescribed SAE classifica-
vehicle. following. tions.
The vehicle
OL SH Apply the
is rolling. When working on public roads, observe
parking
the road and traffic conditions and secure
brake.
the area where the vehicle is parked.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 219

Maintenance and care
Maintenance

Notes on the major assemblies Checking the anti-corrosion protec-

tion
ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE
Pollution of the environment due to NOTE
irresponsible disposal of operating Damage to the anti-corrosion protec-
fluids tion due to salt residue
Incorrectly disposing of operating fluids Road salt is aggressive. You should wash
can cause considerable damage to the the vehicle more often in the winter
environment. in order to remove road salt residue.
▶ Dispose of operating fluids in an en- Otherwise, this salt residue may damage
vironmentally responsible manner. the anti-corrosion protection.

▶ Park the vehicle on a level surface. Operating fluids include: All Mercedes­Benz cabs are equipped with
▶ Apply the parking brake. cavity protection.
● fuels
▶ Switch off the vehicle. ● additives for exhaust gas aftertreat- ▶ Check the vehicle regularly for
▶ Open the bonnet ( → page 207). ment, e.g. AdBlue ® corrosion damage, particularly the
▶ Remove the end cap 1. compressed-air lines, hydraulic lines
● lubricants
▶ Only top up the transmission oil and electrical contact points (earth
● Coolant contacts).
( → page 218) in the guide tube 2 by ● climate control system refrigerants
the quantity shown in the display. ▶ Have any damage to the factory-
▶ Insert the end cap 1 back into the Check the major assemblies for leak fitted, anti-corrosion protection re-
guide tube 2 as far as it will go. tightness regularly. If you note fluid paired at a qualified specialist work-
loss, for example, oil spots in the shop.
▶ Close the bonnet.
parking space, have the cause rectified ▶ Preventively spray the underside of
immediately at a qualified specialist the vehicle with a wax preservation
workshop. agent for underbodies according to
Sheet no. 385.1 of the Mercedes-

220 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Maintenance and care
Maintenance

Benz Trucks Specifications for Oper- ● as a result of friction between cloth- of clean water and seek medical
ating Fluids. ing and the seat attention immediately.
● if you pull or slide the battery over ▶ If you get battery acid in your eyes,
carpets or other synthetic materials immediately rinse them thoroughly
Battery
● if you wipe the battery using a cloth with plenty of clean water. Seek
Notes on the battery medical attention immediately.
Danger
Danger NOTE
Danger of chemical burns from the
Risk of explosion due to electrostatic battery acid Damage to the batteries due to direct
charge current draining
Battery acid is caustic.
Electrostatic charge may ignite the Connecting consumers directly to the
highly explosive gas mixture in a battery. ▶ Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or
clothing. battery poles causes the battery sensors
▶ To dissipate a potential electrostatic ▶ Do not inhale battery gases.
to make an incorrect determination.
charge, touch the metal bodywork This results in uncontrolled battery dis-
▶ When carrying out maintenance
before touching the battery. charging and both batteries may be dis-
work on the battery, wear acid-
The highly flammable gas mixture is cre- resistant protective clothing, par- charged.
ated while the battery is charging and ticularly safety glasses, protective ▶ Do not connect consumers directly
when jump-starting. gloves and aprons. to the battery poles.
Make sure that neither you nor the battery ▶ Do not lean over the battery.
is electrostatically charged. ▶ Keep children away from the bat- ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE
tery. Environmental damage due to im-
Electrostatic charge can build up in the
following ways: If you come into contact with battery proper disposal of batteries
acid, observe the following:
● by wearing synthetic clothing
▶ Immediately rinse the battery acid
off your skin thoroughly with plenty

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 221

Maintenance and care
Maintenance

Battery acid is caustic. Wear acid- When storing batteries, comply with all
Batteries contain pollutants. resistant protective gloves! Splashes safety regulations, such as operating in-
of acid on skin or clothing should be structions, regulations concerning hazard-
It is illegal to dispose of them with the neutralised immediately using soapy
water or acid neutraliser and then
ous materials, environmental protection
household rubbish. rinsed with water. measures, and work safety and accident
▶ Wear eye protection. When mixing prevention regulations.
Dispose of batteries of water and acid, the liquid may splash Observe the instructions on care
into your eyes. Rinse out any acid
that splashes into eyes immediately and maintenance of the battery
in an environmentally responsible
using clean water and seek medical ( → page 224).
manner. Take discharged batteries attention at once!
to a qualified specialist workshop
Keep out of the reach of children. Removing and fitting batteries
or to a collection point for used Children are not able to evaluate the
batteries. risk involved in handling batteries Battery box
and acid.
Observe the safety notes and pro- Always observe the safety instruc-
tective measures when handling the tions, protective measures and
procedures specified in these Oper-
battery:
ating Instructions when handling the
Risk of explosion. Explosive battery.
oxyhydrogen gas is produced when
batteries are being charged. Only For safety reasons, Mercedes­Benz re-
charge the batteries in a well-
ventilated area.
commends that you only use batteries
have been approved for your vehicle by
Risk of explosion. Avoid creating
sparks! Avoid fire, open flames and Mercedes­Benz.
do not smoke when handling the
battery. If you park up your vehicle for longer than
three weeks, observe the notes on park- Example: battery cover
ing up the vehicle ( → page 229).

222 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Maintenance and care
Maintenance

▶ To remove: open catch 2 and re- Removing the battery carrier

move battery box cover 1 upwards.
▶ To replace: replace battery box cover Danger
1, hook in catch 2 and close. Risk of injury when lifting the battery
Arrangement of the batteries The batteries' heavy weight may cause
the battery carrier to slip out of your
hands and fall down.
▶ Always use a suitable lifting device
to pull out the battery carrier.
▶ Have a second person help you.
Only vehicles with low-temperature bat-
teries are equipped with a removable bat- ▶ Loosen the hexagon bolts 1 on the
Example: battery carrier tery carrier. right and left of the battery carrier.
Remove the battery carrier slowly and
▶ Detach cable 2 on the batteries.
with care so that the wiring is not acci- ◁ You can now carefully remove the
dentally damaged or torn out. battery carrier.
Disconnecting and reconnecting the
batteries

Danger
Risk of explosion due to the ignition
of hydrogen gas
If there is a short circuit or sparks are
created, there is a danger of hydrogen
Example: battery carrier for low-temperature batteries

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 223

Maintenance and care
Maintenance

gas igniting when you charge the bat- the battery until the vehicle has been ▶ Deactivate anti-theft protection
tery. switched off for at least five minutes. This on the audio equipment (radio)
▶ Make sure that the POSITIVE ter- ensures the exhaust gas aftertreatment ( → page 116).
minal of a connected battery does system is functional after restarting ▶ Set the switch-on time for the auxili-
not come into contact with vehicle operations. ary heating system ( → page 73).
parts. Before disconnecting and reconnecting ▶ Set the time.
▶ Never place metal objects or tools the batteries:
on a battery. ▶ Remove the key from the ignition Information on maintenance and care
▶ ­ When connecting and disconnect- lock. of the battery
ing the battery, always observe the ▶ Switch off all electrical consumers. Battery replacement and operating
sequence of battery terminals de- ▶ Remove the battery box cover. life
scribed. ▶ To disconnect: Disconnect the neg-
▶ During starting assistance, always ative terminal first, and then discon- NOTE
take care to connect only battery nect the positive terminal.
terminals of identical polarity. Damage to the batteries due to direct
▶ To reconnect: Reconnect the posit- current draining
▶ During starting assistance, observe ive terminal first, and then reconnect
the sequence described for con- Connecting consumers directly to the
the negative terminal.
necting and disconnecting the jump battery poles causes the battery sensors
◁ Do not interchange the battery to make an incorrect determination.
leads.­ clamps.
▶ Do not connect or disconnect the ▶ Replace battery box cover. This results in uncontrolled battery dis-
battery terminals with the engine charging and both batteries may be dis-
running.­ Carry out the following tasks after an charged.
interruption to the power supply or after
Observe the safety notes on handling reconnecting the batteries: ▶ Do not connect consumers directly
batteries. to the battery poles.
Vehicles with BlueTec® exhaust gas
aftertreatment: do not disconnect

224 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Maintenance and care
Maintenance

Avoid the battery becoming fully dis- If dirt gets into the battery cell, the self-
charged. This can significantly reduce the NOTE discharge of the battery is increased and
operating life of the battery. Battery discharging due to quiescent the battery can be damaged.
current consumers
Mercedes-Benz recommends the following ▶ Only clean the battery with the cell
when replacing the batteries: If the vehicle is idle for lengthy periods, caps screwed in.
the battery can be discharged by quies-
● always replace both batteries. Observe the following points on battery
cent current consumers.
● use the same type of battery. care:
● use batteries of the same age. This can damage the battery.
● lightly grease the undersides of the
Do not combine old and new batter- ▶ Interrupt the voltage supply with the battery terminals with acid-resistant
ies. battery disconnect switch. grease.
● only use commercially-available
Battery care NOTE cleaning agents to clean the battery
Damage to the battery housing due to housing.
NOTE improper cleaning ● unscrew the plugs whose vent holes
Battery discharge due to leakage are blocked. Clean clogged ventilation
If you use cleaning agents that contain
currents holes with a suitable tool, e.g. a wire.
fuel, they will attack the battery housing.
Dirty battery terminal clamps and bat- Otherwise, gases cannot escape.
▶ Do not use cleaning agents that
tery surfaces cause leakage currents.
contain fuel. ● recharge batteries that are not in use
This can lead to the battery discharging. with a no-load voltage of less than
▶ Keep the battery terminals and bat- 12.4 V.
NOTE
tery surfaces clean and dry.
Damage to the battery due to self-
discharge

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 225

Maintenance and care
Maintenance

Using the battery disconnect switch Checking and charging the battery
You can interrupt the voltage supply to Checking the battery fluid level
the starter batteries using the battery
disconnect switch. You should only do NOTE
this if the vehicle will not be used for an Damage to the batteries due to im-
extended period of time. proper maintenance
The (mechanical) battery disconnect When topping up battery fluid, a metal
switch can only be used if all electrical funnel could cause a short circuit and
devices and the vehicle are switched off. the batteries may be damaged.
For vehicles that are equipped for the
transport of dangerous goods (ADR), you Tap water reduces the electrical power
must allow for an additional run-on time of the batteries.
of five minutes before using the battery
▶ To interrupt the voltage supply: ▶ Do not use a metal funnel when
turn the control lever of the battery
isolator switch. topping up.
disconnect switch to position g.
In addition, the auxiliary heating system ▶ Only top up with distilled/de-ionised
◁ All consumers are disconnected water.
must be switched off. This has a run-on from the batteries and the control
time of approximately five minutes. The lever can be removed if neces-
battery isolator switch can only be used sary.
once the run-on phase is complete. ▶ To connect the voltage supply:
The sequence described above must be turn the control lever of the battery
followed in order to prevent malfunctions disconnect switch to position 1.
or damage to the control unit.

Example: battery fluid level

226 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Maintenance and care
Maintenance

Observe the safety notes on handling ▶ Fire, naked flames, sparks and The service life of a battery that has been
batteries. smoking must be avoided. thawed may be dramatically shortened.
▶ Check the battery fluid level every ▶ Make sue there is enough ventila- The starting characteristics may be im-
six months or, at the latest, after tion. paired, especially at low temperatures.
50,000 km. ▶ Do not lean over a battery.
Have a thawed battery checked at a quali-
▶ Remove the battery box cover. fied specialist workshop.
▶ Unscrew the cell caps. Danger
▶ Check the battery fluid level. Risk of explosion when the battery is NOTE
◁ The battery fluid must be frozen
Damage to the batteries due to rapid
between minimum fill level mark A discharged battery can freeze at tem- charging
2 and the maximum fill level peratures near the freezing point.
mark 1 in each battery cell. If you charge the batteries with a char-
If you then provide starting assistance ging current that is too high, they can
▶ Top up with distilled/de-ionised wa- or charge the battery, battery gas may become damaged.
ter. escape.
▶ Refit the cell caps. ▶ Keep in mind the following when
▶ Replace battery box cover.
▶ Always thaw a frozen battery before charging the batteries:
charging it or providing starting ● Use a commercially available
Charging the battery assistance. battery charger.
If the warning and indicator lamps do ● Note the correct charging
Danger not light up in the instrument cluster at voltage.
Risk of explosion due to an explosive temperatures around or below freezing, ● Do not charge new batteries
mixture of gas it is highly probable that the discharged using rapid charging.
An explosive mixture of gas may escape battery has frozen. In this case, do not ● Do not exceed a charging cur-
from the battery during the charging provide starting assistance or charge the rent of 10% of the battery capa-
process and when providing starting battery. city (75% for rapid charging).
assistance.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 227

Maintenance and care
Maintenance

If the vehicle is used predominantly over ▶ Switch on the charger. See the char-
short distances or is parked up for a ger's operating instructions.
longer period of time, check the battery When the batteries are charged:
charge level more often.
▶ Switch off the charger and disconnect
Recharge the batteries regularly if the the positive and negative terminals
vehicle is parked for longer periods. This from the batteries.
ensures that the vehicle can always be ▶ Screw the cell caps onto the batter-
started. ies.
A long battery service life can be achieved ▶ Connect the positive terminal to the
if the batteries are always adequately batteries first, and then connect the
charged. negative terminal.
▶ Remove the battery box cover ▶ Replace battery box cover. 1 Dummy socket for removed pro-
( → page 222). Trickle charger socket tective cover
▶ Disconnect the negative terminal 2 24 ­­V trickle charger socket
from the batteries first, and then
disconnect the positive terminal. Do ▶ Observe the notes on parking up the
not detach the connecting cables vehicle.
between the batteries. Even if the power supply is interrupted
▶ Unscrew the battery cell caps. with the EMERGENCY OFF switch, the
▶ Set the charging voltage to 24 V. See activation switch or the battery isolator
the charger's operating instructions. switch, the trickle charger socket is not
▶ Connect the negative terminal of the disconnected from the batteries.
charger to the ± negative terminal
and the positive terminal to the q
positive terminal of the batteries.

228 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Maintenance and care
Maintenance

Notes on parking up the vehicle

If you leave the vehicle parked up for
longer than three weeks, observe the
following:
● Interrupt the power supply with the
battery disconnect switch. This will
prevent unintended battery dischar-
ging caused by off-load current con-
sumption.
To continue charging the battery, the
charge maintenance socket remains
connected to the battery.
or
● Disconnect the negative clamp on the
battery.
● Recharge batteries before restart
operations or every three months at
the latest.
If you leave your vehicle parked up, spe-
cial measures are required in accordance
with Sheet 381.0 and Sheet 382.0 of the
Mercedes-Benz Trucks Specifications for
Operating Fluids.
You can obtain further information from a
Mercedes-Benz Service Centre.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 229

Breakdown assistance
Vehicle tool kits

Vehicle tool kits Using the jack, pump lever and chock
Jack
Overview of vehicle tool kits and Jack
emergency equipment
When working on the vehicle, comply with Support block
Note
all safety regulations, such as the operat- Depending on the equipment, the jack
ing instructions, regulations concerning has a maximum weight of 14,3 kg.
Hand-held lamp with
hazardous materials, environmental pro- The maximum load capacity of the jack
10 m cable
tection measures, work safety and acci- can be found on the sticker affixed to
dent prevention regulations. the jack.
Tyre inflator hose
Observe the notes on "Changing a wheel If there is a malfunction, please contact
in the event of a flat tyre" ( → page 235). a qualified specialist workshop.
Chock Maintaining the jack
Warning triangle
▶ After use: Clean all moving parts and
grease them again.
Fire extinguisher
Warning lamp
▶ Every six months: Fully extend and
retract the reciprocating piston.
Tyre pressure gauge Pump lever (two-part)
First-aid kit
Danger
Spare bulbs
Risk of injury due to incorrect as-
Vehicle tool bag
sembly of pump lever
Hand crank for the During pumping, the lever can slide out
spare wheel
of the guide.

230 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Breakdown assistance
Vehicle tool kits

▶ Make sure that the safety pin of ● Spare wheel winch ▶ Release retainer 1.
the pump lever is engaged in the
▶ To assemble the pump lever: align Inserting the chock
specified bore.
and insert locking pin 3 into hole 5 ▶ Press retainer 1 in the direction of
of both pump lever parts. the arrow and hold it there.
◁ Locking pin 3 will engage in ▶ Insert chock 2 into the bracket.
hole 5.
▶ Release retainer 1.
▶ To disassemble the pump lever:
push locking pin 3 and pull apart the Folding out the folding chock
pump lever.
Removing the chock
1 Recess for operating the drain
screw on the jack
2 Wheel wrench socket (for loosen-
ing/retightening wheel nuts)
3 Locking pin
4 Recess (for operating the spare ▶ Push chock 1 in the direction of the
wheel winch) arrow.
5 Hole for locking pin Chock in front of the left wheel arch (example) ▶ Press release catch 2.
6 Clamping sleeve for inserting the The storage location of the chocks may ▶ Slowly fold out chock 1.
hand crank (spare wheel winch) vary depending on the vehicle version and Folding up the folding chock
Use the pump lever to operate the follow- equipment.
ing devices: ▶ Press retainer 1 in the direction of
● Jack the arrow and hold it there.
● Wheel wrench ▶ Pull out chock 2.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 231

Breakdown assistance
Engine

Observe the following before performing

Danger tasks in the engine compartment:
Risk of burns when opening the bon-
▶ Switch off the vehicle.
net
▶ Never touch the danger zones sur-
If you open the bonnet in the event of an rounding moving components, e.g.
overheated engine or fire in the engine the rotation area of the fan.
compartment, the following situations ▶ Remove jewellery and watches.
may occur: ▶ Keep items of clothing and hair
▶ Press chock 1 together in the direc-
tion of the arrow until it engages. ● You may come into contact with hot away from moving parts.
gases. Requirements
● You may come into contact with
Engine other escaping hot operating fluids. ● The parking brake is applied.
● The vehicle is switched on.
Starting or switching the vehicle off ▶ Before opening the bonnet, allow ● The transmission is in neutral posi-
with the bonnet open the engine to cool down.
tion.
▶ In the event of a fire in the engine
● The bonnet is open ( → page 209).
Danger compartment, keep the bonnet
Risk of burns from hot components in closed and call the fire service. When working on public roads, observe
the engine compartment the road and traffic conditions and secure
Danger the area where the vehicle is parked.
Certain parts of the engine compartment
may be very hot. Risk of injury due to moving parts External engine start/stop, engine
Allow the engine to cool down and only Components in the engine compartment from 260 kW
touch the components described in the can continue to run or start unexpec-
following. tedly even when the vehicle is switched
off.

232 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Breakdown assistance
Engine

Switching off the vehicle Requirements

▶ Press the external engine start/stop ● The parking brake is applied.
1 again. ● The vehicle is switched on.
● The transmission is in neutral posi-
Draining and bleeding the fuel sys- tion.
tem ● The fuel filler cap of the fuel tank is
unscrewed.
Starting the vehicle NOTE Bleeding the fuel system without a fuel
▶ Press the external engine start/stop Damage to the starter due to an ex- prefilter on the vehicle frame
button 1 until the vehicle starts. cessive number of starting proced-
ures
Starting the vehicle and increasing the
engine speed If you overload the starter with too many
starting procedures, it may be damaged.
▶ Keep the external engine start/stop
1 pressed until the vehicle starts ▶ Do not bleed the fuel system with
and the desired engine speed has multiple starting procedures.
been reached.
◁ After approximately three ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Bleeding at the main filter

seconds, the engine speed Environmental pollution due to dis- ▶ Open the ventilation 1 completely.
increases. After external engine posal in a environmentally irrespons- ▶ Pump by moving the ventilation 1 up
start/stop 1 has been released, ible manner and down (about 100 times) until the
the engine continues to run at the ▶ Dispose of the water/fuel mixture overflow valve opens audibly.
speed currently set. in an environmentally responsible ▶ Within about five seconds, press
The engine speed can be increased up to manner. the external engine start/stop
the limiting speed. ( → page 232) and start the vehicle.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 233

Breakdown assistance
Engine

The vehicle does not start 4 Hand pump

Note
▶ Repeat the procedure. 5 Bleed screw
If there was no fuel in the fuel tank,
The vehicle starts If water has separated in the inspection press the hand pump 4 again until a
▶ Leave the engine running at a higher glass 3, drain the fuel prefilter on the noticeable resistance can be felt.
engine speed. chassis 1 before bleeding. Regularly
drain the fuel prefilter on the chassis 1. Also bleed the main filter using the hand
▶ Screw on the fuel tank fuel filler cap. pump.
Draining the fuel prefilter on the
Bleeding the fuel system with a fuel
chassis ▶ Screw on the fuel tank fuel filler cap.
prefilter on the vehicle frame
▶ Place a collecting pan under the drain ▶ Press and hold the external engine
screw 2. start/stop.
▶ Unscrew the drain screw 2. or
▶ Press the hand pump 4 and collect ▶ Start the vehicle with the key but do
the water/fuel mixture. not depress the accelerator pedal.
▶ Close the drain screw 2.
Bleeding using the hand pump of the Note
fuel prefilter on the chassis Cancel the starting procedure after 20
▶ Place the collecting pan below the seconds and wait approximately one
fuel prefilter 1. minute before making another attempt.
▶ Unscrew the bleed screw 5. After three starting procedures wait for
about three minutes.
Fuel prefilter on the vehicle frame (example: platform ▶ Keep pressing the hand pump 4 un-
vehicle)
til the fuel comes out free of bubbles If the vehicle starts up:
1 Fuel prefilter at the bleed screw 5. ▶ Release the external engine
2 Drain screw ▶ Screw in the bleed screw 5. start/stop.
3 Inspection glass
or

234 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Breakdown assistance
Flat tyre

▶ Release the key and depress the Gear change methods in engine emer- ▶ If the problem persists, have the
accelerator pedal several times. gency operation mode (vehicles with cause rectified at a qualified special-
◁ The fuel system bleeds com- automatic transmission) ist workshop.
pletely. When the engine emergency operation The vehicle does not start.
mode is activated, you cannot change the
Possible cause:
direction of travel while driving.
Emergency operation mode
● There is a malfunction in the engine
Activating engine emergency opera- ▶ Stop the vehicle in accordance with
electronics.
tion mode the traffic conditions.
▶ Apply the parking brake. ▶ Switch off the vehicle before the next
If the Accelerator pedal emergency oper-
ation on display message appears in the
▶ Switch off the vehicle. starting attempt.
instrument cluster, activate the engine ▶ Start the vehicle and select the 7
emergency operation mode. When you drive position or reverse gear C Flat tyre
activate the engine emergency operation within three to four seconds.
Preparing for a wheel change
mode, the accelerator pedal is not opera-
tional and the engine speed is limited. Rectifying problems starting the en- Danger
▶ Stop the vehicle in accordance with gine Risk of injury through incorrect posi-
the traffic conditions. The vehicle will not start at low out- tioning of the jack
▶ Apply the parking brake. side temperatures.
If you do not position the jack correctly
▶ Switch off the vehicle.
Possible cause: at the appropriate jacking point of the
▶ Restart the vehicle after approxim- vehicle, the jack could tip with the
ately ten seconds. ● The flow characteristics of the diesel
fuel are insufficient due to paraffin vehicle raised.
◁ The engine is in emergency op-
eration mode and the engine separation. ▶ Only position the jack at the appro-
priate jacking point on the vehicle.
speed is limited to approximately ▶ Warm the entire fuel system, e.g. by
1300 rpm. The base of the jack must be posi-
parking the vehicle in a heated area.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 235

Breakdown assistance
Flat tyre

tioned vertically under the jacking Wheels with a run-flat element: if the ● Secure the vehicle before raising it
point of the vehicle. wheels of the vehicle are equipped with to prevent it from rolling away, for
a run-flat element, it is possible to drive example, by applying the parking
Danger out of a danger zone with deflated tyres. brake and/or using chocks. Do not
Risk of injury due to the vehicle tip- Make sure that you do not exceed the release the parking brake while the
ping over maximum range of 20 km and the max- vehicle is raised.
imum permissible vehicle speed of 50 ● The surface on which the jack is
On uphill and downhill gradients, the km/h. standing must be firm and level. The
jack may tip over with the vehicle raised.
Observe the following notes when raising jack must be placed on an underlay if
▶ Never change wheels on uphill or the vehicle: the ground surface is not firm.
downhill gradients. ● Only use the support block from the
▶ Consult a qualified specialist work- ● Make sure that the maximum load vehicle tool kit as a jack support.
shop. capacity for the jack is not exceeded.
● Ensure that the distance between
The maximum load capacity of the
the underside of the vehicle and the
jack is stated on the adhesive label
Danger ground is no more than 30 mm.
affixed to the jack.
Risk of injury due to changes in the ● Do not change a wheel on an incline.
● The jack is designed only to raise the
vehicle's load distribution The vehicle could otherwise slip off
vehicle for a short time, e.g. while a
When you remove the spare wheel from the jack.
wheel is being changed. It is not suit-
the spare wheel bracket, the load distri- able for raising the vehicle in order to ● Do not place your hands or feet under
bution of the vehicle changes. perform work under the vehicle. the raised vehicle.
● Only position the jack at the appro- ● Do not lie under the raised vehicle.
If you have already raised the vehicle,
priate jacking point on the vehicle. ● Make sure that nobody is in the
the jack could tip over.
Make sure that the jack is correctly vehicle when it is raised.
▶ Remove the spare wheel from the ● Do not start the vehicle when it is
positioned on the jacking point before
spare wheel bracket before raising raised, and avoid otherwise jolting or
raising the vehicle.
the vehicle.

236 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Breakdown assistance
Flat tyre

shaking it. The vehicle could other-

wise slip off the jack. Danger
Risk of injury when lowering the side
When you remove the defective wheel
spare wheel
from the axle, the centre of gravity can
shift slightly because of the weight of the Body parts may be struck by the spare
wheel. wheel if they are located below the side
spare wheel while it is being lowered.
After the wheel nuts have been loosened,
the wheel could fall or topple over. ▶ Make sure no parts of the body, for Spare wheel on the side of the chassis (example: vehicles
with a platform)
example feet, are located below
▶ Park the vehicle on a firm and level the spare wheel when lowering the ▶ Assemble the hand crank and the
surface. pump lever (both in vehicle tool kit)
spare wheel.
▶ Apply the parking brake. ( → page 230).
▶ Use chocks to safeguard the vehicle Danger ▶ Fit the pump lever and the hand crank
against rolling away. on spare wheel winch 1. Make sure
Risk of injury when removing the
spare wheel that the clamping sleeve on spare
Note wheel winch 1 engages in the re-
For further information on tyre pres- The spare wheel is very heavy. When cesses on the pump lever.
sure, see the "Wheels and tyres" section removing the spare wheel carrier, the ▶ Turn spare wheel winch 1 until cable
( → page 263). spare wheel may tip over or roll away is taut.
uncontrollably. You or other persons
Removing the spare wheel on the side ▶ Unscrew nuts 2 from the fastening
may be struck by the spare wheel.
of the chassis bolts.
▶ Have a second person assist you ▶ Lower the spare wheel using spare
when removing the spare wheel. wheel winch 1 and completely un-
wind cable.
▶ Pull the spare wheel out to the side or
to the rear.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 237

Breakdown assistance
Flat tyre

▶ Remove the retaining plate through

the centre hole of the wheel rim. Danger
Risk of injury when removing the
Spray nuts 2 regularly with
spare wheel
rust-penetrating oil and remove rust and
dirt. The spare wheel is very heavy. When
removing the spare wheel carrier, the
Removing the spare wheel behind the
spare wheel may tip over or roll away
cab
uncontrollably. You or other persons
may be struck by the spare wheel.
Danger
▶ Have a second person assist you
Risk of injury when lowering the
when removing the spare wheel.
spare wheel
The vehicle can optionally be equipped Removing the spare wheel
Persons who are standing in the
with a single or double spare wheel holder
swinging range of the spare wheel, the
behind the cab. ▶ Assemble the pump lever and the
swivel arm and the spring rocker may be wheel wrench (both in the vehicle tool
hit. kit) ( → page 230) and place them
▶ Only lower the spare wheel when on hexagon nut 4 of the hydraulic
nobody is standing in the swinging pump 2.
range of the spare wheel, the swivel ▶ To attach the spring rocker to the
arm and the spring rocker. support, loosen and remove nut 1.
▶ Move the valve lever on the hydraulic
pump 2 into the tilting position 2.
▶ Pump until the spare wheel is stand-
ing firmly on the ground.

238 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Breakdown assistance
Flat tyre

◁ When the spare wheel is standing ▶ To attach the spring rocker to the ▶ Position the jack under the respective
on the ground, it will be easier to support, position the nut 1 and jack support point on axle tube 1.
pump. tighten it. Make sure to observe the
Removing a wheel
▶ Loosen and remove the wheel nuts correct tightening torque.
from bolts 3 on the spring rocker.
◁ Make sure the wheel does not tip Changing a wheel
over.
Positioning the jack
▶ Remove the wheel from the spring
rocker.
Fitting the spare wheel
▶ Place the spare wheel or rim onto
the bolts 3 on the spring rocker ▶ Unscrew the wheel nuts that secure
and tighten the wheel nuts with a wheel nut cover 1.
tightening torque of 385 Nm. ▶ Remove wheel nut cover 1.
▶ Move the pump lever on the hydraulic ▶ Remove the remaining wheel nuts.
Jack support point, front axle
pump 2 into the driving position 1. ▶ Remove the wheel.
▶ Assemble the pump lever and the
wheel wrench (both in the vehicle tool Fitting a wheel
kit) ( → page 230) and place them
on hexagon nut 4 of the hydraulic Danger
pump 2. Risk of injury when unscrewing the
▶ Pump until the spring rocker has compressed-air hose
entered the bracket on the support. If you unscrew the tyre valve, air will
◁ When the swivel arm has entered Jack support point, rear axle escape under high pressure, potentially
the bracket, it will be more diffi- causing particles to be dispersed.
cult to pump.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 239

Breakdown assistance
Flat tyre

▶ Wear safety glasses when unscrew- ▶ Tighten the wheel nuts in a crosswise
ing the tyre valve. pattern, observing the tightening
torque while doing so ( → page 282).
NOTE ▶ Check the tyre pressure
Damage to the wheel nuts or wheel ( → page 263).
bolts due to the use of an impact If the tyre pressure has been set, lower
wrench the raised vehicle.
If you use an impact wrench to tighten Wheel nut
▶ Retighten the wheel nuts after driving
the wheel nuts or wheel bolts, you may Before fitting a wheel 50 km.
damage them.
▶ Remove any corrosion and dirt from Retightening the wheel nuts
▶ Do not use an impact wrench to the contact areas of the wheel hub,
tighten the wheel nuts or wheel disc wheel and wheel nuts. Danger
bolts. ▶ Lightly oil the friction contact sur- Risk of accident due to incorrect
After changing a wheel, check the tyre faces between the pressure plate and tightening torque
pressure immediately. the wheel nut.
The wheels could come loose if the
Observe the notes on operating and road Disk wheel with hub centring wheel bolts or wheel nuts are not
safety. ▶ Vehicles with single tyres: fit the tightened with the prescribed torque.
wheel in place and screw on two to ▶ Ensure that the wheel bolts or wheel
three wheel nuts. nuts are tightened with the pre-
▶ Screw on the remaining wheel nuts scribed tightening torque.
with the wheel nut cover. ▶ If necessary, consult a qualified
▶ Vehicles with twin tyres: fit both specialist workshop and do not
the wheels and screw on all remaining move the vehicle.
wheel nuts.

240 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Breakdown assistance
Electrical fuses

▶ Observe the instructions and safety ▶ Always replace faulty fuses with ▶ Open fasteners and remove the
notes on "Changing a wheel in the the specified new fuses having the cover.
event of a flat tyre" ( → page 235). correct amperage.
▶ Observe the wheel nut tightening The individual electrical circuits are pro- Fuse assignment diagram
torques ( → page 282). tected by safety fuses or automatic circuit
▶ For new or newly painted wheel rims, breakers. Layout of the fuses on the main fuse
have the tightening torque of the carrier
wheel nuts checked after driving ap- Blown fuses or defective automatic circuit
prox. 1000 to 5000 km. breakers must be replaced with equival-
ent fuses with the fuse ratings recom-
▶ Retighten the wheel nuts in a diagonal
mended in the fuse assignment diagram.
pattern.
Fuses with the same fuse rating are the
same colour.
Electrical fuses You can obtain further information from a
Removing the main fuse carrier cover Mercedes-Benz Service Centre.
Notes The fuse assignment diagram is on the
inside of the main fuse carrier cover.
Danger If the newly inserted fuse also blows,
­ Risk of accident and injury caused have the cause traced and rectified at a
PDM cabin main fuse carrier
by overloaded lines qualified specialist workshop.
1 Spare fuses 5 A to 25 A
If you manipulate or bridge a faulty fuse ▶ If an electric circuit fails, switch off
F1-F60 fuses
or if you replace it with a fuse with a the consumer and the vehicle.
K1-K9 relays
higher amperage, the electric lines could Removing the main fuse carrier cover D1-D4 diodes
be overloaded.
The main fuse carrier is in the passenger
This could result in a fire. footwell.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 241

Breakdown assistance
Electrical fuses

Fuses in the PDM cabin main fuse Sym- Fuse Sym- Fuse
carrier No. Consumer No. Consumer
bol rating bol rating
Sym- Fuse % Tachograph 10 A 15-pin trailer
No. Consumer F21 å 15 A
bol rating socket
! Brake system 10 A
Battery discon- Electronic air
F1 þ 5A Voltage con-
nect switch F9 + 10 A F22 K processing unit 15 A
verter T1
Exhaust gas (EAPU)
Ù 5A F10 z Mirror heater 10 A
aftertreatment F23 Unassigned
Circulation
5-pin ABS trailer F24 Unassigned
F2 8 20 A y pump for auxili- 10 A
socket
ary heating F25 Unassigned
F3 Unassigned
F11 Unassigned Auxiliary heating
F4 Unassigned F26 y 15 A
Heating, second operating unit
engine manage- F12 B 15 A
F5 Ù 5A fuel filter 12/24 ­­V sock-
ment F27 è 25 A
F13 Unassigned ets
Automatic trans- CPC drive con-
c 5A F14 Unassigned F28 $ 20 A
mission trol
CPC drive con- F15 Unassigned
F6 $ 10 A WABCO brake
trol F16 Unassigned F29 ! 20 A
system
Outside mirror F17 Unassigned F30 % Tachograph 10 A
F7 | 5A
adjustment
F18 À Rotating beacon 10 A Common
Auxiliary heating F31 ã telematics 10 A
£ 5A Heating, fuel
timer F19 B 15 A platform (CTP)
filter frame
Headlamp, F32 U Work lamps 10 A
\ 5A Auxiliary head-
winter services
F20 \ lamps, high 10 A F33 h Interior lamp 10 A
Instrument beam
F8 = 10 A
cluster

242 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Breakdown assistance
Electrical fuses

Sym- Fuse Sym- Fuse Sym- Fuse

No. Consumer No. Consumer No. Consumer
bol rating bol rating bol rating
Diagnostics Circulation Pre-installation,
F34 . 10 A
connection F44 y pump for auxili- 5A F53 I reversing cam- 10 A
Instrument ary heating era
F35 = 5A
cluster F45 Unassigned Automatic trans-
Steering-wheel Map reading U mission power 10 A
F36 a 10 A F46 o 15 A take-off
buttons light
Parking brake Load compart- Voltage con-
! 10 A P 15 A F54 + 15 A
lever ment lamp verter T1/T2
F37 V Torch socket 10 A Cigarette Extension mod-
? F55 c 20 A
F47 lighter/power 5A ule cabin
Automatic trans- è
F38 c 15 A outlet F56 J Blower motor 20 A
mission
Transfer case oil F48 : Central gateway 5A F57 L 24 ­­V sockets 20 A
F39 i 10 A
cooler Earth connec- Non-MB body
F58 M 20 A
F40 * Radio 10 A tion, solenoid electrical system
F49 valve lock- 5A Control, snow
F41 Unassigned ing/transfer X 20 A
plough
Driver's door case circuit
F42 " 10 A ASAM control
module F50 ! Brake system 10 A F59 à 40 A
unit
Co-driver door Continuous
F43 # 10 A F51 Ã 15 A ASAM control
module brake F60 à 60 A
unit
Heating operat- Control, snow
y 10 A F52 X 20 A
ing unit plough
Radio pre-
* 10 A
installation

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 243

Breakdown assistance
Electrical fuses

Relays in the PDM cabin main fuse Arrangement of fuses, relays and No. System
carrier diodes on the auxiliary panels D8 Unassigned
No. Power consumer relays
D9 Unassigned
K1 Terminal 15 relay
D10 Unassigned
K2 Terminal D+ relay
D11 Unassigned
K3 Trailer brake bulb
D12 Unassigned
K4 Consumer shut-off 2
D13 Unassigned
K5 Terminal 15R relay
D14 Unassigned
K6 Terminal 15 relay
K7 Terminal 15 relay 1 Diodes on auxiliary panel A5 Fuses on auxiliary panel A1
K8 Consumer shut-off 1
2 Fuses on auxiliary panel A1 Fuse
No. Power consumer fuses
3 Relays on auxiliary panel A31 rating
Diodes in the PDM cabin main fuse 4 Fuses, relays and diodes in the F1 Work lamps 10 A
carrier PDM cabin main fuse carrier F2 Rotating beacons 10 A
No. System
Diodes on auxiliary panel A5 F3 Unassigned
D1 Protection for horn No. System F4 Unassigned
D2 Unassigned D1 Unassigned F5 Unassigned
D3 Unassigned D2 Circulation pump for auxiliary heating F6 Windscreen heater 20 A
D4 Unassigned D3 Terminal 15R blower F7 Windscreen heater 20 A
D4 Auxiliary heating, blower, level 1 F8 Unassigned
D5 Unassigned F9 Unassigned
D6 Unassigned F10 Unassigned
D7 Unassigned F11 Unassigned

244 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Breakdown assistance
Electrical fuses

No. Power consumer fuses

Fuse Relays on auxiliary panel A32 No. Power consumer relays
rating
K8 Radio pre-installation
F12 Unassigned Automatic transmission power take-
K9
F13 Unassigned off
F14 Unassigned
Arrangement of the fuses in the PDM
Relays on auxiliary panel A31 chassis
No. Power consumer relays
Earth connection, solenoid valve
K1
locking/transfer case circuit
K2 Electronic battery disconnect switch
K3 Transfer case oil cooler
K4 Auxiliary heating
The auxiliary panel is located under the
K5 Auxiliary heating
top cover of the instrument panel.
K6 Auxiliary heating
K7 Auxiliary heating No. Power consumer relays

Automatic transmission power take- K1 Heating/air-conditioning system fan

K8
off K2 Auxiliary headlamps, high beam
K9 Unassigned K3 Auxiliary headlamps, high beam Power con- Fuse
No.
K10 Work lamps K4 Unassigned sumer fuses rating
K5 Windscreen heater X1 Starter motor
K6 Unassigned Exhaust gas
X2 40 A
aftertreatment
K7 Radio pre-installation
X3 PDM cabin 60 A

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 245

Breakdown assistance
Electrical fuses

Power con- Fuse Power con- Fuse If the safety fuse blows again, have the
No. No. electrical system checked at a qualified
sumer fuses rating sumer fuses rating
Grid heater EAPU, electronic specialist workshop.
X4 (engine heater 125 A F2 air processing 15 A Checking and switching on an auto-
flange) unit matic circuit breaker
Pre-installation, F3 Unassigned
X5 additional con- 100 A Trailer power
sumers X15 F4 25 A
socket
Supply, winter F5 Unassigned
X6 125 A
services
F6 Trailer ABS 25 A
X7 Unassigned
F7 Trailer 25 A
X8 Unassigned
F8 Unassigned
X9 Unassigned
X10 Unassigned If an automatic circuit breaker is tripped,
X11 Unassigned Checking safety fuses and the auto- pin 3 moves to OFF position 2.
Jump-starting matic circuit breaker ▶ Pull the automatic circuit-breaker out
X12 socket/power 500 A Checking and replacing a safety fuse of the module.
socket
▶ Pull the fuse out of the module using ▶ Press pin 3 into ON position 1.
X13 PDM cabin 150 A the pliers and carry out a visual in- ▶ Insert the automatic circuit breaker
Battery discon- spection. again.
X14 nect switch, ▶ If the fuse wire has melted, replace ▶ Switch the consumers on and check
battery that they are functioning correctly.
the blown fuse with a spare fuse.
X15 F1 Unassigned ▶ Switch the consumers on and check If the automatic circuit-breaker is tripped
that they are functioning correctly. again, have the electrical system checked
at a qualified specialist workshop.

246 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Breakdown assistance
Information on the compressed-air system

Information on the compressed-air Before towing, check that the spring

system brake actuators of the parking brake are
released ( → page 257).
NOTE If the compressed-air supply is insuffi-
Damage to the compressed-air sys- cient, release the spring-loaded brake
tem due to contaminated and humid cylinders manually ( → page 257).
air
If the reservoir pressure of the external Jump-starting, tow-starting and tow-
compressed-air source is below 10 bar, ing away
it cannot be guaranteed that all the pres-
sure circuits will be filled. Performing a jump start
Contaminated and humid air from the You can charge the compressed-air sys- Danger
external compressed-air source can tem via the front coupling head 1 when Risk of explosion when the battery is
damage components of the compressed- the vehicle is switched off. frozen
air system.
To ensure full charging, the pressure reg- A discharged battery can freeze at tem-
▶ Fill the compressed-air system using ulator of the vehicle to be charged needs peratures near the freezing point.
a pressure between 11 bar and to be activated. Reduce the pressure to
12.5 bar. below 9 bar, if necessary. If you then provide starting assistance
▶ Fill the compressed-air system with or charge the battery, battery gas may
clean and dry air. escape.
Note
System-dependent supply pressures can You can release compressed air by de-
▶ Always thaw a frozen battery before
be found in the "Technical data" section charging it or providing starting
pressing the brake pedal several times,
( → page 281). assistance.
for example.
If the warning and indicator lamps do
not light up in the instrument cluster at

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 247

Breakdown assistance
Jump-starting, tow-starting and towing away

temperatures around or below freezing, If you come into contact with battery
it is highly probable that the discharged acid, observe the following: Danger
battery has frozen. In this case, do not Risk of fire from overloaded starting
▶ Immediately rinse the battery acid
provide starting assistance or charge the assistance socket
off your skin thoroughly with plenty
battery. of clean water and seek medical If you provide starting assistance to a
The service life of a battery that has been attention immediately. vehicle that requires too much power,
thawed may be dramatically shortened. ▶ If you get battery acid in your eyes, the socket may be overloaded.
The starting characteristics may be im- immediately rinse them thoroughly ▶ Only provide starting assistance to
paired, especially at low temperatures. with plenty of clean water. Seek vehicles of a similar type with equal
medical attention immediately. or lower power requirements.
Danger ▶ The vehicles must be equipped with
Danger a 24 ­V system, two 12 ­V systems
Danger of chemical burns from the
battery acid Risk of explosion due to an explosive connected sequentially, or 12 ­V
mixture of gas batteries.
Battery acid is caustic.
An explosive mixture of gas may escape
▶ Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or from the battery during the charging Danger
clothing. ­ Risk of fire or explosion from flam-
process and when providing starting
▶ Do not inhale battery gases. assistance. mable substances near the socket
▶ When carrying out maintenance
work on the battery, wear acid- ▶ Fire, naked flames, sparks and Sparks may be produced if you insert
smoking must be avoided. the plug into the socket. There is a risk
resistant protective clothing, par-
ticularly safety glasses, protective ▶ Make sue there is enough ventila- of fire or explosion.­
gloves and aprons. tion. ▶ If there are highly flammable sub-
▶ Do not lean over the battery. ▶ Do not lean over a battery. stances in close proximity, do not
▶ Keep children away from the bat- insert the plug into the socket.
tery.

248 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Breakdown assistance
Jump-starting, tow-starting and towing away

Requirements ▶ Remove the battery box cover

NOTE ( → page 222).
● Make sure that the vehicles are not
Damage to the battery or electronic
touching. ▶ First connect the positive terminal
components due to improper starting clamp of the jump lead to the positive
assistance ● The parking brake is applied.
terminal of the other vehicle's battery
● All electrical consumers are switched
▶ Do not use a rapid battery charger off.
and then to the positive terminal q
for starting assistance. of the starter battery.
● The vehicle is switched off.
▶ When using a portable charger (bat- ▶ First connect the negative terminal
teries with a mains adapter), remove Observe the safety notes and protect- clamp of the jump lead to the neg-
the mains plug before giving starting ive measures when handling the battery ative terminal of the other vehicle's
assistance. ( → page 221). battery and then to the negative ter-
▶ Only provide starting assistance After starting assistance, have the bat- minal ± of the starter battery.
from vehicles with a 24 ­­V system. teries checked at a qualified specialist ▶ Leave the engine of the assisting
▶ Use jump leads protected from re- workshop. vehicle running at a higher engine
verse polarity with a cable cross speed.
Connecting the jump lead
section of 35–50 mm² and isolated ▶ Vehicles with cold-start aid: ob-
pole terminals. serve the notes under "Cold-start aid"
▶ If the outside temperature falls be- ( → page 190).
low -10 °C, a discharged battery ▶ Start the vehicle and leave it running
may freeze. In this case, do not start at idle speed.
the vehicle. First, thaw out the bat- Disconnecting the jump lead
tery.
▶ First disconnect the negative terminal
▶ Do not connect the negative ter-
clamps of the jump lead from the
minal clamp of the jump lead to the
Connecting the jump lead negative terminals.
chassis. Vehicle parts may other-
wise be damaged.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 249

Breakdown assistance
Jump-starting, tow-starting and towing away

▶ Disconnect the positive terminal ▶ Reconnect the power supply (battery Notes on tow-starting and towing
clamps of the jump lead from the pos- disconnect switch in original posi- away
itive terminals. tion).
Starting assistance using the jump- ▶ Start the vehicle and leave it running Danger
start socket at idle speed. Risk of accident due to lack of
Vehicle being jump-started compressed-air supply
▶ Reconnect the power supply (battery If the engine is not running, the power
disconnect switch in original posi- steering system and the compressed-air
tion). supply will not work. They need consid-
▶ Start the vehicle and leave it running erably more power for steering. In the
at idle speed. event of pressure loss, the spring-loaded
brake cylinder of the parking brake may
Donor vehicle
activate and therefore brake the vehicle
Even if the power supply is interrupted
▶ Switch off the vehicle. in an uncontrolled manner.
with the EMERGENCY OFF switch, the Donor vehicle and vehicle being jump- This could cause you to lose control of
jump-start socket is not disconnected started the vehicle.
from the batteries. ▶ Remove the jump lead. ▶ Always use a tow bar.
Donor vehicle and vehicle being jump- ▶ Screw the cover back onto the jump- ▶ Always ensure the compressed-air
started start socket 1. supply, e.g. using an external source
▶ Interrupt the voltage supply with the of compressed air.
battery disconnect switch.
▶ Unscrew and remove the cover of the
jump-start socket 1.
▶ Connect the jump lead.
Donor vehicle

250 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Breakdown assistance
Jump-starting, tow-starting and towing away

▶ Charge the compressed-air system

Danger NOTE or release the spring-loaded brake
Risk of accident when towing away Damage to attachments and ancillary cylinder manually.
with the vehicle switched on equipment when towing away
When towing away with the front axle Attachments and ancillary equipment NOTE
raised and the vehicle switched on, the can affect the vehicle height and width. Engine damage caused by exceeding
ASR may brake the wheels of the rear ▶ Do not exceed the permitted vehicle the permissible engine speed during
axle in an uncontrolled manner. height. towing
The vehicle may break free. ▶ Fold in the wind deflectors when If you select too low a gear during tow-
▶ Switch off the vehicle before towing towing away with the rear axle ing, the warning buzzer will sound. The
with the front axle raised. raised. permissible engine speed has been ex-
▶ observe the maximum headroom ceeded. This can result in the engine
Danger clearance of underpasses. being damaged.
Risk of accident due to excessive ▶ Select a higher start-off gear or
load on the towing device NOTE reduce the towing speed.
Damage to the vehicle due to incor- Only in exceptional cases, e.g. when leav-
The towing device can only be subjected
rect towing ing danger zones, should the vehicle be
to a limited load. If you use the towing
device to operate the trailer, you could If the vehicle is not switched on during tow-started or towed away with the pro-
lose the trailer. towing, the following components may peller shaft installed.
▶ Observe the maximum permissible be damaged: If necessary, charge the compressed-
load on the towing device. ● Transmission air system using an external source of
▶ Only use the towing device for man- ● Brakes compressed air ( → page 247).
oeuvring, towing away or controlling ▶ Remove the drive shafts before If there is insufficient reservoir pressure
the steering of a positively steered towing. to release the parking brake, release the
semitrailer.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 251

Breakdown assistance
Jump-starting, tow-starting and towing away

spring-loaded brake cylinders manually ▶ Turn coupling pin 1 approximately ▶ Observe all information and notes
( → page 257). 90° forwards and pull it upwards and on permissible loads in the separate
You can obtain further information from a out. lashing instructions.
Mercedes-Benz Service Centre. ▶ Attach the tow bar. ▶ When the vehicle is being driven on
▶ Push the coupling pin 1 down public roads, cover the upper towing
through the eyelet of the tow bar. eyes 1 and the lower air transport
Manoeuvring and tow- ▶ Turn coupling pin 1 approximately tie-down eyes using an appropriate
starting/towing away 90° to the rear until the locking mech- covering.
▶ Before towing away, agree on a clear anism engages. Rear towing device
signal with the towing vehicle driver.
Front towing eyes Use the rear towing device for manoeuv-
Adapt your driving style to the more
difficult conditions. ring, tow-starting and towing away.

Front towing device Observe the following notes on the rear

towing device.
● Do not use the towing device for
trailer operation or to recover
vehicles.
● Do not exceed the maximum pulling
angle of 15° in relation to the
To tow the vehicle away, use upper tow-
vehicle's longitudinal axis.
ing eyes 1 with a suitable tow bar. You
can also use upper towing eyes 1 with ● Observe the information on the tow-
Example: vehicle front end
suitable sling gear for lifting, recovering, ing device type plate.
Use the front coupling jaw for manoeuv- lashing or tow-starting the vehicle. ● Do not load the towing device with
ring, tow-starting and towing away. more than the weight given below.
Lifting the vehicle from the front and rear Otherwise, the cross member could
simultaneously is not permitted. be damaged.

252 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Breakdown assistance
Jump-starting, tow-starting and towing away

Maximum load of the rear towing device Rear recovery and tie-down eyes ◁ Do not exceed a towing speed of
for vehicles with two axles: 20 km/h.
● Semitrailer truck 20 t ▶ When the maximum permitted towing
● Platform vehicle/tipper 25 t speed has been reached, release
the clutch pedal and depress the
Maximum load of the rear towing device accelerator pedal.
for vehicles with three axles: ▶ When the vehicle starts, depress the
● Semitrailer truck 25 t clutch pedal and shift the transmis-
● Platform vehicle/tipper 50 t sion into neutral.
You can use rear recovery and tie-down Towing the vehicle
eyes 1 with suitable sling gear for lifting, Specialist knowledge beyond the scope of
recovering and lashing the vehicle. these Operating Instructions is required
Lifting the vehicle from the front and rear for towing the vehicle. Have the vehicle
simultaneously is not permitted. towed by trained personnel.
▶ Observe all information and notes Transporting the vehicle
on permissible loads in the separate
Specialist knowledge beyond the scope of
Example: cross member with towing device lashing instructions.
these Operating Instructions is required
▶ Disengage the catch 2 on the coup- Tow-starting the vehicle for transporting the vehicle. Have the
ling pin 1. You cannot tow start vehicles with auto- vehicle transported by trained personnel.
▶ Remove the coupling pin 1. matic transmission. ▶ Observe all information and notes
▶ Attach the tow bar.
▶ Switch on the vehicle. on permissible loads in the separate
▶ Push the coupling pin 1 down
▶ Depress and hold down the clutch lashing instructions.
through the eyelet of the tow bar.
pedal.
▶ Hook the catch 2 onto the coupling
▶ Shift to 4th or 5th gear and tow-start
pin 1 again.
the vehicle.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 253

Breakdown assistance
Jump-starting, tow-starting and towing away

Use tie-down eyes 1 with suitable sling ▶ Before starting the vehicle, have
gear to lash the vehicle. it checked at a qualified specialist
workshop.
Notes on recovery
NOTE
NOTE Damage to the vehicle due to exceed-
ing the permissible tensile force
Damage to the steering during recov-
Front eyelets
ery ▶ Do not exceed the maximum per-
Use upper towing eyes 1 to lash the missible tensile force of 30 t on the
If recovery aids are used to pull the
vehicle. You can also use air transport tie- recovery and tie-down eyes.
wheels or the wheel hubs of the steer-
down eyes 2 for transporting the vehicle ing axes, the steering could be damaged. ▶ The pulling angle in relation to the
by air. vehicle's longitudinal axis, divided
▶ Have the vehicle recovered by evenly between the left and right
▶ When the vehicle is being driven on trained personnel.
public roads, cover the upper towing eyelet, must not exceed 22.5°.
eyes 1 and the lower air transport ▶ Use the shackles supplied with the
NOTE vehicle.
tie-down eyes 2 using an appropri-
ate covering. Damage to the engine after righting
the vehicle NOTE
When a vehicle is overturned, oil may Damage to the trailer coupling during
collect in various engine components. recovery
If you start the engine after righting the ▶ Observe the manufacturer's instruc-
vehicle, the engine can be damaged by tions.
the combustion of accumulated oil. ▶ Use a suitable towing eye in accord-
▶ Do not start the vehicle. ance with VG 74059 .
Rear eyelets

254 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Breakdown assistance
Jump-starting, tow-starting and towing away

▶ Do not exceed a maximum pulling vehicle that cannot be freed by its own ● the front axle (front axle housing and
angle of 15°. power using the engine or the winch. mountings for suspension and brake,
Unload the vehicle before attempting kingpin, steering knuckle)
NOTE a recovery. This reduces the required ● the rear axle (rear axle housing and
Damage to the front towing device recovery forces and minimises further mountings for suspension and brake,
due to excessive tensile force damage to the vehicle. rear axle housing with steering ele-
ments)
▶ Use a suitable towing eye in accord- If the vehicle cannot be unloaded, use as
● the axle attachment (springs, spring
ance with VG 74059 . many tow points as possible.
shackle, spring bracket, stabilisers,
▶ Do not exceed the maximum per- When the vehicle is ready to continue including mountings)
missible tensile force of 16 t. the journey on its own power or to be ● the wheels (wheel hubs, tyres, rims,
▶ Do not exceed a maximum pulling transported, recovery has ended. wheel mountings)
angle of 15°.
Both during and after recovering a vehicle, ● the brakes (all control units and brake
Make sure the vehicle is switched off pay attention to the following safety com- force transmission devices, mechan-
before recovering the vehicle. ponents: ical, pneumatic and electrical, brake
Disconnect the batteries or open the bat- ● the chassis (longitudinal and cross drum, brake calliper)
tery disconnect switch in the following members) ● the propeller shafts
situations: ● the cab (cab suspension) ● the vehicle connection point (trailer
● coupling and front towing devices
● The vehicle cannot be switched off. the steering (steering spindle, steer-
ing wheel, steering gear, pitman arm, with attachment, A-frame tow bars)
● The batteries are excessively dis-
steering arm, steering knuckle arm, ● the electrics (wiring harness or elec-
charged.
steering cylinder, drag links, tie rods, tric lines)
● The vehicle is not accessible.
joints, steering gear mountings on Righting the vehicle
Recovering the vehicle chassis)
Before righting the vehicle, apply the park-
The term recovery should be understood ing brake.
as righting and/or pulling out a stuck

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 255

Breakdown assistance
Jump-starting, tow-starting and towing away

Use as many tow points as possible. pneumatic connections to the trailer) be- To ensure uniform stress, use
To minimise bending stress and chassis fore righting the vehicle. load-compensation rolls.
load, use the towing and tie-down eyes Cushion the forces created while righting When towing at an angle, never exceed a
spaced out over the chassis. These are and do not allow the vehicle to bounce on maximum towing angle of 22.5° in rela-
located on the front end of the vehicle, its suspension. tion to the vehicle's longitudinal axis.
the longitudinal frame member and the
rear area. If possible, use a lifting bag. Recovering a stuck vehicle Raising the vehicle
The connection point areas of the longit- To recover a stuck vehicle, use the front Lifting the vehicle from the front and rear
udinal frame member can be used with towing eyes provided, the rear recovery simultaneously is not permitted.
the cross members. Use the widest pos- and tie-down eyes ( → page 252) or the To lift the vehicle, use the front towing
sible tension straps. trailer coupling ( → page 179). eyes provided or the rear recovery and tie-
Make sure that the force exerted on the Make sure that the recovery forces are down eyes ( → page 252).
vehicle is evenly distributed. Pulling on applied as evenly as possible to the left Make sure that the recovery forces are
only one side can lead to frame deforma- and right eyelets (front or rear). applied as evenly as possible to the left
tion or cracks. Use the widest possible tension straps, and right eyelets (front or rear).
The tension straps used when righting the chains with suitable sling gear, a suitable The maximum permissible tensile force is
vehicle should, as far as possible, form an tow bar or an A-frame tow bar. 30 t vertically in relation to the vehicle's
acute-angled, isosceles triangle. Make sure that the vehicle is pulled on longitudinal axis, applied evenly to the left
To ensure uniform force, use a towing A- both sides. Pulling on only one side can and right eyelets (front or rear).
frame, guide pulleys or load-compensation lead to frame deformation or cracks. Use the widest possible tension straps,
rolls. The tension belts used when pulling out chains with suitable sling gear or an A-
Avoid the application of external force on the vehicle should form, as far as pos- frame tow bar.
axles and axle connection parts. sible, an acute-angled, isosceles triangle, Make sure that force is evenly distrib-
in order to exert as little lateral force on uted when raising the vehicle. One-sided
Whenever possible, separate vehicle com-
the recovery eyes as possible.
binations (trailer drawbars, electrical and

256 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Breakdown assistance
Jump-starting, tow-starting and towing away

hoisting can lead to frame deformation or The parking brake on the front axle is ▶ Tighten the release screw using a
cracks. optional. maximum of 35 Nm.
To ensure uniform stress, use ▶ Do not use an impact wrench to
Rear axle
load-compensation rolls. Axles Front axle loosen or tighten the release screw.
1 2
4x2 x1 x
Spring-loaded brake 4x4 x1
x
Overview of the arrangement of the 6x4 x1
x x
spring-loaded brake cylinders 6x6 x1 x x
1
Only vehicles with tractor/trailer
combination weight of 44-120 t.
Spring-loaded brake cylinder with release screw

Manually releasing and moving the 1 Spring-loaded brake cylinder

spring-loaded brake cylinder to the 2 Release screw
drive position 3 Drive position
4 Released position
NOTE
If there is insufficient supply pressure
Damage to the spring-loaded brake
to release the parking brake, release all
cylinder
spring-loaded brake cylinders manually in
Using excessive torque when loosening the event of an emergency.
1 Spring-loaded brake cylinder or tightening the release screw can dam-
(example, construction vehicle) age the spring-loaded brake cylinder.
▶ Use chocks to safeguard the vehicle
against rolling away.
The location of spring-loaded brake cylin- ▶ Loosen the release screw using a Wheel chocks are only to be used on the
der 1 depends on the type of axle. maximum of 70 Nm.
non-steered axles of the vehicle.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 257

Breakdown assistance
Jump-starting, tow-starting and towing away

▶ To release the spring-loaded brake

cylinder: turn release screw 2 of
spring-loaded brake cylinder 1 anti-
clockwise until the stop to release
position 4.
Moving the spring-loaded brake cylin-
der to the drive position
Make sure to move all spring-loaded
brake cylinders back into the drive posi-
tion.
▶ Charge the brake system until
the shut-off pressure is reached
( → page 281).
▶ Release the parking brake manually
( → page 144).
▶ Turn release screw 2 of spring-
loaded brake cylinder 1 clockwise
to drive position 3.
▶ Tighten release screw 2.

258 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 wheels and tyres
Operating and road safety

Operating and road safety A tyre dealer, a qualified specialist work- Notes on replacing tyres and
shop or a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre retreaded tyres
General notes on wheels and tyres will be able to provide you with further in-
Tyres are of particular importance to formation about the following: Replacing tyres
the operating and road safety of the ● Tyre load-bearing capacity (LI, Load – If replacing the standard tyres of your
vehicle. Check vehicle tyres regularly Index) vehicle, use only the tyre and wheel rim
( → page 260). sizes approved for your vehicle type.
● Tyre speed rating
Tyre load-bearing capacity, tyre ● tyre age – A tyre dealer, a qualified specialist work-
speed rating and tyre types ● Causes and consequences of tyre shop or a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre
wear will be able to provide you with further
Danger ● Measures to be taken in the event of information. After replacing your tyres,
tyre damage carry with you the vehicle's type approval
Risk of injury through exceeding the
● Types of tyre for specific regions, for the new tyre and wheel disk size as
specified tyre load-bearing capacity
areas of operation or conditions of well as the manufacturer's certificate
or the permissible speed rating
vehicle use showing that the tyres may be used on
Exceeding the specified tyre the vehicle. Observe the legal require-
● Interchangeability of tyres
load-bearing capacity may lead to tyre ments for the country you are currently
damage and the tyres bursting. In particular, observe the permissible tyre in. A Mercedes-Benz Service Centre can
▶ Therefore, only use tyre types and specifications for the country you are cur- provide you with information on obtaining
sizes approved for your vehicle rently in. These requirements may stipu- a manufacturer's certificate.
model. ­ late a specific tyre type for your vehicle.
After replacing your tyres, it may be ne-
In addition, the use of specific tyre types
▶ Observe the tyre load-bearing capa- cessary for adjustments to be made to
may be advisable for certain regions and
city rating and speed rating required the control units. If necessary, have these
areas of operation.
for your vehicle. adjustments carried out at a qualified spe-
cialist workshop.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 259

wheels and tyres
Notes on sound changes or undesired handling characteristics

Retreaded tyres usual handling characteristics. If you find ▶ Check the tyres regularly for signs
no signs of damage, have the tyres and of damage and replace any damaged
Mercedes-Benz recommends that you wheels checked at a qualified specialist tyres immediately.
only use tyres and wheels that have been workshop.
approved for Mercedes-Benz. Before starting your journey, check the
tyre condition for the following points:
Balancing tyres Notes on regularly inspecting wheels ● external damage
Mercedes-Benz recommends that you and tyres ● foreign objects in the tyre tread
only use clip–on and adhesive wheel bal- – Tyres are of particular importance to the ● foreign objects between the tyres (on
ance weights which have been approved operating and road safety of the vehicle. vehicles with twin tyres)
for Mercedes-Benz to balance the tyres. ● cracks or bulges
Therefore, regularly check the following
Adding balancing granulate, balancing ● uneven tread wear or excessive wear
points:
beads or balancing gel to the tyres can on one side
damage the inliner of the tyre. – – ● Tyre condition
● tyre age Tyre damage can be caused by the follow-
● tyre tread ing:
Notes on sound changes or undesired ● Tyre pressure ● the operating conditions of the
handling characteristics vehicle
While driving, pay attention to vibrations, Tyre condition ● tyre ageing
noises and unusual handling character- ● kerbs
istics, e.g. pulling to one side. This may Danger ● foreign objects
indicate that the wheels or tyres are dam- Risk of injury through damaged tyres ● insufficient or excessive tyre pressure
aged. If you suspect that a tyre is defect-
ive, reduce your speed immediately. Stop
Damaged tyres can cause tyre pressure ● – weather conditions and environ-
loss. mental factors
the vehicle as soon as possible to check
the wheels and tyres for damage. Hidden ● contact with oil, grease, fuel
tyre damage could also be causing the un-

260 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 wheels and tyres
Notes on regularly inspecting wheels and tyres

tyre age tyre tread Danger

Risk of aquaplaning due to insuffi-
Danger
cient tyre tread
Risk of aquaplaning due to insuffi-
cient tyre tread Depending on the height of the water on
the roadway, the vehicle may aquaplane.
Insufficient tyre tread will result in re-
duced tyre grip. ▶ Avoid ruts and brake carefully.
▶ Change tyres if the tyre tread is too
If the road surface is wet, the risk of small.
aquaplaning will increase, in particular
– Tyres age, even if they are used infre-
where speed is not adapted to suit the
quently or not at all. Operating and road
conditions.
safety diminish with the age of the tyres.
For this reason have tyres more than six ▶ You should regularly check the tyre
years old checked and, if necessary, re- tread depth and the condition of the
placed at a qualified specialist workshop. tyre tread over the entire width on
This also applies to the spare wheel. Date all tyres.
of manufacture 1 informs you about the Minimum tread depth for
age of a tyre. The first and second digits
refer to the week of manufacture, starting ● Summer tyres: 3 mm 1 Example: tyre tread wear indicator
with "01" for the first calendar week of ● M+S tyres: 4 mm A specified minimum tread depth is a
the year. The third and fourth digits refer ▶ For safety reasons, replace the tyres legal requirement for all tyres. Observe
to the year of manufacture. For example, before the legally prescribed limit the legal requirements for the country
a tyre that is marked " 3818" was manu- for the minimum tread depth is you are currently in. The less tyre tread
factured in week 38 in 2018. reached. depth remaining, the poorer the road
adhesion and handling characteristics of
the vehicle, particularly if the roadway is

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 261

wheels and tyres
Notes on regularly inspecting wheels and tyres

wet or snow-covered. A tyre has reached ● monthly

the minimum tread depth when the tread ● when the load changes Danger
wear indicator (arrow) is flush with the ● before starting a long journey Risk of accident due to repeated
tyre tread. ● if operating conditions change, e.g. pressure drop in the tyres
off-road driving The wheels, valves or tyres could be
Tyre pressure
damaged.
▶ Adjust the tyre pressure as neces-
Danger sary. Too low a tyre pressure can lead to the
tyres bursting.
Risk of accident due to insufficient or Tyre pressure that is too low can have the
excessive tyre pressure following consequences: ▶ Examine the tyres for foreign ob-
jects.
Tyres with insufficient or excessive tyre ● severe heating
▶ Check whether the tyre has a punc-
pressure pose the following hazards, in ● increased tyre wear ture or the valve has a leak.
particular: ● changed driving stability ▶ If you are unable to rectify the dam-
● the tyres may burst. ● increased fuel consumption age, contact a qualified specialist
● the tyres may wear excessively Tyre pressure that is too high can have workshop.
and/or unevenly. the following consequences:
● ­ the handling as well as steering Danger
● increased braking distance
and braking characteristics may be Risk of injury from lowering the tyre
severely impaired. ● poorer tyre traction
● increased tyre wear pressure when the tyres are warm
▶ Observe the recommended tyre The tyre temperature and tyre pressure
pressures and check the tyre pres- increase when the vehicle is in motion.
sure of all the tyres including the
spare wheel: Lowering the tyre pressure on warm
tyres can cause the tyres to burst.
▶ Do not lower the tyre pressure on
warm tyres.

262 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 wheels and tyres
Determining tyre pressures

▶ Make sure that you keep to the If load-bearing index 2 is comprised of Example:
specified tyre pressure. two numbers, the first number before ● The outside temperature (= tyre tem-
the "/" is for single tyres and the second perature) is approximately 0 °C.
Before starting your journey, determine
number, after the "/" , is for twin tyres. ● The room temperature is approxim-
the specified tyre pressure and check the
tyre pressures while the tyres are cold ▶ Determine the permissible axle load ately 20 °C.
( → page 263). by checking the vehicle identification ● set the tyre pressure to 20 kPa
plate ( → page 268). (0.2 bar/2.9 psi) below the pressure
▶ Select the tyre pressure table which specified in the tyre pressure table.
Determining tyre pressures corresponds to the tyre type.
▶ Observe the notes in the "Tyre pres- ● Single tyres ( → page 264)
sure" section of "Regular checking of ● Twin tyres ( → page 266)
the wheels and tyres" ( → page 260). ▶ Search tyre size 1 in the tyre pres-
Use the correct tyre pressures for each sure table.
axle on the vehicle. ▶ Search load-bearing index 2 which
corresponds to the tyre type in the
tyre pressure table.
▶ Find the maximum permissible axle
load in the tyre pressure table and
read off the tyre pressure.
The tyre pressure changes by approx.
10 kPa (0.1 bar/1.5 psi) for every 10
Example: tyre size and load-bearing index
°C in air temperature. Bear this pressure
change in mind when checking tyre pres-
▶ Read off tyre size 1 and load-bearing sures indoors, particularly in winter, as
index 2 on the tyre. long as the tyre temperature corresponds
to the outside temperature.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 263

wheels and tyres
Tyre pressure table for single tyres

Tyre pressure table for single tyres

Tyre pressures for use on firm surfaces (front axle)
Load- Axle loads, front axle (in kg)
Tyres bearing
index 7500 8000 9000
154 825 kPa (8.25 bar/120 psi)
315/80 R 22.5
156 800 kPa (8.0 bar/116 psi) 850 kPa (8.5 bar/123 psi)
154 850 kPa (8.5 bar/123 psi)
13 R 22.5
156 825 kPa (8.25 bar/120 psi) 875 kPa (8.75 bar/127 psi)
160 725 kPa (7.25 bar/105 psi) 780 kPa (7.8 bar/113 psi) 900 kPa (9.0 bar/131 psi)
385/65 R 22.5 162 725 kPa (7.25 bar/105 psi) 730 kPa (7.3 bar/106 psi) 850 kPa (8.5 bar/123 psi)
164 625 kPa (6.25 bar/91 psi) 680 kPa (6.8 bar/99 psi) 800 kPa (8.0 bar/116 psi)
395/85 R 20 168 550 kPa (5.5 bar/80 psi) 590 kPa (5.9 bar/86 psi) 670 kPa (6.7 bar/97 psi)
164 550 kPa (5.5 bar/80 psi) 590 kPa (5.9 bar/86 psi) 680 kPa (6.8 bar/99 psi)
14.00 R 20
166 550 kPa (5.5 bar/80 psi) 590 kPa (5.9 bar/86 psi) 680 kPa (6.8 bar/99 psi)
12.00 R 24 160 675 kPa (6.75 bar/98 psi) 730 kPa (7.3 bar/106 psi) 850 kPa (8.5 bar/123 psi)
325/95 R 24 162 625 kPa (6.25 bar/91 psi) 690 kPa (6.9 bar/100 psi) 800 kPa (8.0 bar/116 psi)

264 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 wheels and tyres
Tyre pressure table for single tyres

Tyre pressures for use on firm surfaces (rear axle)

Load- Axle loads, rear axle (in kg)
Tyres bearing Drive axles
index 9000 105000
4x4/4x2 740 kPa (7.4 bar/107 psi) 850 kPa (8.5 bar/123 psi)
395/85 R 20 168
6x6/6x4 710 kPa (7.1 bar/103 psi) 840 kPa (8.4 bar/122 psi)
4x4/4x2 740 kPa (7.4 bar/107 psi)
164
6x6/6x4 720 kPa (7.2 bar/104 psi)
14.00 R 20
4x4/4x2 740 kPa (7.4 bar/107 psi) 790 kPa (7.9 bar/115 psi)
166
6x6/6x4 720 kPa (7.2 bar/104 psi) 790 kPa (7.9 bar/115 psi)

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 265

wheels and tyres
Tyre pressure table for twin tyres

Tyre pressure table for twin tyres

Tyre pressures for use on firm surfaces (rear axle)
Load- Axle loads, rear axle (in kg)
Tyres bearing Drive axles
index 13000 16000
315/80 R 22.5 150 825 kPa (8.25 bar/120 psi)
150 850 kPa (8.5 bar/123 psi)
13 R 22.5
151 825 kPa (8.25 bar/120 psi)
14.00 R 20 160 6x6/6x4 540 kPa (5.4 bar/78 psi) 680 kPa (6.8 bar/99 psi)
12.00 R 24 156 675 kPa (6.75 bar/98 psi) 850 kPa (8.5 bar/123 psi)
325/95 R 24 160 575 kPa (5.75 bar/83 psi) 725 kPa (7.25 bar/105 psi)

266 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 wheels and tyres
Information on tyre pressures for use on differing road surfaces

Information on tyre pressures for use

on differing road surfaces
Operating conditions
A = unpaved road with loose surface, vmax 50 km/h
Tyres B = sand and mud, vmax 20 km/h
C = tyres only in an emergency and for a short period, vmax 10 km/h
A B C
395/85 R 20 XZL 80% 45% 33%
14.00 R 20 XZL+ 70% 40% 33%

Explanatory notes for the table

● The values in % are relative to the nominal tyre pressures for on-road driving.
● The tyre pressure reduction values apply only to the tyres explicitly listed (size, manufacturer and tyre tread).
● Applying these values to other designs/treads is not permitted.
● The pressures in the tyres must not fall below the values given in the table. In addition, do not apply any lateral forces, turn the
steering wheel or position the vehicle at an angle on a slope.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 267

Technical data
Vehicle model designation

Vehicle model designation Vehicle identification plate/axle Information on the vehicle identifica-
loads tion plate
Vehicle identification plate and
vehicle identification number (VIN)

Example: vehicle identification plate

1 Vehicle manufacturer
Example: vehicle identification number (VIN) and vehicle 2 EU general operating permit num-
Example: vehicle model designation identification plate ber (only in certain countries)
1 Permissible gross weight in metric The vehicle identification plate 1 is loc- 3 Vehicle identification number (VIN)
tonnes ated in the door frame on the front pas- 4 Permissible gross weight (kg)
2 Engine output in hp (= x 10) senger side. The vehicle identification Permissible gross vehicle combina-
number (VIN) 2 is stamped on the lon- tion weight (kg)
gitudinal frame member in the right wheel 5 Permissible axle loads (kg)
well. 6 Flue gas coefficient
7 Axle reduction ratio
8 Basic headlamp setting
9 Vehicle model or vehicle model
designation

268 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Technical data
Fluids and lubricants

You will find the technically permissible ▶ Always keep operating fluids away ● additives for exhaust gas aftertreat-
gross vehicle combination weight on the from children. ment, e.g. AdBlue ®
vehicle identification plate or in the COC ● Windscreen washer fluid
documents. Note that, in ADR mode, the NOTE ● climate control system refrigerants
technically permissible gross vehicle com- Damaging the major assemblies us-
bination weight is determined by the con- Approved operating fluids comply with the
ing additives highest quality standards and are listed in
tinuous brake effect of the vehicle. You
will find this value in your ADR certifica- Using additives in approved operating the Mercedes-Benz Trucks Specifications
tion. fluids can damage the major assemblies. for Operating Fluids. For this reason, only
▶ Do not mix additives with the oper- use approved operating fluids for your
If you require further assistance, consult a vehicle.
Mercedes-Benz Service Centre. ating fluids.
You can recognise operating fluids ap-
ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE proved by Mercedes-Benz by the following
Fluids and lubricants Pollution of the environment due to inscription on the container:
Notes on operating fluids irresponsible disposal of operating ● MB approval (e.g. MB Approval
fluids 228.51)
Danger Incorrectly disposing of operating fluids or
Risk of injury from hazardous operat- can cause considerable damage to the ● MB-Approval (e.g. MB-Approval
ing fluids environment. 228.51)
Operating fluids may be poisonous and ▶ Dispose of operating fluids in an en- Other labels and recommendations re-
harmful to your health. vironmentally responsible manner. lating to the quality or indicating that the
▶ Observe the text on the original Operating fluids include: product meets a certain specification are
containers when using, storing or not necessarily approved by Mercedes-
● fuels Benz.
disposing of operating fluids.
● lubricants
▶ Always store operating fluids in their
closed original containers. ● Coolant

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 269

Technical data
Fluids and lubricants

The specification and availability of lub- You do not need to renew the hydraulic continually approves engine oils based
ricants may vary. Some lubricants are no fluid for the hydraulic clutch operation on complex experiments according to the
longer available. system and gearshift. latest technological standards.
You can find information about operating Only use multigrade engine oils that com-
fluids that have been tested by Mercedes- Notes on engine oils ply with the Mercedes-Benz Trucks Spe-
Benz and approved for your vehicle at a cifications for Operating Fluids according
Mercedes-Benz Service Centre or online NOTE to Sheet no.­ 228.3, 228.31, 228.5 or
at https://operatingfluids.mercedes- 228.51.
Damage to the engine due to unau-
benz-trucks.com/
thorised engine oil quality Engine oils according to Sheet no.­ 228.5
▶ Only use quality grade engine oils and 228.51 have a higher quality standard
Notes on hydraulic fluids which are permitted according to and have a positive effect on the following
these Operating Instructions. factors:
Always observe the safety notes on oper-
ating fluids ( → page 269). ● Engine wear
● Fuel consumption
NOTE ● The exhaust gas emissions
Damage to the clutch operation sys-
tem due to filling with incorrect hy- Note
draulic fluids You can find the quality grade, e.g.
Do not refill with hydraulic fluid of a Sheet no. – 228.51 and the viscosity,
different quality grade or brake fluid. e.g. SAE classification­ 5W­30, on the oil
container.
Hydraulic fluids for the hydraulic clutch Observe the notes on operating fluids
operation system and the gearshift sys- ( → page 269).
tem are specified on Sheet no.­ 345.0 of The quality of the engine oil used is of
the Mercedes-Benz Trucks Specifications decisive importance for the engine's func-
for Operating Fluids. tionality and service life. Mercedes-Benz

270 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Technical data
Fluids and lubricants

Application areas ● Quality of the engine oil used

NOTE ● The fuel type
You can use multigrade engine oils ac- Engine damage due to the use of en- ● The fuel grade
cording to Sheet no.­ 228.3, 228.31, gine oil with inadequate temperature
228.5 or 228.51 all year round. properties ­Select the SAE classification (viscosity)
of the engine oil according to the out-
The oil change intervals are shortened The engine oil used doe not have ad- side temperature. You can find inform-
depending on the fuel type and fuel grade equate temperature properties. ation about the SAE classifications and
(sulphur content).
This can lead to damage to the engine. the outside temperature ranges in Sheet
Set the sulphur content using the on-
board computer ( → page 93).
▶ Select the SAE classification (vis- no.­­ 224.2 of the Mercedes-Benz Trucks
cosity) of the engine oil based on Specifications for Operating Fluids.
Oil change the average outside temperature ac- The maximum oil change interval is only
cording to the season. achieved with engine oils of a particularly
NOTE ▶ If the SAE classification of the en- high quality grade, according to Sheet
gine oil is not suitable for the out- no. ­ 228.5 of the Mercedes-Benz Trucks
Increased wear due to mixing differ-
side temperature: In particular, en- Specifications for Operating Fluids. The
ent grades of oil
sure that you change the engine oil on-board computer automatically displays
If engine oils of different quality grades in good time before the start of the when the next oil change is due.
are mixed, the intervals for changes colder months.
of engine oil will be shorter than with Filling or topping up engine oil
engine oils of the same quality. At outside temperatures of below -20 °C,
Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use NOTE
▶ Mix engine oils of different quality engine oils of SAE classification 5W­­30 or
grades only in exceptional cases. 0W­30. Damage caused by topping up too
▶ On the on-board computer, adjust much engine oil
the Sheet number of the engine oil Oil change intervals depend on the follow-
Excess engine oil can damage the engine
to the lower quality under Engine oil ing factors:
or catalytic converter.
quality. ● Vehicle operating conditions

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 271

Technical data
Fluids and lubricants

▶ Have excess engine oil removed at a Setting the oil quality can find information at a Mercedes-
qualified specialist workshop. Benz Service Centre.
When the instrument cluster displays the
Mercedes-Benz recommends that, when symbol 4 and you refill the displayed The drive axles and the transmission are
refilling, you only use engine oils of the oil filling capacity, observe the following: filled with a high-quality synthetic oil at
same quality grade and SAE classification the factory.
as that used the last time the oil was ● If you top up or add a lower qual-
ity engine oil, set the lower quality The planetary hub reduction axles are
changed.­ filled with mineral oil.
(Sheet no.) on the on-board computer
Check the oil level in the on-board com- ­ ( → page 93). For automatic transmissions, only use
puter ( → page 91) before you top up the ● If you are topping up with engine oil transmission oils according to Sheet
engine oil ( → page 216). of a better quality, do not enter the no.­ 236.91.
Miscibility of engine oils better quality (Sheet no.).­
Transmission oil quality
If you mix engine oils, you reduce the ­You can check the quality grade (Sheet
advantages of high-quality engine oils. Transmission oils
no.) of the transmission oil used on the
Engine oils are differentiated according to General notes on-board computer ( → page 93).
the following points:
● Engine oil brand NOTE
Notes on coolant
● ­Quality grade (Sheet no.) Damage to the transmission from
● ­SAE classification (viscosity) mineral-based transmission oil Danger
If, in exceptional cases, engine oil of the The transmission may be damaged when ­ Risk of fire and injury from anti-
type in the engine is not available, refill changing from a synthetic to a mineral- freeze agent
using another engine oil approved for based transmission oil. If antifreeze agent comes into contact
Mercedes-Benz. ▶ Before you change the transmission with hot component parts in the engine
oil, check whether a mineral-based compartment, it may ignite.
transmission oil is permitted. You

272 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Technical data
Fluids and lubricants

▶ Allow the engine to cool down be- Leave the coolant in the engine cooling drinking water. Have the water treated if
fore you top up the antifreeze agent. system all year round — even in countries the water quality is not sufficient.
▶ Make sure that no antifreeze agent with high outside temperatures. Mix the water and the corrosion inhib-
spills out next to the filler opening. Check the concentration of the corrosion itor/antifreeze agent together externally
▶ Thoroughly clean the antifreeze inhibitor/antifreeze agent in the coolant of the coolant circuit before filling.
agent from component parts before every six months. Avoid mixing different corrosion inhib-
starting the vehicle.
Only use approved corrosion itor/antifreeze agents.
Observe the information under "Operating inhibitor/antifreeze agents according to Refer to the Mercedes-Benz Trucks Spe-
fluids" ( → page 269). Sheet no. 325.5. cifications for Operating Fluids according
A coolant that ensures anti- If you replace the coolant, make sure to Sheet no. 310.1.
corrosion/antifreeze protection and other that the coolant contains 50 ­% corrosion
important protective effects is added at inhibitor/antifreeze agents by vol. This
the factory. provides antifreeze protection down to Notes on refrigerant
Coolant is a mixture of water and corro- temperatures of -37 °C. Your vehicle's climate control system is
filled with refrigerant R­134a and contains
sion inhibitor/antifreeze agent. Do not exceed a proportion of 55 ­% by
fluorinated greenhouse gas.
The corrosion inhibitor/antifreeze agent vol. (antifreeze protection down to tem-
in the coolant has the following proper- peratures of approx. -45 °C). Heat dis- The information label for the refrigerant
sipation and antifreeze protection may type used is located on the driver's door.
ties:
otherwise deteriorate.
● Heat dissipation NOTE
In the event of coolant loss, do not just
● Anti-corrosion protection Damage due to incorrect refrigerant
refill with water, but also proportion-
● Cavitation protection (protection ally with an approved corrosion inhib- or refrigerant compressor oil
against pitting) itor/antifreeze agent. If the incorrect refrigerant or refrigerant
● Antifreeze protection
The water used in coolant must meet spe- compressor oil (PAG oil) is used, this can
● Increases the boiling point
cific requirements, which are often met by damage the climate control system.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 273

Technical data
Fluids and lubricants

▶ Only use refrigerant R­134a and the 4 Applicable standards

PAG oil approved by Mercedes-Benz NOTE
5 PAG oil part number­
for your vehicle. 6 GWP (global warming potential) of Damage to the exhaust gas after-
▶ Do not mix the approved PAG oil the refrigerant used treatment system for vehicles with
with another PAG oil. diesel particulate filters
7 Refrigerant type
Maintenance work, such as topping up If you use diesel fuel with a sulphur con-
The symbols 1 indicate the following: tent that is too high, the exhaust gas
the refrigerant or replacing components,
must be carried out only by a qualified ● Possible dangers aftertreatment system may be damaged.
specialist workshop. All applicable regu- ● The performance of maintenance ▶ In countries without sulphur-free
lations and SAE standard­ J639 must be work at a qualified specialist work- diesel fuel, refuel using only low-
complied with. shop sulphur diesel fuel with a sulphur
content of less than 50 ppm.
Refrigerant information label
Notes on fuel quality According to European standard
EN 16942, you can find the following
Danger compatibility indications for diesel fuel:
Risk of fire from fuel mixture ● on the information label on the
If you mix diesel fuel with petrol, the vehicle's fuel tank next to the fuel
flash point of the fuel mixture is lower filler cap
than that of pure diesel fuel. ● on the fuel dispenser pump nozzle
▶ Never fill diesel engines with petrol. suitable for your vehicle throughout
1 Symbols for hazard and service ▶ Never mix petrol with diesel fuel. Europe
information
2 Refrigerant filling capacity Even small amounts of the wrong fuel
could result in damage to the fuel system,
3 CO2 equivalent of the refrigerant
engine and exhaust gas aftertreatment
used
system.

274 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Technical data
Fluids and lubricants

a lower sulphur content are sold in some Information about diesel fuels
countries under the designation "Euro
diesel". Danger
You can find information about current Risk of injury from fuels
country-specific sulphur contents at a Fuels are toxic and hazardous to health.
Mercedes-Benz Service Centre or in the
Mercedes-Benz Trucks Specifications ▶ Do not swallow fuel or let it come
Compatibility labels on the vehicle (example) for Operating Fluids according to Sheet into contact with skin, eyes or cloth-
no. 136.2. ing.
● B7: For diesel fuel with a maximum ▶ Do not inhale fuel vapours.
of 7 ­% fatty acid methyl ester (FAME) Information on low outside temperat- ▶ Keep children away from fuels.
(biodiesel fuel) by volume ures ▶ Keep doors and windows closed
● B100: For diesel fuel with a max- when refuelling.
imum of 100 ­% fatty acid methyl es- Refuel your vehicle with as much winter
ter (FAME) (biodiesel fuel) by volume diesel fuel as possible at the beginning of If you or others come into contact with
winter. fuel, observe the following:
Before delivery, the fuel sulphur content
is set to < 0.005 % sulphur by weight
Before changing over to winter diesel fuel, ▶ Immediately rinse fuel off your skin
the fuel tank should be empty, if possible. with soap and water.
(50 ppm). If you fill up with diesel fuel
with a different sulphur content, set the
When first refuelling with winter diesel ▶ If the fuel comes into contact with
fuel, only refuel using a small amount, e.g. your eyes, immediately rinse them
new value for the sulphur content in the
to reserve level. The next time you refuel, thoroughly with clean water. Seek
on-board computer ( → page 93). If you
you can fill the fuel tank normally again. medical attention immediately.
do not know the sulphur content of the
diesel fuel used, set the lower value for Further information on fuel is available at ▶ Seek medical attention immediately
the sulphur content in the on-board com- the following locations: if fuel has been ingested. Do not
puter. induce vomiting.
● Filling stations
Certain countries have diesel fuel with ● Qualified specialist workshops
varying sulphur content. Diesel fuels with

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 275

Technical data
Fluids and lubricants

▶ Immediately change out of clothing When the vehicle is delivered, the diesel
which has come into contact with NOTE fuel in the vehicle corresponds with the
fuel. Damage to the engine and the ex- sulphur content of the fuel available in the
haust system due to too high a sul- country of delivery.
Danger phur content in the fuel
Diesel fuels at low temperatures
­ Risk of fire or explosion from fuel Fuels can have different levels of sulphur
content.
Fuels are highly flammable. Danger
A high fuel sulphur content accelerates
▶ Fire, naked flames, smoking and ­ Risk of fire and explosion from ignit-
the ageing process of the engine oil and
creating sparks must be avoided. ing fuel
can damage the engine and exhaust
▶ Before refuelling, switch off the system. If parts of the fuel system heat up, fuel
vehicle and, if present, the auxiliary may escape and ignite. Depending on
heating. ▶ Use fuels with a low sulphur con-
the type of damage, the fuel may only
tent.
escape when the engine is running.
NOTE Only use the prescribed fuel qualities. ▶ Never heat up parts of the fuel sys-
Malfunctions in the fuel system due The following fuel types are not permitted: tem.
to impurities ▶ Contact a qualified specialist work-
● Petrol
Impurities may enter the fuel system shop to have the fault rectified.
● Vegetable oil
from drums or canisters when refuelling.
● Paraffin At very low outside temperatures, paraffin
This can cause malfunctions in the fuel ● Marine diesel fuel may separate from the diesel fuel result-
system. ● Aviation turbine fuel ing in inadequate flow characteristics.
▶ Filter fuel out of drums or canisters ● Heating oils To prevent malfunctions, diesel fuel with
before filling the tank. improved flow characteristics is available
Do not mix such fuels with diesel fuel and
do not use any additive. in the winter months.

276 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Technical data
Fluids and lubricants

Winter diesel fuels are reliable down to ▶ Only use fatty acid methyl ester
outside temperatures of -22 °C in Ger- NOTE (FAME) (biodiesel fuel) in accord-
many and other Central European coun- Damage to the fuel system due to de- ance with DIN EN 14214.
tries. You can normally use winter diesel terioration of the lubrication qualities
fuel without problems at the outside tem- of the diesel fuel NOTE
peratures expected in the country where The use of petrol or petroleum will cause Damage to painted surfaces due to
it is on sale. the lubrication qualities of the diesel fuel fuel
In very low outside temperatures, obtain to deteriorate. This can lead to damage
Fatty acid methyl ester (FAME) (biodiesel
information from a filling station operator to the fuel system.
fuel) attacks painted surfaces.
on particularly cold-resistant winter diesel ▶ Do not mix petrol or petroleum with ▶ Immediately rinse off fatty acid
fuel. diesel fuel in order to improve its
methyl ester (FAME) (biodiesel fuel)
flow properties.
Fuel additives with water.

NOTE Information about fatty acid methyl NOTE

Malfunctions and engine damage due ester (FAME) (biodiesel fuel) Auxiliary heating malfunctions due to
to the use of fuel additives incorrect fuel
NOTE
Using fuel additives may cause malfunc- Operation with 100 % fatty acid methyl
tions and engine damage. Damage and malfunctions due to ester (FAME) or diesel fuel with more
fatty acid methyl ester (FAME) (biod- than 10 % of fatty acid methyl ester
▶ Do not use fuel additives. iesel fuel) (FAME) fuel as an additive will cause
▶ Do not mix flow improvers with the
Fatty acid methyl ester (FAME) (biod- malfunctions.
fuel.
iesel fuel) that does not comply with the ▶ Operate the auxiliary heating only
DIN EN 14214 standard may cause mal- with commercially available diesel
functions or engine damage. fuel.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 277

Technical data
Fluids and lubricants

served, Mercedes-Benz accepts no im- ● have the fuel and oil filters replaced
NOTE plied warranty for damage and malfunc- each time the oil is changed.
Malfunctions and engine damage due tions. ● Mercedes-Benz recommends fitting
to the use of fuel additives a special fuel prefilter. Information
Observe the notes on operating fluids.
Using fuel additives may cause malfunc- on this can be obtained at a qualified
You can operate your vehicle with pure
tions and engine damage. specialist workshop.
fatty acid methyl ester (FAME) in accord-
▶ Do not use fuel additives. ● Only use engine oils that comply with
ance with DIN EN 14214 and in a mixture
Sheet no. 228.5 of the Mercedes-
▶ Do not mix flow improvers with the with conventional diesel fuels. This also
Benz Trucks Specifications for Oper-
fuel. applies to vehicles with BlueTec® exhaust
ating Fluids.
gas aftertreatment.
● during longer non-operational times,
ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Driving operation with fatty acid methyl FAME fatty acid methyl ester can
Environmental damage due to the ester (FAME) causes the following: adhere to component parts of the
disposal of engine oil when using fuel system. Therefore, use all of fatty
● Somewhat higher fuel consumption
fatty acid methyl ester (FAME) (biod- acid methyl ester (FAME) before long
● Slightly reduced engine output
iesel fuel) periods of engine standstill. Fill the
● Increased production of white smoke
▶ Refer to the additional information after a cold start of the vehicle fuel tank with conventional diesel
and national regulations for dispos- fuel and allow the engine to run for
ing of engine oil. When using FAME fatty acid methyl ester, at least an hour before parking the
observe the following points: vehicle.
Further information can be obtained at a
qualified specialist workshop. ● Have the fuel filter and the oil filter ● Fatty acid methyl ester FAME is sub-
replaced about 50 operating hours ject to a natural ageing process.
Refer to the Mercedes-Benz Trucks Spe- after switching to fatty acid methyl Mercedes-Benz recommends that
cifications for Operating Fluids accord- ester (FAME). you do not fill up vehicles with long
ing to Sheet no.­ 135.0 and the instruc- ● the change intervals for oil, fuel and non-operational times, such as fire
tions for handling fatty acid methyl ester oil filters are significantly reduced. engines, with fatty acid methyl ester
(FAME). If these instructions are not ob- (FAME).

278 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Technical data
Fluids and lubricants

● Operate the auxiliary heating only with DIN EN 15940 and in a mixture with AdBlue® is a non-flammable, non-toxic,
with commercially available diesel conventional diesel fuels. colourless, odourless and water-soluble
fuel. Observe the notes on the auxili- fluid.
ary heating ( → page 70).
Notes on AdBlue® When you open the AdBlue® tank, small
Low outside temperatures amounts of ammonia vapour may escape.
It may be improper or punishable in some
Ammonia vapours have a pungent odour
According to DIN EN 14214, fatty acid countries to operate a vehicle that uses
and irritate the following body parts in
methyl ester (FAME) is reliable at outside no AdBlue® or one that does not comply
particular:
temperatures down to approx. -20 °C. with the specifications of these Operating
Instructions. ● Skin
● Mucous membranes
Information about alternative NOTE ● Eyes
diesel fuels in accordance with Paintwork damage caused by Ad- This can cause a burning sensation in the
DIN EN 15940 Blue® eyes, nose and throat as well as coughing
Observe the notes on operating fluids and watering eyes.
If AdBlue® comes into contact with
( → page 269).
painted or aluminium surfaces when re- Do not inhale escaping ammonia va-
Alternative diesel fuels according to fuelling, these surfaces may be attacked. pours. Only fill the AdBlue® tank in well-
DIN EN 15940 can be produced from the ▶ Immediately rinse the surfaces af- ventilated areas.
following resources: fected with plenty of water. AdBlue® should not come into contact
● –hydrotreated vegetable oils (HVO) with skin, eyes or clothing or be swal-
If the AdBlue® tank is still filled with
● biomass (BtL – biomass to liquid) enough AdBlue®, balancing out of pres- lowed. Keep AdBlue® away from children.
● natural gas (GtL – gas to liquid) sure may occur when the tank cap is If you come into contact with AdBlue®,
● coal (CtL – coal to liquid) opened. This may cause AdBlue® to leak. observe the following:
You can operate your vehicle with pure Therefore, carefully unscrew the tank cap
● Wash AdBlue® off skin immediately
alternative diesel fuels in accordance of the AdBlue® tank.
with soap and water.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 279

Technical data
Fluids and lubricants

● If you get AdBlue® in your eyes, rinse engine and the silencer. Such crystallisa- Storage
them immediately and thoroughly tion does not impair the function of the
with clean water. Seek medical atten- BlueTec® exhaust gas aftertreatment sys- Tanks made of the following materials are
tion immediately. tem. If necessary, remove the AdBlue® not suitable for storing AdBlue®:
● If you have swallowed AdBlue®, rinse crystals with a sponge and clean water. ● Aluminium
your mouth immediately with water ● Copper
Additives, tap water
and drink plenty of water. Seek med- ● Copper alloys
ical attention immediately. ● Non-alloy steel
● Immediately change clothes that have NOTE
● Galvanised steel
been soiled by AdBlue®. Damage caused by mixing additives
with AdBlue® or from diluting Ad- If AdBlue is stored in these types of con-
High outside temperatures Blue® tainer, constituents of these metals may
dissolve and damage the BlueTec® ex-
If AdBlue® heats up above 50 °C over an The BlueTec® exhaust gas aftertreat- haust gas aftertreatment beyond repair.
extended period of time, e.g. due to direct ment system could be destroyed by the
sunlight, AdBlue® may decompose. This following: Only use tanks made of the following
creates ammonia vapour. materials for storing AdBlue®:
● Additives in AdBlue®
● Diluting AdBlue® ● Cr-Ni steel acc. to DIN EN 10 088-
Low outside temperatures
1/2/3
AdBlue® freezes at a temperature of ▶ Only use AdBlue® in accordance ● Mo-Cr-Ni steel acc. to DIN EN 10
approx. -11 °C. AdBlue® is automatically with ISO 22241. 088-1/2/3
preheated using the vehicle's coolant ▶ Do not mix additives. ● Polypropylene
system. This means that winter operation ▶ Do not dilute AdBlue®. ● Polyethylene
is also ensured at temperatures below -11
°C.
At low temperatures, AdBlue® crystals
may form on the coiled hose between the

280 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Technical data
Operating data

Disposal ▶ Avoid impurities in AdBlue®. Supply pressures Pressure

Ensure that AdBlue® is pure to avoid External source
ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE malfunctions in the BlueTec® exhaust of compressed
Environmental pollution caused by gas aftertreatment. air (charging the 11.0–12,5 bar
compressed-air
environmentally irresponsible dis- If you pump AdBlue® out of the tank, for system)
posal example, during a repair, do not refill it
Remaining pressure
▶ Dispose of AdBlue® in an environ- into the tank. Otherwise the purity of the circuits
7.0–8,7 bar
mentally responsible manner. liquid is no longer guaranteed.
When disposing of AdBlue®, observe the
legal requirements for the country you are Operating data Engine
currently in. OM 460 engine with a capacity of
Compressed-air system 12,816 cm3
Purity Minimum pres- Engine
Pressure
sures speed
NOTE Brake circuit 1 6,8 bar approx.
Damage and malfunctions due to Brake circuit 2 6,8 bar Idle speed 560–800
impurities in AdBlue® rpm
Brake circuit 3 5,5 bar
If there are impurities in AdBlue®, this approx.
Transmission cir- Engine brake (operating
5,5 bar 1500–2500
will result in the following: cuit/clutch circuit range)
rpm
● increased emissions values Spring-loaded brake Engine speed of the max- approx.
● damage to the catalytic converter cylinder release 6,8 bar imum engine output 1600 rpm
pressure
● engine damage
● Malfunctions of the AdBlue® ex-
Supply pressures Pressure
haust gas aftertreatment
Service brake 10.5–13,6 bar

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 281

Technical data
Compressed-air reservoir

Operating temperature Wheel nut tightening torques Steering play

Operating mode Temperature Wheels Torque Steering

Steel wheels with pressure play
approximately 600 Nm
Normal operation plate nuts Maximum permissible steer-
80–95 °C
Steel wheels with spherical ing play (measured at the rim
Maximum permiss- 450 Nm 30 mm
collar nuts of the steering wheel with
ible coolant tem-
to 110 °C the vehicle switched on)
perature during Spare wheel on spare wheel
385 Nm
operation holder
Automatically re- Compressed-air reservoir
From 105 °C
duced engine output
Spring-loaded brake cylinder release Information on the compressed-air
torque/release pressure reservoir
Tyre pressure Spring-loaded brake cylin- Torque/ Information for the initial purchaser
Tyres Pressure der pressure and other users
Tyre pressure table See the "Wheels and Release torque of the release
Max. 70 Nm Supporting documentation in accord-
for single tyres tyres" section screw
ance with Directive 2009/105/EC of the
Tyre pressure table See the "Wheels and Tightening torque of the European Parliament and of the Coun-
Max. 35 Nm
for twin tyres tyres" section release screw
cil and in accordance with the technical
Permissible differ- Release pressure (supply standard EN 286­2.
ence in pressure 20 kPa (0,2 bar, 3 pressure in compressed-air Min. 8,0 bar
between tyres on an psi) system) a– The reservoir is only intended for
axle use in compressed-air systems
and auxiliary equipment on motor
Maximum permiss- vehicles and their trailers, and is
1000 kPa (10,0 bar,
ible air pressure for only to be used to hold compressed
145 psi)
inflating tyres air.

282 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Technical data
Compressed-air reservoir

b– ­For the purposes of identification, d– The reservoir is to be secured to – The reservoir must be emptied at
the container is marked with a the vehicle by tensioning straps regular intervals to prevent the
factory no. and the manufacturer (clamps). accumulation of condensation (pull
of the container, as well as the In the case of aluminium reservoirs, ring on release valve at the lowest
key operating data and the CE contact surfaces must be designed point of the reservoir).
mark, see the identification plate or to inhibit corrosion or mechanical
inscriptions directly on the wall of damage. Tensioning straps are to e– The reservoir requires no mainten-
the container.­ be positioned in such a way that ance if item d is complied with.
they do not come in contact with
c– The reservoir is manufactured with the base connecting seams; the
f– No welding, heat treatment or other
a "Declaration of conformity" in reservoir is not to be subjected to
operation relevant to safety is to be
accordance with Article 12 of any stress that would jeopardise
performed on the pressure-bearing
Directive 2009/105/EC. operating safety.
walls of the reservoir (casing, base,
Coatings applied to aluminium threaded rings).
reservoirs must not contain lead,
and the top coat of paint must only
g– The internal pressure of the reservoir
be applied over a suitable primer
may exceed the maximum operating
coat. Steel threaded connections for
pressure Ps by no more than 10 %
aluminium reservoirs must have a
for a brief period.
corrosion-proof coating.
Daimler Truck AG
– Aluminium reservoirs are only to be
cleaned using non-alkaline cleaning
agents.

– The interior of the reservoir must

be visible through the threaded
connections.

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 283

Technical data
Compressed-air reservoir

Compressed-air reservoir identifica- Steel reservoir

tion plates
Aluminium reservoir

1 Manufacturer
2 ­MB part number
1 Manufacturer 3 Maximum operating pressure (bar)
2 ­MB part number 4 Testing establishment code num-
3 Maximum operating pressure (bar) ber
4 Year of construction 5 Year of construction
5 Testing establishment code num- 6 Volume (litres)
ber
6 Volume (litres)

284 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Index

1 Storage . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . 279 Alarm clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

System check after a malfunc- Operating (on-board
16-speed transmission . . . . . . . . 148
tion . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . 83 computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Change splitter box (16-speed
Tank . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . 170 Animals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Manual transmission . . . . . . . . 148 Additional headlamps . . . . . . . . . 196 Pets in the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Add-on equipment . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3 Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
A Adjusting the air vents . . . . . . . . . 76 Check for leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Adjusting the seat belt height . . . . 45
ABS (anti-lock braking system) . . 142 Assistance systems . . . . . . . . . . 133
Adjusting the steering wheel . . . . . 48
Braking with anti-lock protec- Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Adjusting the volume . . . . . . . . . . 87
Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Deactivating/activating . . . . . . 143 Audio equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Attention Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Display check . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Telephone calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Switching on/off (on-board com-
Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
puter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
AdBlue® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Air distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Audio equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Adjusting (heating/air-conditioning
system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Operating (on-board
Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Setting the volume (steering wheel
Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 buttons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
High outside temperatures . . . . 279 Airflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Audio source (radio with USB port
Low outside temperatures . . . . . 279 Adjusting (heating/air-conditioning and Bluetooth®) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, 279 system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Purity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Automatic driving lights . . . . . . . . 52
Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 285

Index

Automatic engine start/stop for Auxiliary consumer circuit . . . . . 138 Battery disconnect switch . . . . . 226
refrigerated vehicles . . . . . . . . . . 136 Checking supply pressure . . . . . 138 Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Automatic transmission . . . . . . . 217 Auxiliary heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Checking the charge level . . . . . 226
Checking the oil level . . . . . . . . 217 Engine preheating . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Checking the fluid level . . . . . . . 226
Checking the oil level with a Fault code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Disconnecting/connecting . . . . 222
dipstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Forced switch-off . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 EMERGENCY OFF switch . . . . . . . 63
Drive programs . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Energy-saving mode . . . . . . . . . 221
Driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Operating the switch clock . . . . . 73 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Push-button gearshift and gear Overview, timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Removing/fitting . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Topping up the transmission Setting the switch-on time . . . . . 73 Starting assistance . . . . . . . . . . 247
oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Axle loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Battery disconnect switch . . . . . 226
Transmission oil level fault
codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Checking (on-board Berth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Folding up/down . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
AUX input (radio with USB port
Notes on axle/wheel loads . . . . 151 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
and Bluetooth®) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
permissible axle loads . . . . . . . 268 Bi-xenon headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Selecting options . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Setting the display (on-board Notes on changing a bulb . . . . . . 54
AUX mode (radio with USB port computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
and Bluetooth®) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Bleeding the fuel system . . . . . . . 233
Axle reduction ratio . . . . . . . . . . 268
Activating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 With a fuel prefilter . . . . . . . . . 233
External audio source . . . . . . . . 124 With the hand pump . . . . . . . . . 233
B
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Without a fuel prefilter . . . . . . . 233
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
AUX socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Battery box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

286 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Index

Bluetooth® mode (radio with USB Opening/closing . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Flat tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
port and Bluetooth®) . . . . . . . . . 129 Brake light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Accepting/ending a call . . . . . . 129 Replacing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Notes on recovery . . . . . . . . . . 254
Accepting/ending a call via Pump lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
the multifunction steering Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Raising the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 254
wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Checking the compressed-air
brake system for leaks . . . . . . . 141 Recovering the vehicle . . . . . . . 254
Calling up the telephone main Righting the vehicle . . . . . . . . . 254
menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Starting assistance . . . . . . . . . . 247
Conducting a call using the call
Starting/switching off the vehicle
lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 with the bonnet open . . . . . . . . 232
Conducting a call using the phone ABS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Vehicle does not start . . . . . . . . 235
book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 ABS display check . . . . . . . . . . 142
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Anti-lock protection . . . . . . . . . 142 C
Pairing mobile phones using Arrangement of the spring-loaded
External . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Car wash (care) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
brake cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Pairing mobile phones using Checking the compressed-air Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Pairing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 brake system for leaks . . . . . . . 141 – After driving off-road or on a
Playing back MP3 files . . . . . . . 130 Continuous brake . . . . . . . . . . . 145 construction site . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Playing back MP3 files us- Notes on the brake system . . . . 140 Automatic car wash . . . . . . . . . 201
ing the multifunction steering Releasing the spring-loaded brake BlueTec® exhaust gas aftertreat-
wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 ment system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Switching on/off . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Cold foam mattress cover . . . . . 199
Breakdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Updating the phone book . . . . . 131 Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Bleeding the fuel system . . . . . . 233
Bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Chock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Checking the lock . . . . . . . . . . 139 Exterior lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Emergency operation mode . . . . 235

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 287

Index

High-pressure cleaner . . . . . . . 200 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Child seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Mercedes-Benz protective Number plate lamp . . . . . . . . . . 58 Basic instructions . . . . . . . . . . . 33
chassis sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Overview of bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Notes on risks and dangers . . . . . 34
Paintwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Perimeter lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Securing to the passenger
Plastic trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Rear fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Radiator surface . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Reversing light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Children . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . 34
Seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Side marker lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Avoiding dangers in the
Seat covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Standing lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 vehicle . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . 34
Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Tail light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Basic instructions ... . . . . . . . . 33
steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Chock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Trim elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Turn signal light (headlamps) . . . . 56 Cigarette lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Turn signal light (rear lamp Cleaning the exterior . . . . . . . . . 202
unit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Changing a bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Clearance light / side marker light 58
Turn signal lights (side turn signal
Brake light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Replacing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
lamps) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Clearance light / side marker Climate control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Work lamp (bottom) . . . . . . . . . . 60
light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Work lamp (top) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Adjusting the air distribution . . . . 69
Daytime running lights . . . . . . . . 56
Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Adjusting the air vents . . . . . . . . 76
Exit lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Fitting a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Adjusting the airflow . . . . . . . . . 69
Fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Auxiliary heating . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
High beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Positioning the jack . . . . . . . . . 239 Defrosting the windows . . . . . . . 69
Interior lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Removing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . 239 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Lateral turn signal lamp . . . . . . . 56
Removing the spare wheel . . . . 235 Notes on air vents . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Low beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Retightening the wheel nuts . . . 239 Overview of functions . . . . . . . . . 68
Manoeuvring assistance . . . . . . . 60

288 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Index

Refrigerant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Crawler mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Refrigerant filling capacity . . . . . 273 Compressed-air system filler Switching on/off (on-board com-
Setting the temperature . . . . . . . 69 connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 puter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Switching air conditioning system Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Cross-axle lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
AdBlue® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 CRUISE CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Switching cooling with air dehu-
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
midification on/off . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Continuous brake . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Cockpit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Switching on/off . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Switching on/off . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Switch panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Cold-start aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 D
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Combination switch . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Data collection (vehicle) . . . . . . . . 13
Checking and topping up coolant
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Data formats (radio with USB port
Compressed-air brake system . . . 137 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 and Bluetooth®) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Checking supply pressure . . . . . 137 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Coolant temperature . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Checking the leak tightness . . . 141 Data protection rights . . . . . . . . . . 17
Checking (on-board
Compressed-air reservoir . . . . . . 284 computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Data storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Identification plates . . . . . . . . . 284 Switching off the engine . . . . . . 140 Data storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Coupling (hydraulics) . . . . . . . . . 212 Data protection rights . . . . . . . . . 17
Compressed-air system . . . . . . . 247 Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Electronic control units . . . . . . . . 13
Fill with external air . . . . . . . . . 247 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Service provider . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Filler connection . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Daytime running lights . . . . . . . . . 56
Supply pressures . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Replacing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 289

Index

Switching on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Outside temperature ........ . 80 Double-tank system . . . . . . . . . . 170

Declaration of conformity . . . . . . . . 6 Setting the language (on-board Changing the fuel display . . . . . 170
Electromagnetic compatibility . . . . 6 computer) . . . . . . . . ........ . 93 Using variant 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Tank content . . . . . . ........ . 80 Using variant 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Wireless vehicle components . . . . 6 Time . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . 80 driver assistance systems . . . . . . 133
Total distance . . . . . ........ . 80 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Diagnostic data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Trip distance . . . . . . ........ . 80
Displaying (on-board Driving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Display message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Adjusting headlamps . . . . . . . . . 61
Displaying (on-board
Diagnostics connection . . . . . . . . . . 9 Driving off-road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Grey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Adjusting the underride
Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Checklist after driving off-
Diesel fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Fuel additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Yellow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Checklist before driving off-
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Distance control assistant . . . . . . 87 road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Notes on quality . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Distance display (on-board com- Cleaning after driving off-road or
Differential locks . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 puter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 on construction sites– . . . . . . . 167
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Driving on inclines . . . . . . . . . . 164
Using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . 40 Driving on sand . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Getting in and out . . . . . .... . . 40 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
AdBlue® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Grab handles (getting in and Preparing for fording . . . . . . . . 164
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 out) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . 40 Rules for off-road driving . . . . . . 163
Engine speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Steps (getting in and out) .... . . 40 Driving safety systems . . . . . . . . 133
On-board computer . . . . . . . . . . 83 Unlocking/locking . . . . . .... . . 39 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

290 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Index

Driving time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Checking the oil level (on-board

Checking (on-board Activating/deactivating preheat- computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Displays operating hours (on-board Miscibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Economical and environmentally computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
aware driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Emergency operation mode . . . . 235 Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
On loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Oil consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 168 SAE classifications . . . . . . . . . . 270
On running-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Problems starting the en- Setting the quality (on-board
gine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Dust separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Setting oil quality (on-board Setting the viscosity (on-board
computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
E
Setting the idle speed . . . . . . . . 194 Topping up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
EcoRoll mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Setting the oil viscosity (on-board Engine output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Switching on/off (on-board com- computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Notes on changes . . . . . . . . . . . 10
puter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Starting the engine (emergency Engine run-on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Electromagnetic compatibility . . . . 6
Declaration of conformity . . . . . . . 6 operation mode) . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Engine speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Emergency equipment . . . . . . . . 230
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Environmental protection . . . . . . . . 2
Vehicle tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Engine electronics (notes) . . . . . . . 11 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
EMERGENCY OFF switch . . . . . . . . 63
Using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Equipment operation . . . . . . . . . 196
Application areas . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Additional headlamps . . . . . . . . 196
Emergency operation mode . . . . 235
Checking the oil level (en- Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Energy-saving mode . . . . . . . . . . 221
gine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 291

Index

Front-mounted attachment pre- Fluids and lubricants . . . . . . . . . 279 Preparing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 AdBlue® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Front-mounted attachment pre-
Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Adjusting (on-board installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Displaying (on-board computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Alternative diesel fuels in accord-
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
ance with DIN EN 15940 . . . . . . 279
Exit lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Replacing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Diesel fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Exterior lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 FAME fatty acid methyl ester
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Additional headlamps . . . . . . . . 196 (biodiesel fuel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
FAME fatty acid methyl ester
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
(biodiesel fuel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
For drive axles and transmis-
Notes on changing a bulb . . . . . . 54 sions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Setting the switch-off delay time Fuel additive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Fuel consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
(on-board computer) . . . . . . . . . 93 fuel grade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Economical driving style . . . . . . 168
Hydraulic fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 fuel grade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
F Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
First-aid kit (soft sided) . . . . . . . . 230 Refrigerant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Vehicle tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Transmission oils . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Checking/replacing a safety
Flue gas coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Replacing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Checking/switching on an
Switching on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 automatic circuit breaker . . . . . 246
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Fording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Fuse assignment diagram . . . . . 241
Hydraulic clutch operation
system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

292 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Index

Removing the main fuse carrier Headlamp flashing . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 I

cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Headlamp range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Idle speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
G
Basic setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Ignition lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Gearshift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Overview of bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Activating/deactivating EcoRoll Switching (right-side/left-side
Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
mode (on-board computer) . . . . . 93 traffic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Switching crawler mode on/off Ignition run-on . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 136
Heated windscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
(on-board computer) . . . . . . . . . 93 Implied warranty (vehicle) . . . . . . 13
High beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Installation guidelines . . . .. . . . . .. 3
Switching hydromove on/off . . . . 93
Replacing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Installations . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. 3
Switching PPC on/off (on-board
computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Switching on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
GenuineParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Highbeam Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 AdBlue® gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Switching on/off (on-board com- Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
H puter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Fuel display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Handling characteristics (unusu- High-pressure cleaner (care) . . . . 200 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
al) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Hydraulic clutch operation system 212 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Hazard warning lamps (automat- Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Outside temperature display . . . . 80
ic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Head restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Hydromove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Rev counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Fitting/removing . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Switching on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Time display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Warning/indicator lamps over-
Headlamp cleaning system . . . . . . 62 view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 293

Index

Instrument lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 L Headlamp range adjuster (on-board

Adjusting (on-board computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Ladder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 High beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Folding down/up . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Inter-axle lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Interior lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Lane Keeping Assist . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Interior lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Displaying lane markings (on-board Low beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Automatic control (on-board computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Turn signal indicators . . . . . . . . . 53
Switching on/off (on-board com-
Load compartment lamp . . . . . . . 54 puter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Night lighting (on-board com- Activating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
puter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Adjusting (on-board
Notes on changing a bulb . . . . . . 54 Calling up a speed . . . . . . . . . . 155
computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Replacing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Deactivating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Switching on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Passive mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
J Lighting system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Interior lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 9
Notes on changing a bulb . . . . . . 54 Setting the speed . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Declaration of conformity . . . . . .. 9
Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Storing a speed . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Pump lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Automatic driving lights . . . . . . . 52 System limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Vehicle tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Daytime running lights . . . . . . . . 51 Limiting speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Exterior lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Maximum speed . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Front and rear fog lights . . . . . . . 52 Load compartment lamp . . . . . . . . 54
Headlamp flashing . . . . . . . . . . . 53

294 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Index

Locking system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Replacing the air filter . . . . . . . 214 Mercedes-Benz protective chassis
Unlocking/locking the Maintenance points . . . . . . . . . . 209 sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Low beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Displaying (on-board Mobile devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Authorising (registering) . . . . . . . 87
Replacing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Connecting/removing (on-board
Manoeuvring and
Switching on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
tow-starting/towing away . . . . . . 252
Coupling jaw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Multifunction lever . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
M Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Manoeuvring assistance . . . . . . . . 60 Multifunction steering wheel . . . . 26
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Replacing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Checking the anti-corrosion Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Manual transmission . . . . . . . . . 148
protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Multimedia system . . . . . . . . . . . 260
16-speed transmission . . . . . . . 148
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Displaying the tyre pressure . . . 260
Change splitter box (16-speed
Displaying maintenance due date Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
(on-board computer) . . . . . . . . . 90
Changing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Radio with USB port and
Dust separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Bluetooth® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Important safety notes . . . . . . . 147
Hydraulic clutch operation
system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Maximum permissible gross
vehicle weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 N
Maintenance points under the
bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Vehicle identification plate . . . . 268 Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Maintenance system (WS) . . . . . 206 Medical aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Displaying route guidance (on-
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 board computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Opening/closing the bonnet . . . 207

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 295

Index

Night lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Activating/deactivating rocking Checking the tyre pressures . . . . 90

Switching on/off (on-board com- free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Connecting/removing mobile
puter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Activating/deactivating Sideguard devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Diesel particulate filter, starts
Wheels/tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Adjusting headlamp range . . . . . . 93 regeneration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Adjusting the instrument light- Diesel particulate filter; blocks
Number plate lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 regeneration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Replacing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Alarm clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Displaying diagnostic data . . . . . . 91
Areas on the display . . . . . . . . . . 84 Displaying display messages . . . . 91
O
Audio and communications Displaying economical driving style
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 (FleetBoard EcoSupport) . . . . . . . 87
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Calling up/resetting the trip Displaying lane markings (Lane
Off-road gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Keeping Assist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Switching on/off . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Calling up/resetting the trip Displaying route guidance (naviga-
data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 tion) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Checking engine operating Displaying the maintenance due
Checking (automatic transmis- hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
sion) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Checking supply pressure . . . . . . 91 Displaying trailer/semitrailer
On-board computer . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Checking the axle load . . . . . . . . 90 data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Activating/deactivating Attention Checking the coolant temperat- Displaying vehicle speed . . . . . . . 87
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 ure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Distance display (distance control
Activating/deactivating EcoRoll Checking the driving time . . . . . . 86 assistant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Checking the oil level . . . . . . . . . 91 Driving mode menu . . . . . . . . . . 87
Activating/deactivating Lane Checking the range . . . . . . . . . . 86 Grey display message . . . . . . . . . 95
Keeping Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Checking the rest time . . . . . . . . 86 Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . 78

296 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Index

Menus (overview) . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Setting the unit of measure- Opening/closing the circular roof
Monitoring information menu . . . 91 ment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Setting the units . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Operating data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Notes on display messages . . . . . 95 Setting video pop-up . . . . . . . . . 93 Tyre pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Notes on events . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Settings menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Operating hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Showing camera images . . . . . . . 87
Displaying (on-board
Operating audio equipment . . . . . 87 Switches night lighting on/off . . . 93 computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Operating the telephone . . . . . . . 87 Switching automatic interior
lighting control on/off . . . . . . . . 93 Operating Instructions (vehicle
Operation and maintenance equipment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Switching crawler mode
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Operating safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Switching hydromove on/off . . . . 93 Changes in the engine output . . . 10
Red display message . . . . . . . . 110 Switching PPC on/off . . . . . . . . . 93 Declaration of conformity (electro-
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 magnetic compatibility) . . . . . . . . 6
Setting the axle load display . . . . 90
Total distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Declaration of conformity
Setting the delayed switch-off time
Trip data menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 (Jack) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
of the exterior lighting . . . . . . . . 93
Trip distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Declaration of conformity (vehicle
Setting the display language . . . . 93
components that receive and/or
Setting the engine oil quality . . . . 93 Tyre pressure loss warning
transmit radio waves) . . . . . . . . . . 6
Setting the engine oil viscos- system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Yellow display message . . . . . . . 98
Setting the rear-axle oil qual- Operating temperature (coolant
On-board electronics . . . . . . . . . . . 11
ity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Engine electronics . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Setting the transmission oil Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Online services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Mirror heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Data storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 297

Index

Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Power take-off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Pump lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

Outside temperature . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Activating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Automatic hazard warning Q
lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Qualified specialist workshop . . . . 11
P Deactivating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 R
Paintwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Preselecting working speed . . . . 194
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Shifting information . . . . . . . . . 192
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Adjusting the volume . . . . . . . . . 87
Transmission-driven . . . . . . . . . 192
Arrangement of the spring-loaded Changing the audio source or
Transmission-independent . . . . 192 track/radio station . . . . . . . . . . . 87
brake cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
PPC (Predictive Powertrain Control) 93 Radio with USB port and
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Switching on/off (on-board com- Bluetooth® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Releasing the spring-loaded brake
puter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Activating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Preparing for a journey . . . . . . . . 134 Activating the USB socket . . . . . 125
External visual and function Adjusting the balance . . . . . . . . 120
Parking up the vehicle . . . . . . . . 229
check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Adjusting the bass . . . . . . . . . . 120
Special measures . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Internal visual and function Anti-theft protection . . . . . . . . . 116
Perimeter lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Ending traffic announce-
Replacing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 ments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Permissible axle loads . . . . . . . . 268 Protective grille . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 External audio source . . . . . . . . 124
Vehicle identification plate . . . . 268 Rear lamp unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Functions of AUX mode . . . . . . 122
Pets in the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Pulling away . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Notes on USB mode . . . . . . . . . 124
Pin assignment (radio with USB Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Operating safety . . . . . . . . . . . 116
port and Bluetooth®) . . . . . . . . . 131 Operating temperature . . . . . . . 116

298 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Index

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Remote Online . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

Pin assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Setting oil quality (on-board Connecting/removing mobile
RDS (radio data system) . . . . . . 120 computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 devices (on-board computer) . . . . 87
Resetting sound settings . . . . . . 120 Rear axle ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Reserve level display . . . . . . . . . . 79
Selecting AUX input options . . . 123 Rear fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 AdBlue® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Selecting playback options . . . . 125 Replacing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Selecting the playback Switching on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Rest time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Refrigerant (air-conditioning Checking (on-board
Setting playing time display . . . . 120 computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Setting the treble . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Storing stations automatic-
ally . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Before filling the tank (Ad- Basic instructions for children . . . 33
Storing stations manually . . . . . 121 Blue®) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Limited protection . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Supported data formats . . . . . . 126 Before filling the tank (fuel) . . . . 174 Protection provided . . . . . . . . . . 30
Switching RDS on/off . . . . . . . . 121 Changing the fuel display . . . . . 170 Rev counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Switching to AUX mode . . . . . . 123 Double-tank system (version Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Switching traffic information 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Reverse warning device . . . . . . . 169
service priority on/off . . . . . . . 122 Double-tank system (version
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Reversing camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Fuel/AdBlue® tank . . . . . . . . . 170
Checking (on-board Displaying the camera image (on-
Notes (AdBlue®) . . . . . . . . . . . 175
computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 board computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Notes (fuel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
REACH regulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Setting video pop-up . . . . . . . . . 93
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Reversing light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Replacing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 299

Index

Rocking-free function . . . . . . . . . . 93 Using the easy entry and exit Service brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Switching on/off (on-board com- feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
puter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Setting balance (radio with USB
Route guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Adjusting the height . . . . . . . . . . 32 port and Bluetooth®) . . . . . . . . . 120
Displaying (on-board Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Setting the bass (radio with USB
computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Fastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 port and Bluetooth®) . . . . . . . . . 120
Limited protection . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Setting the playing time dis-
S Protection provided . . . . . . . . . . 30 play (radio with USB port and
SAE classifications (engine Releasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Bluetooth®) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
oil) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Setting the treble (radio with USB
port and Bluetooth®) . . . . . . . . . 120
Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Seat covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Adjusting the head restraint . . . . 45 Side marker lights . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Adjusting the seat belt Replacing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Selecting playback options
height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 45 (radio with USB port and Side windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Correct driver's seat position . . . 43 Bluetooth®) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Important safety notes . . . . . . . . 41
Fitting/removing head Selecting the playback folder Opening/closing . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 (radio with USB port and Sideguard Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Bluetooth®) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Switching on/off (on-board com-
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Semitrailers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 puter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Connecting cables and Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Switching the seat heating compressed-air lines . . . . . . . . 182 Checking the wheel clear-
on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Disconnecting cables and ance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Switching the seat ventilation compressed-air lines . . . . . . . . 183
on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

300 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Index

Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Checking the compressed-air

Trailer sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Checking the steering play . . . . 138 brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Permissible steering play . . . . . 282 Surround lighting (on-board com-
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 puter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Getting in and out . . . . . . . . . . . 40 SVHC (substances of very high
Sound settings (radio with USB
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 concern) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
port and Bluetooth®) . . . . . . . . . 120
Adjusting the bass . . . . . . . . . . 120 Stopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Switch panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Resetting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Cockpit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Setting the treble . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Stopping the vehicle . . . . . . . . . 140 Combination switch . . . . . . . . . . 28
Multifunction lever . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Storing a station (radio with USB
Multifunction steering wheel . . . . 26
Displaying (on-board port and Bluetooth®) . . . . . . . . . 121
computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Automatically . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Switching off the vehicle . . . . . . 140
Spring-loaded brake cylinder . . . . 257 Stowage spaces and stowage
Moving to the drive position . . . 257 compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
in the doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 T
Releasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Tail light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Supply pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Replacing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Standing lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Replacing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Checking (on-board Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 AdBlue® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Starting assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Checking the auxiliary consumer Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Status area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Compressed-air reservoir . . . . . 282
Warning/indicator lamps over-
view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 301

Index

Compressed-air reservoir identi- Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

fication plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Adjusting (heating/air-conditioning Rear towing coupling . . . . . . . . 252
Compressed-air system . . . . . . 281 system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Rear towing device . . . . . . . . . . 252
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Outside temperature display . . . . 80 Traffic information service (radio
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 with USB port and Bluetooth®) . . 122
Maximum permissible tyre Messages on the display . . . . . . . 80 Stopping an announcement . . . . 122
pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Switching priority on/off . . . . . . 122
Tipper mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Operating temperature (coolant
temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 After tipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Permissible difference in tyre Before tipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Notes on cables and compressed-
pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 air lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Spring-loaded brake cylin- On-board computer . . . . . . . . . 197 Trailers/semitrailers . . . . . . . . . . 179
der . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Rear panel claw-type lock . . . . . 197 Coupling a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Steering play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Switchover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Coupling up a semitrailer . . . . . 178
Transmission oils . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Tipper control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Displaying data (on-board com-
Vehicle identification plate/axle Tipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 puter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Tool bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Folding ladder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Vehicle model designation . . . . 268 Vehicle tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Notes about the trailer/fifth-
Wheel nut tightening wheel coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Topping up the washer fluid . . . . 213
torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Notes on cables and compressed-
Total distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 air lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Notes on coupling up . . . . . . . . 178
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Operating (on-board Tow-starting and towing away . . . 252 Notes on using the vehicle as a
computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Coupling jaw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Setting the volume for calls . . . . . 87 Front towing eye . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Trailer sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

302 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Index

Uncoupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Switching on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Tyre pressure table for single

Using the vehicle as a trailer . . . 185 Turn signal light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Transfer case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Replacing bulbs (headlamps) . . . . 56 Tyre pressure table for twin
tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Switching off-road gear Replacing bulbs (lateral turn signal
on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 lamp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Tyre pressure table . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Transmission oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Replacing rear bulbs (rear lamp Differing road surfaces . . . . . . . 267
Checking the oil level (automatic unit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Single tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 tyre age . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Twin tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Tyre labelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 tyre tread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Tyre pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Setting the quality (on-board Determining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Balancing (information) . . . . . . . 259
computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Displaying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Displaying (multimedia sys- Checking clearance (when using
Calling up/resetting (on-board tem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 snow chains) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Driving off-road . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Trip data (on-board computer) . . . . 86 Loss warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Trip distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Maximum permissible air pres- Determining the air pressure . . . 263
sure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Monitoring (on-board com- Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Truck App . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 puter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Replacing tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Connecting/removing mobile Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Retreaded tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
devices (on-board computer) . . . . 87 Permissible difference in pres- Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Turn signal indicators . . . . . . . . . . 53 sure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Tyre pressure for driving off-
Replacing bulbs (headlamps) . . . . 56 road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 303

Index

Unusual handling characterist- Correct use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 using as a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . 185

ics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Data collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Vehicle components that receive
Deactivating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 and/or transmit radio waves (declar-
U Diagnostics connection . . . . . . .. 9 ation of conformity) . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Underride guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Does not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Vehicle identification plate . . . . . 268
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Emergency operation mode Vehicle model designation . . . . . 268
Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 (starting the engine) . . . . . . . . . 137 Vehicle tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4 Emergency equipment . . . . . . . 230
Unit of measurement . . . . . . . . . . 93
Identification plate . . . . . . . . . . 268 First-aid kit (soft sided) . . . . . . . 230
Adjusting (on-board
Liability for material defects . . . . 13 Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Medical aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Tool bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Parking up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Adjusting (on-board
Qualified specialist workshop . . . 11 Warning triangle . . . . . . . . . . . 230
computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
REACH regulation . . . . . . . . . . . 12
USB mode (radio with USB port VIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
and Bluetooth®) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Activating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 W
Starting/switching off with the
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 bonnet open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Using the vehicle as a trailer . . . . 184 SVHC (substances of very high Vehicle tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 concern) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Warning tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Tow-starting and towing
Warning triangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
V away . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Vehicle tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Transporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Unlocks/locks the doors . . . . . . 39 Warning/indicator lamps . . . . . . . 23
Activating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

304 Zetros/07.2022 ENG

 Index

Status area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Windscreen washer system . . . . . 62 Work lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Changing bulbs (bottom) . . . . . . . 60
Washing the engine . . . . . . . . . . 205 Topping up fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Changing bulbs (top) . . . . . . . . . 60
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Windscreen wipers . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Working mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Load distribution . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Replacing the wiper blades . . . . 215 Setting the working speed . . . . . 194
Switching on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Working speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Wheel loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Notes on axle/wheel loads . . . . 151 Winter diesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Preselecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Wheel nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Winter operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Retightening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Before the journey . . . . . . . . . . 186
Tightening torques . . . . . . . . . . 282 Cold start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Cold-resistant operating flu-
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
ids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Cold-start aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Checking clearance (when using
Cold-start limits . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
snow chains) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Special equipment of the cold
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
climate package . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Unusual handling characterist- Winter package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
ics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Starting the vehicle at low
temperatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Defrosting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Windscreen heater . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Zetros/07.2022 ENG 305